2025-10-21; City Council; 05; Adoption of Plans, Specifications, Contract Documents, Authorization to Advertise for Bids for the Veterans Memorial Park Project and the Faraday Avenue Improvements Proj — Carlsbad City Council, October 21, 2025 (part 5 of 21)

1.1 Default (when NEPA/CEQA apply). No choice-limiting actions (including acquisition, land clearing, grading, demolition, construction, or mobilization) may occur until environmental clearance is complete.

1.2 Part 58 (City as Responsible Entity). No such actions prior to HUD approval of the Request for Release of Funds (RROF) and issuance of the Authority to Use Grant Funds (HUD-7015.16), per 24 CFR 58.22.

1.3 Part 50 (HUD conducts review). No such actions prior to HUD’s written environmental decision (e.g., FONSI).

1.4 Mitigation & Conditions. Contractor shall implement all mitigation/conditions identified in the Environmental Review Record (e.g., cultural resources monitoring, biological/habitat buffers, seasonal restrictions, construction controls). Upon any unanticipated discovery, Contractor shall stop work in the affected area and notify the City for NHPA Section 106 consultation (36 CFR Part 800). Notice to Proceed (NTP) will be issued only after the applicable clearance above is complete.

1.5 Exception (CEQA NOE + NEPA Exempt/CENST). If the City issues a CEQA Notice of Exemption and the Responsible Entity documents the project as Exempt (24 CFR 58.34) or CENST (24 CFR

58.35(b)),or HUD determines the equivalent under Part 50, then the RROF/AUGF is not required and the §58.22 prohibition does not apply to that exempt scope after the City issues written exemption/CENST confirmation to the Contractor. For such exempt scope, NTP may be issued upon the City’s written confirmation. If the exemption imposes no mitigation , §1.4 does not apply to that exempt scope; any permit -driven conditions still apply. Written CEQA NOE & Part 58 Exempt/CENST (or Part 50 equivalent) confirmation from the City/RE (if applicable) – condition to NTP for exempt scope.

1.6 Mixed scopes. If the Project includes both exempt and non-exempt activities, the limitations above apply to the non-exempt portion only. The City may issue staged NTPs (exempt work first, non-exempt work after clearance).

1.7 No waiver of other grant conditions. Whether exempt or not, all other grant requirements in this Exhibit ( 2 CFR Part 200 ; Section 3, if applicable; labor standards; 2 CFR 200.216 telecom ban; BABA/domestic preference; FFATA/FSRS; records & audit; etc.) remain in force.

2. Civil Rights & Section 3

2.1 Civil Rights. Contractor shall comply with Title VI, Fair Housing Act, Section 504, ADA, and the Unruh Civil Rights Act.

Note: For Section 2 requirements, see §45 and Exhibits A -1, A -2, and A -3 (and related attachments).

3. Debarment, Suspension & Lobbying

3.1 SAM.gov. Prime and all tiers must be active/no exclusions in SAM; debarment and suspension compliance per 2 CFR Part 180 and 2 CFR Part 2424. Prime and all subcontract tiers

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 4 ends

shall maintain compliance (Active/No Exclusions and no covered technology use) for the entire period of performance.

3.2 Byrd Anti-Lobbying. Certification required; SF-LLL disclosure if lobbying occurred.

4. Uniform Guidance (2 CFR Part 200) — Applicability
Contractor shall comply with 2 CFR Part 200 (Uniform Administrative Requirements, Cost Principles, and Audit Requirements). Specific operational clauses appear below (procurement, domestic preferences, records/retention, reporting, remedies, closeout, etc.).

5. Procurement Standards (2 CFR §§ 200.317–200.327)

5.1 Full and Open Competition. Conduct all procurement to provide full and open competition.

5.2 Prohibited Practices. No geographic preferences, noncompetitive pricing, or organizational conflicts of interest that restrict competition.

6. Contracting with Small, Minority, Women’s, and Labor Surplus Firms (2 CFR § 200.321)

6.1 Affirmative Steps. Contractor shall take and document affirmative steps, including:
(a) placing firms on solicitation lists;
(b) assuring they are solicited when potential sources; (c) dividing requirements into smaller tasks/quantities when feasible; (d) establishing delivery schedules that encourage participation.

7. Indirect Costs (2 CFR § 200.414)

7.1 Allowable Methods. Use a current NICRA or elect the 10% de minimis rate, subject to City approval; provide documentation as a condition of reimbursement.

8. Equal Employment Opportunity (EO 11246; 41 CFR §§ 60-1.4 & 60-4.3)

8.1 Construction EEO Clause. Comply with EEO construction requirements; submit EEO-1 and workforce utilization data if applicable.

9. Climate & Environmental Justice (Justice40)

9.1 Good-Faith Practices. To the extent practicable, perform the Work consistent with HUD climate resilience and Justice40 goals (e.g., sustainable materials, low -emission practices, equitable access).

10. Build America, Buy America Act (BABA) — IIJA § 70914; OMB 2 CFR Part 184; Domestic Preference (2 CFR § 200.322).

10.1 Applicability. Unless waived by HUD, all iron and steel, manufactured products, and construction materials incorporated into the Project must be of U.S. origin in accordance with BABA and OMB’s implementing guidance at 2 CFR Part 184.

10.2 Standards by product type.
(a) Iron and steel. All manufacturing processes, from melt and pour through coatings, must occur in the United States.
(b) Manufactured products. Final manufacturing must occur in the United States and the product

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 5 ends

must meet the applicable domestic content standard (e.g., cost of components mined, produced, or manufactured in the U.S. meets or exceeds the prevailing threshold), unless HUD specifies an alternative standard.
(c) Construction materials. All manufacturing processes for designated construction materials must occur in the United States. Designated construction materials include: non-ferrous metals; plastic and polymer -based products (e.g., PVC; composite building materials); glass (including optic glass); fiber-optic cable; lumber; and drywall (as defined by OMB/HUD guidance).

10.3 Documentation. Contractor shall submit manufacturer -issued Certificates of Compliance and mill test reports/CMTRs with product submittals, including traceability to heat/lot numbers where applicable. Do not deliver or install covered items until the City confirms BABA compliance (or waiver applicability) in writing.

10.4 Waivers. If a waiver is sought (e.g., nonavailability, unreasonable cost, or public interest), Contractor shall provide supporting evidence (quotes/lead times/spec justifications) as requested by the City. If granted, waivers will be published in the Federal Regis ter and incorporated into the Contract.

10.5 Domestic preference (2 CFR § 200.322). Where BABA does not apply, Contractor shall still provide a preference for U.S. goods and materials to the maximum extent practicable.

10.6 Flow -down. Contractor shall flow these requirements to all tiers of subcontractors and suppliers and obtain written acknowledgments of BABA obligations.

10.7 Recordkeeping & inspections. Maintain BABA compliance records for the period required under this Contract and make them available to the City/HUD upon request. BABA noncompliance may result in rejection of materials, withholding, or other remedies.

11. Procurement of Recovered Materials (2 CFR § 200.323; 40 CFR Part 247)

11.1 Recovered Content. Where thresholds apply (including the City’s aggregated annual purchases), procure EPA-designated items with the highest recovered material content consistent with performance, and provide certifications upon request.

12. Energy Efficiency (2 CFR Part 200, Appx II(E); 42 U.S.C. § 6201 et seq.)

12.1 Qualified Products. Procure/install ENERGY STAR® or FEMP-designated products where applicable.

13. Uniform Relocation Act (49 CFR Part 24).

13.1 Applicability. If the project involves acquisition, demolition, or displacement, comply with URA; if not applicable, submit a “No Displacement” acknowledgment.

14. Eminent Domain Restriction

14.1 Public Use Only. No Federal funds may support any project using eminent domain unless for a public use (e.g., mass transit, rail, airport, seaport, highway, utilities, public structures, immediate threat removal, or brownfields remediation). Economic development primarily benefiting private entities is not a public use.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 6 ends

15. Restriction on Use of Funds for Computer Networks

15.1 Filtering Requirement. No Federal funds may be used to maintain/establish a computer network that does not block the viewing, downloading, and exchanging of pornography (law enforcement exceptions preserved).

16. FFATA/FSRS Reporting

16.1 Subaward Reporting. The City will report first-tier subawards ≥ $30,000 in FSRS. Contractor shall furnish required data elements within 10 days of each subcontract award ≥ $30,000 and provide executive compensation disclosures if applicable.

17. Limited English Proficiency (LEP)

17.1 Meaningful Access. Provide reasonable steps to ensure meaningful access for persons with limited English proficiency in public-facing notices, postings, and outreach related to this Project (Title VI/HUD LEP Guidance).

18. National Historic Preservation Act (NHPA) — Section 106

18.1 Compliance. Comply with 36 CFR Part 800 . If previously unidentified cultural/historic resources are discovered, cease work in the affected area and follow §1.4.

19. Unique Entity Identifier (UEI) / Exclusion Checks

19.1 UEI. Prime Contractor shall have a UEI.

20. Prohibition on Certain Telecommunications & Video Surveillance (2 CFR § 200.216)

20.1 Covered Technology Ban. Contractor and all tiers shall not use or provide covered telecommunications equipment or services (e.g., Huawei, ZTE, Hytera, Hikvision, Dahua , or affiliates). Bidder represents awareness of 2 CFR 200.216, has performed a reasonable inquiry, and will notify City within 1 business day of any discovery.

20.2 Notice & Flow -Down. Notify the City within 1 business day upon discovery of noncompliance and flow-down this restriction to all tiers.

21. Records, Reporting, Remedies, and Closeout (2 CFR Part 200)

21.1 Financial Management & Internal Controls. Comply with 2 CFR 200.302–200.305.

21.2 Records & Access. Maintain records for five (5) years after grant closeout (or longer, as required; for real property/equipment, for the useful life or until restrictions expire) and provide full access to HUD, DPR, the City, State of California, U.S. Comptroller General, and the U.S.

Inspector General (see 2 CFR 200.334–200.338).

21.3 Reporting. Comply with 2 CFR 200.328–200.330, including status of property acquired with CPF funds.

21.4 Subrecipient Monitoring. Comply with 2 CFR 200.332 (and related 200.331–200.333 as applicable).

21.5 Remedies, Termination & Closeout. Remedies for noncompliance per 2 CFR 200.339– 200.343; closeout per 2 CFR 200.344–200.346. Contract termination-for-cause and termination-

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 7 ends

for-convenience provisions in the General Conditions are incorporated to satisfy Appendix II(A)– (B).

22. Program Income (2 CFR § 200.307)

22.1 Use & Accounting. Program income must be used for the purposes/conditions of the specific CPF award in accordance with 2 CFR 200.307(e)(2) . Costs incidental to generating program income may be deducted from gross income per 2 CFR 200.307(b) if not otherwise charged to the award.

23. Conflicts of Interest (2 CFR § 200.318(c))

23.1 General Prohibition. No Contractor employee/agent/officer may participate in selection, award, or administration of a contract supported by HUD/DPR funds if a real or apparent conflict exists.

24. Trafficking in Persons (2 CFR Part 175)

24.1 Prohibitions & Remedies. No severe forms of trafficking, procurement of commercial sex acts, or forced labor. Violations may result in termination, suspension, or debarment; Contractor must notify the City of credible information and cooperate with investigations.

25. Recipient Integrity & Performance (FAPIIS)

25.1 Reporting. If total Federal share may exceed $500,000, comply with Reporting of Matters Related to Recipient Integrity and Performance (FAPIIS/SAM) including semiannual updates where thresholds apply.

26. Lead-Based Paint (If Applicable)

26.1 Pre-1978 Housing. If grant funds are used for activities in pre-1978 housing that may disturb painted surfaces, comply with HUD’s Lead Disclosure and Lead Safe Housing rules (24 CFR Part 35) and EPA’s rules (e.g., 40 CFR Part 745).

STATE (CA DPR) COMPLIANCE REQUIREMENTS

27. Environmental Review (CEQA). CEQA clearance (PRC §21000).

28. Construction & Accessibility. California Building Code, ADA, Unruh Act, and safety codes.

29. Administration & Public Access. Status and final expenditure reports; facilities must remain open to the public; no property transfer without DPR approval. Facilities developed or improved with DPR funds must remain open, operated, and accessible to the public for the useful life of the facility, unless otherwise approved in writing by DPR.

30. Deed Restriction / Useful Life Certification. Improvements funded with DPR grant funds must remain dedicated to public recreation use for the life of the facility, as evidenced by a deed restriction, NTP acknowledgment, or other instrument approved by DPR.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 8 ends

31. Grant Signage Requirement. Permanent signage acknowledging HUD CPF and California DPR funding must be installed per DPR’s Grant Administration Guide. Photo documentation of installed temporary and permanent acknowledgment signage shall be provided prior to final payment and grant closeout. Signage is a condition of closeout.

32. DIR Awarding Body Notice. Comply with DIR Awarding Body Notice requirements confirming the applicability of prevailing wage laws for the project.

33. Records & Audits; Whistleblower Protection . Maintain records for at least five (5) years; provide full access to DPR, HUD, the City, the State of California, the U.S. Comptroller General, and the U.S. Inspector General. Comply with whistleblower protections under 41 U.S.C. §4712.

34. Insurance & Bonds . Liability insurance, performance and payment bonds required.

Performance and Payment Bonds shall comply with California Public Contract Code and federal grant standards under 2 CFR §§200.326 –200.327. For construction contracts exceeding the simplified acquisition threshold, bonding shall at minimum include: (i) bid guarantee ≥ 5%; (ii) performance bond = 100%; (iii) payment bond = 100%. Surety Qualifications: corporate surety must be admitted in California and listed on U.S. Treasury Circular 570; provide evidence with bonds.

35. Special Provisions. Compliance with Executive Order N-6-22 (Russia sanctions).

36. Drug-Free Workplace. Comply with the Drug-Free Workplace Act of 1988 (41 U.S.C. §8102) and maintain a drug-free workplace.

37. Flow -Down of Provisions . All requirements in this Appendix A (including Davis –Bacon, Section 3, BABA, lobbying, and debarment) shall be incorporated into all subcontracts and supplier agreements. The Contractor shall ensure subcontractor and supplier compliance as a condition of payment.

38. California Language Access (Gov. Code §11135) . Ensure public information materials, including signage and outreach documents, are accessible to persons with limited English proficiency in alignment with state requirements.

39. Program Income Restriction . Facilities funded with DPR grant funds shall not generate program income, entrance fees, or rental revenue without prior written DPR approval. Any approved program income must be reported and used only as directed by DPR.

DETAILED PROVISIONS

40. 2 CFR Part 200 – Uniform Guidance. Comply with all provisions of 2 CFR Part 200, including administrative requirements, cost principles, audit requirements, and record retention.

Contractors expending ≥ $750,000 in federal awards in a fiscal year are subject to the Single Audit.

41. Davis–Bacon Act & California Prevailing Wages.
41(a) Higher of federal or state wage determinations shall govern. 41(b) Post WH-1321 poster and wage determinations at the site. 41(c) Comply with Labor Code §1777.5 apprenticeship requirements. 41(d) Subcontracting subject to PCC §§4100 et seq.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 9 ends

41(e) Unredacted Certified Payroll Records (CPRs). Unredacted; weekly; subject to DIR/DOL audits and field interviews.
41(f) Submission methods (by funding source). For each week in which contract work is performed: (1) HUD-funded work: submit DOL WH-347 (or equivalent) with signed Statement of Compliance. (2) State-funded work (DPR/OGALS): file DIR eCPR in the State system and provide a PDF export of the same eCPR to the City.
41(g) “Unredacted” definition. “Unredacted” CPRs include employee name, address, and last four digits of SSN (or other personal identifying number required by WH-347/DIR), classification, straight-time and overtime hours by day, base rate and fringe benefits, gross wages, itemized deductions, and net wages paid.
41(h) Confidential handling. The City will treat unredacted CPR A/FOIA or similar requests as confidential payroll records. Transmit only via the City’s secure portal or encrypted email. The City will redact personal identifiers before any public release, consistent with Labor Code §1776 and weekly 29 CFR Part 3.
41(i) HUD-4010 incorporation. The Federal Labor Standards Provisions ( HUD-4010) are incorporated by reference.

42. Posting of Notices . In addition to WH-1321, post all required federal and state notices (including wage determinations, worker-protection notices, and EEO posters) at the project site, in a location accessible to employees and applicants, in English and other languages as required by LEP/Title VI, consistent with 41 CFR §§60-1.4 and 60-4.3.

43. Copeland “Anti -Kickback” Act (29 CFR Part 3) . Contractor and all subcontractors shall comply; prohibitions on inducing any person to give up compensation to which they are entitled.

44. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) (40 U.S.C. 3701–3708; 29 CFR Part 5). For any contract over $100,000 employing laborers or mechanics: pay overtime ≥ 1.5× for hours >40/week; no unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous working conditions. Flow down to all tiers. Violations may result in liquidated damages and other remedies.

45. Section 3 Economic Opportunity (HUD).
a. Applicability. This Project is assisted with HUD Community Development funds and is a “Section 3 project” under 24 CFR Part 75 (CPD).
b. Benchmarks (Safe Harbor). Make best efforts to meet or exceed: 25% of total project labor hours by Section 3 Workers and 5% by Targeted Section 3 Workers. c. Tracking & Reporting. Track total labor hours, Section 3 Worker hours, and Targeted Section 3 Worker hours for the Prime and all tiers ; retain support (worker self -certs, payrolls). Submit Quarterly Section 3 Reports and a closeout utilization summary as directed by the City. If benchmarks are not met, submit qualitative efforts per Part 75. d. Plan & Submittals. Acknowledge Section 3 Implementation Plan (Exhibit A -2) with bid; A-2 Plan must be submitted pre -award. (or as otherwise specified). Provide all interim/closeout reports on the City’s forms, including Exhibit A-3.
e. Recruitment & Contracting. Advertise openings with Section 3 preference language and conduct outreach to workforce partners; solicit Section 3 Business Concerns for feasible scopes and document efforts.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 10 ends

f. Flow-Down. Insert the Section 3 Contract Clause (Exhibit A -3) and these obligations in all subcontracts and require lower-tier reporting.
g. Cooperation & Access. Cooperate with City/HUD monitoring; provide access to records, sites, and personnel; maintain Section 3 records for five (5) years after grant closeout. h. Remedies. Noncompliance is a material breach and may result in withholding, suspension, termination, or other remedies under the Contract and applicable law. i. Definitions. “Section 3 Worker,” “Targeted Section 3 Worker,” and “Section 3 Business Concern” have the meanings in 24 CFR §75.5.

46. Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE).
a. Minimum goal: 3% participation.
b. Bidders must demonstrate Good-Faith Efforts and submit DVBE forms/documentation.

47. Civil Rights & Nondiscrimination . Comply with Title VI; Fair Housing Act; Section 504; ADA; California Unruh Act; Executive Order N-6-22; and EO 11246 with applicable DOL regulations.

48. Accessibility in Digital Communications (Section 508 / Gov. Code §11135 ). Ensure that electronic documents, websites, and public communications are accessible.

49. Equal Opportunity Clause Flow -Down (41 CFR §§60 -1.4(a), 60 -4.3). Insert the Equal Opportunity Clause and Construction EEO Requirements in every non -exempt subcontract and purchase order > $10,000, and obtain written acknowledgment.

50. Environmental Compliance (conditional)
a. NEPA: HUD FONSI with mitigation measures (binding).
b. CEQA: DPR-approved clearance (binding).

51. Unanticipated Discoveries / Human Remains (NHPA/NAGPRA; CA HSC §7050.5; PRC §5097.98). If cultural resources or human remains are encountered: (1) halt work within a minimum 50 -foot radius; (2) promptly notify the City. The City will retain a qualified archaeologist. If human remains are found, notify the County Coroner per HSC §7050.5; if Native American, NAHC notifies MLD per PRC §5097.98. Resume work only upon written City authorization after required consultation/treatment.

52. Floodplain/Wetlands Management (24 CFR Part 55) & Flood Insurance . Where applicable, comply with HUD’s requirements (including the 8-step process) and maintain flood insurance for improvements in Special Flood Hazard Areas.

53. Clean Air Act & Federal Water Pollution Control Act (2 CFR Part 200, Appx II(H)) (>$150,000).

For contracts/subcontracts > $150,000, comply with applicable standards, orders, and regulations; report violations to the City, HUD, and EPA Regional Office; flow down to all tiers.54.

False Claims and Program Fraud . Applicability of the False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §§3729 –3733) and the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act (31 U.S.C. §§3801–3812).

55. Records, Reporting & Audit Rights
a. Furnish information/documentation requested by the City to enable grant reporting.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 11 ends

b. Retain records for five (5) years after final grant closeout (or longer as required). c. Records must be available to the City, HUD, DPR, the State of California, the U.S. Comptroller General, and the U.S. Inspector General.
d. Cooperate with audits, interviews, and inspections.
e. Provide access to the Project site, personnel, payrolls, and records as necessary. f. Electronic Submissions. Submit required reports/certifications electronically in the format/system specified by the City/HUD/DPR.
g. Interviews. Authorized representatives may privately interview any employee or former employee regarding project matters.
h. Underlying Payroll Support (upon request). In addition to weekly unredacted CPRs, furnish underlying payroll support (e.g., timecards, canceled checks/pay stubs, fringe benefit statements, apprenticeship documents) unredacted to the extent required by law within five (5) business days of written request.

56. Suspension and Termination (2 CFR §§200.338–200.342) Noncompliance may result in remedies, including suspension or termination. These provisions satisfy the remedies and termination requirements of 2 CFR Part 200, Appendix II(A)–(B).

KEY REQUIRED SUBMITTALS
The following documents are required to ensure compliance with federal and state grant conditions. Failure to provide Bid-Time Submittals may render a bid non-responsive. Pre-Award and Construction-Phase submittals are conditions of award, contract execution, or payment.

Final Payment Condition. No retainage or final payment shall be released until all HUD and DPR closeout certifications and reports (including signage documentation, Section 3 final utilization report, and expenditure reports) have been submitted and approved by the City, HUD, and DPR as applicable.

GRANT CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
• Final Section 3 labor-hours report (24 CFR Part 75)
• DVBE utilization and Good-Faith-Effort documentation (DPR requirement) • Recovered Materials certification (2 CFR 200.323)
• BABA Covered Products list + manufacturer certifications (if applicable) • Final CPRs and resolution of any payroll interviews
• EEO/Title VI and jobsite postings photo log
• SAM checks for all award-stage subs

GRANT-COMPLIANCE SUBMITTALS CHECKLIST – VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK PROJECT - (HUD/Federal B-23-CP-CA-0155 & CA DPR C5055056)
Note on Precedence & Timing. This checklist is for convenience only. If there is any conflict, the Contract (including Section 00 73 00), Appendix A – Federal & State Grant Requirements, and the

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 12 ends

funding-agency conditions govern. Funding -source requirements prevail over local provisions where applicable.

WITH BID (Bidder to Submit)
• Grant Requirements & Environmental Applicability Bidder Certification • (Exhibit A-1) Section 3 Contract Clause Acknowledgment • (Exhibit A-2) Section 3 Implementation Plan
• (Exhibit A-3) Section 3 Contract Clause (Flow-Down)
• Bidder’s Declarations & Certifications (STATE‑FUNDED – CA DPR/OGALS) • DVBE Commitment/ Declaration
• UEI & SAM.gov Status (Prime) — UEI and SAM “Active / No Exclusions” screenshot dated ≤ 30 days before bid.
• Standard Form SF -LLL – Disclosure of Lobbying Activities (conditional) — Submit only if triggered by 31 U.S.C. §1352 (award ≥ $100,000 and non -federal funds used to lobby).

Otherwise mark “N/A.”

PRE-AWARD / AT AWARD (City will request from apparent low bidder) • Covered Telecommunications Representation (2 CFR 200.216) — Prime (and flow-down to subs).
• Build America, Buy America (BABA) Compliance Acknowledgment — Agree to provide manufacturer certificates/CMTRs if awarded; no installation before City acceptance. • Executive Order N-6-22 (Russia Sanctions) Acknowledgment • Anti-Lobbying Certification & (if now triggered) SF-LLL — If lobbying occurs post-bid. • Affirmative Steps Plan (2 CFR 200.321)
• Drug-Free Workplace Certification
• CWHSSA Overtime & Safety Acknowledgment
• URA “No Displacement” Acknowledgment (if applicable)
• Subcontractor SAM “No Exclusions” Checks (log) — Before each subcontract is executed; keep dated screenshots.

PRE-MOBILIZATION (After Execution, Before Site Work)
• CEQA/NEPA Mitigation Acknowledgment (conditional) — Pre-Mobilization & Ongoing • Mitigation Monitoring & Reporting Plan (MMRP) (conditional) — Pre-Mobilization • Section 106 / Historic Preservation Acknowledgment (if applicable) — Pre-Mobilization & As Required
• Jobsite Postings (WH-1321, wage decisions, EEO posters) — Pre-Mobilization

DURING CONSTRUCTION
• Certified Payroll Records (weekly, unredacted) — Weekly • Apprenticeship compliance documentation — As incurred • Section 3 Quarterly Reports (Exhibit A-3) — Quarterly • Section 3 Utilization Summary / Closeout Tracking — Quarterly & at Closeout

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 13 ends

• Section 3 Business Concern Self-Certifications — With each subcontract award • Affirmative Steps Outreach Log updates (2 CFR 200.321) — Quarterly • BABA Certificates & Mill Test Reports (if BABA applies) — With material submittals • EPA Recovered Materials Certifications (designated items > $10k; upon request) — With submittals / upon request
• Annual SAM re -verification (City responsibility; contractor cooperates on request) — Annually

WITH EACH PAYMENT APPLICATION
• Quantities backup; payroll current; Section 3 data current — Each Pay App

PRIOR TO FINAL PAYMENT
• Grant signage photos/documentation (if in contractor scope) — Before Final • Section 3 data fully current through project end — Before Final • CLOSEOUT (as requested): Final SAM re -verification. Provide updated Active / No Exclusions screenshots for Prime and any active subs upon City request.

BIDDER CERTIFICATION
I, the undersigned, certify on behalf of the bidding firm that I have reviewed the checklist above and included all Bid-Time Submittals with this bid package. I further certify that the firm understands and agrees to provide all Pre-Award and Construction-Phase submittals as required under the Contract Documents.

Firm Name: ____________________________________________________________________

Authorized Representative (print): _________________________________________________

Signature: _____________________________________________________________________

Title: _________________________________________________________________________

Date: _________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 14 ends

EXHIBIT A-1 — SECTION 3 CONTRACT CLAUSE ACKNOWLEDGMENT
HUD COMMUNITY PROJECT FUNDING (CPF) – GRANT NO. B-23-CP-CA-0155

Project Title: ________________________________________________________________ City Contract / IFB No.: ________________________________________________________ Prime Contractor (Legal Name): _________________________________________________ CA CSLB License No.: ___________________________ Class: _________________________ UEI: ____________________________ SAM Status: ☐ Active/No Exclusions (attach printout) Business Address: _____________________________________________________________ Contact Name/Title: ___________________________________________________________ Email / Phone: ________________________________________________________________ Role: ☐ Prime ☐ Subcontractor (Tier ___)
A. Acknowledgment of Section 3 Applicability (24 CFR Part 75)

1. The undersigned acknowledges that this Project is assisted with HUD housing and community development financial assistance and constitutes a “Section 3 project” subject to 24 CFR Part 75.

2. The Contractor shall, to the greatest extent feasible , ensure that employment and contracting opportunities generated by this Project are directed to Section 3 Workers and Section 3 Business Concerns as defined in 24 CFR Part 75.

B. Safe Harbor Benchmarks (24 CFR 75.13 & 75.23)
The Contractor understands HUD’s safe harbor benchmarks for CPD -funded Section 3 projects and will make best efforts to meet or exceed them:
• 25% of total project labor hours performed by Section 3 Workers; and • 5% of total project labor hours performed by Targeted Section 3 Workers .

If benchmarks are not achieved, the Contractor will document and submit qualitative efforts as required by Part 75.

C. Contractor Commitments (Initial each)
____ (1) Plan & Reporting. If awarded, we will submit a Section 3 Implementation Plan (Exhibit A-2), track total/Section 3/Targeted Section 3 labor hours for ourselves and all subs, and submit quarterly and closeout Section 3 reports as required by the City. ____ (2) Recruitment & Posting. We will advertise job and training opportunities, include “Section 3 preference” language, and coordinate with local workforce partners to reach Section 3 Workers; we will maintain outreach records.
____ (3) Business Conc erns. We will solicit Section 3 Business Concerns for subcontracts, document outreach, and give preference consistent with Part 75. ____ (4) Flow-Down. We will insert the Section 3 Contract Clause (Exhibit A -3) and these obligations in all tiers of subcontracts and require subcontractor reporting.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 15 ends

____ (5) Recordkeeping. We will retain Section 3 records (including labor -hour logs, certifications, outreach logs, and qualitative efforts) for five (5) years after grant closeout and furnish them upon request.
____ (6) Remedies. We understand that failure to comply with Section 3 is a material contract breach and may result in withholding, suspension, termination, or other remedies.

D. Definitions (Summary — see 24 CFR 75.5)
• Section 3 Worker: A worker who currently fits HUD’s criteria (e.g., income, YouthBuild, etc.).
• Targeted Section 3 Worker: A Section 3 Worker who meets additional location/program criteria set in Part 75.
• Section 3 Business Concern: A business meeting Part 75 criteria (ownership, workforce, or subcontracting).

E. Subcontractor/ Supplier Listing at Bid (attach if needed) List known subs/suppliers and indicate whether each self -certifies as a Section 3 Business Concern.

Contractor acknowledges applicability of 24 CFR Part 75 and agrees to: (1) make best efforts to employ Section 3 workers and award to Section 3 business concerns; (2) submit periodic Section 3 reports as required; (3) flow-down Section 3 to all tiers; and (4) cooperate with City monitoring.

Remedies for noncompliance may include withholding, termination, or debarment under applicable regulations.

☐ Attachment A-1S (Sub/Supplier List) enclosed.

I certify under penalty of perjury that I am authorized to sign for the Contractor and that the Contractor accepts and will comply with the Section 3 requirements described above and in 24 CFR Part 75 , and that this Exhibit A -1 will be incorporated in the Contract.

Authorized Signer (Print): ________________________________________________________

Title: _________________________________________________________________________

Signature: _____________________________________________________________________

Date: _________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 16 ends

EXHIBIT A-2 — SECTION 3 IMPLEMENTATION PLAN
HUD COMMUNITY PROJECT FUNDING (CPF) – GRANT NO. B-23-CP-CA-0155

1. Project & Contractor
• Project Title: ____________________________________________________________ • City Contract / IFB No.: ____________________________________________________ • Prime Contractor (legal name): _____________________________________________ • UEI / SAM Status: ________________________________________________________ • Contact (name/title/email/phone): __________________________________________

2. Applicability & Benchmarks (24 CFR Part 75)
Contractor acknowledges this is a “Section 3 project” under 24 CFR Part 75. Contractor will make best efforts to meet HUD’s safe harbor benchmarks for CPD -funded projects:
(a) at least 25% of total project labor hours by Section 3 Workers; and (b) at least 5% of total project labor hours by Targeted Section 3 Workers.

3. Section 3 Strategy

3.1 Hiring & Training Actions
[ ] Post all openings with “Section 3 preference” language. [ ] Coordinate with local workforce partners (e.g., AJCCs, community colleges, unions, CBOs) to recruit Section 3 Workers.
[ ] Offer on-the-job training/apprenticeship opportunities where feasible. [ ] Consider targeted outreach to residents in the project’s service area/neighborhood.

3.2 Subcontracting & Business Concerns
[ ] Solicit Section 3 Business Concerns for all feasible trade packages. [ ] Include Section 3 evaluation considerations in written quotes/solicitations. [ ] Maintain outreach logs and copies of all solicitations.

3.3 Flow-Down
[ ] Insert Exhibit A-3 (Section 3 Contract Clause) in all tiers of subcontracts and require reporting from subs.

4. Tracking & Reporting

4.1 Labor-Hour Tracking (Prime + all tiers)
• Track: total labor hours; Section 3 Worker hours; Targeted Section 3 Worker hours. • Maintain: worker self-certifications, payrolls, and back-up documentation.

4.2 Reporting Schedule
• Quarterly Section 3 reports to the City.
• Closeout Section 3 utilization summary.
• Provide qualitative efforts if benchmarks are not achieved (per 24 CFR Part 75).

5. Records & Retention
Maintain Section 3 records (labor-hour logs, certifications, outreach logs, sub reports,

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 17 ends

qualitative efforts) for five (5) years after grant closeout and furnish upon request to the City/HUD.

6. Responsible Official
• Name/Title: _____________________________________________________________ • Email/Phone: ____________________________________________________________

7. Certification
The undersigned certifies this Plan will be implemented and enforced throughout the Project and agrees to provide all required data, documentation, and reports.

Authorized Signer (print): ___________________________________ Title: ________________

Signature: ________________________________________ Date: _______________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 18 ends

EXHIBIT A-3 — SECTION 3 CONTRACT CLAUSE (FLOW-DOWN)

1. Applicability. This subcontract is part of a HUD-assisted Section 3 project and is subject to 24 CFR Part 75.

2. Goals. Subcontractor shall make best efforts to meet HUD’s safe harbor benchmarks: at least 25% of total project labor hours performed by Section 3 Workers and 5% by Targeted Section 3 Workers.

3. Hiring, Training, and Contracting. Subcontractor shall:
(a) Advertise and recruit with Section 3 preference language; (b) Consider and solicit Section 3 Business Concerns for lower -tier work; and (c) Maintain documentation of outreach and selections.

4. Tracking & Reporting. Subcontractor shall track and report, for itself and its lower tiers:
total labor hours; Section 3 Worker hours; Targeted Section 3 Worker hours; and submit quarterly and closeout reports, worker/business certifications, and qualitati ve efforts where benchmarks are not met.

5. Cooperation & Access. Subcontractor shall cooperate with City/HUD monitoring, permit access to records, workers, and sites, and maintain records for five (5) years after grant closeout.

6. Flow-Down. Subcontractor shall include this Section 3 Contract Clause in every lower-tier subcontract and require compliance and reporting.

7. Remedies. Failure to comply is a material breach and may result in withholding, suspension, termination, or other remedies permitted by the prime contract and applicable law.

Subcontractor (legal name): ________________________________________________

Authorized Signer (print/title): ______________________________________________

Signature: ____________________________________________ Date: _____________

Attachments (as applicable):

A-2W Section 3 Worker Self-Certification (template)
A-2B Section 3 Business Concern Self-Certification (template) A-2L Labor-Hour Log (template)
A-2O Outreach & Affirmative Steps Log (template)

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 19 ends

ATTACHMENT A-2W — SECTION 3 WORKER SELF-CERTIFICATION (Template) Worker Name: ____________________________ Trade/Classification: ______________

Employer (Prime/Sub): _____________________ Project: __________________________

I affirm I meet the HUD definition of a “Section 3 Worker” in 24 CFR 75.5 (check one or more):

[ ] My income (from all sources) is at or below the HUD income limit for my family size and locality.
[ ] I am employed by a Section 3 Business Concern.
[ ] I am a YouthBuild participant.

Targeted Section 3 Worker (CPD) — I also affirm I meet one of the “Targeted Section 3 Worker” criteria in 24 CFR 75.21/75.23 for CPD-funded projects (check one):

[ ] I am employed by a Section 3 Business Concern.
[ ] I live within the service area or neighborhood of the project (as defined by the recipient). [ ] I am a YouthBuild participant.

I understand this information may be subject to verification.

Signature: _______________________________________ Date: __________________

Address (optional, for verification): ___________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 20 ends

ATTACHMENT A-2B — SECTION 3 BUSINESS CONCERN SELF-CERTIFICATION (Template)

Firm Name: ___________________________________ UEI: _______________________

Address: ______________________________________ Phone/Email: _______________

Trade/Scope: _______________________________________________________________

We certify we meet the HUD definition of a “Section 3 Business Concern” in 24 CFR 75.5 by (check one):

[ ] At least 51% owned and controlled by Section 3 persons; or [ ] At least 10% of the full-time employees are Section 3 Workers, or were Section 3 Workers within three years of hire; or
[ ] We commit to subcontract in excess of 25% of the total amount of the contract to other Section 3 Business Concerns.

Authorized Representative (print): ___________________________ Title: ____________

Signature: __________________________________________ Date: _________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 21 ends

EXHIBIT A-2L — SECTION 3 LABOR-HOUR LOG (Prime + All Tiers)

Project: _______________________________ Contract/IFB No.: __________________

Prime Contractor: _______________________ Reporting Period: ________________

Instructions: Track all labor hours worked on the project by the Prime and every subcontract tier. Mark the Section 3 status for each worker. Keep backup (CPRs, self-certs, payroll proofs) on file.

Worker-Level Entries
• Worker Name (or ID): __________________________
• Employer (Prime/Sub; Tier): _____________________
• Trade/Classification: ___________________________
• Section 3 Worker (Y/N): _____ Targeted Section 3 Worker (Y/N): _____ • Week Ending: //______
• Straight-Time Hours: ________
• Overtime Hours: ________
• Total Hours (this week): ________
• Notes (e.g., apprentice status, union local, verification seen):
__________________________________
(Repeat the block above for each worker each week, or convert to a table.) Quarterly Roll-Up (for City/HUD reporting)
• Total Labor Hours (Prime + all tiers): ______________ • Section 3 Worker Hours: ______________
• Targeted Section 3 Worker Hours: ______________
• % Section 3 Worker Hours = (Section 3 / Total) × 100 = ______ % • % Targeted Section 3 Worker Hours = (Targeted / Total) × 100 = ______ % Certification (Prime)

I certify the totals above are accurate and supported by payroll and personnel records.

Authorized Signer (print/title): _______________________________

Signature: _______________________________ Date: _______________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 22 ends

EXHIBIT A-2O — OUTREACH & AFFIRMATIVE STEPS LOG (2 CFR § 200.321 & Section 3)

Project: _______________________________ Contract/IFB No.: __________________

Prime Contractor: _______________________ Reporting Period: ________________

Instructions: Record every outreach/solicitation and “affirmative step,” including to Section 3 Business Concerns, small/minority/women -owned businesses, labor -surplus area firms, and D/VBEs. Attach copies of notices, emails, bid tabs, and follow-ups.

Entry Fields (use one line per action or convert to a table) • Date: _________________
• Step Type: ☐ Solicitation list ☐ Direct outreach ☐ Follow-up ☐ Schedule adjustment ☐ Lot splitting/packaging ☐ Pre-bid meeting notice ☐ Job posting (with Section 3 preference) ☐ Other: _________
• Target Group: ☐ Section 3 Business Concern ☐ Small ☐ Minority ☐ Women-owned ☐ Labor-surplus ☐ DVBE
• Organization/Contact: __________________________________________ • Method: ☐ Email ☐ Phone ☐ Portal ☐ In-person ☐ Mail ☐ Other: _________ • Scope/Trade: _________________________________________________ • Response / Result: ☐ Quote received ☐ Declined ☐ No response ☐ Awarded ☐ Shortlisted
• Notes: ________________________________________________________ Monthly Summary
• No. of firms contacted (by group): Sec. 3 ___ / S ___ / M ___ / W ___ / LSA ___ / DVBE __ • Bids/Quotes received (by group): Sec. 3 ___ / S ___ / M ___ / W ____ / LSA ___ / DVBE __ • Awards made (by group): Sec. 3 ___ / S ___ / M ___ / W ___ / LSA ___ / DVBE ___ • Narrative (barriers/next steps):
________________________________________________
Certification (Prime)
Outreach documented above reflects good-faith efforts under 2 CFR § 200.321 and Section 3.

Authorized Signer (print/title): _______________________________

Signature: _______________________________ Date: _______________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 23 ends

City of Carlsbad
Veterans Memorial Park (CIP 4609)
Bidder’s Declarations & Certifications (Omnibus)

By executing this page, the Bidder endorses and executes each certification below. Electronic signatures entered in PlanetBids are deemed original and legally binding (UETA/ESIGN). For recordkeeping, the City may require wet -signed originals from the apparent low bidder. Upon written request (e.g., Notice of Intent to Award), the apparent low bidder shall deliver original, wetsigned certification pages within three (3) business days. Failure to timely provide originals may result in withdrawal of the intent to award at the City’s discretion.

Project: Veterans Memorial Park (CIP No. 4609)
Funding: HUD Community Project Funding (B-23-CP-CA-0155) Agency: City of Carlsbad Bid No.: ________________________

1) Noncollusion Declaration (PCC §7106)
I declare under penalty of perjury that this Bid is not collusive and complies with Public Contract Code §7106.
2) Debarment & Suspension (2 CFR Part 180; HUD 2 CFR Part 2424) The Bidder certifies that neither it nor its principals are presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in federal programs; and will require the same of lower tiers as applicable. 3) Anti‑Lobbying (31 U.S.C. §1352; 2 CFR Part 200, App. II(I)) No federally appropriated funds have been or will be paid to influence any federal official in connection with this contract. If non‑federal funds are used for lobbying related to this contract and the award equals or exceeds $100,000, the Bidder will submit Standard Form‑LLL (Disclosure of Lobbying Activities). If triggered, complete and attach SF-LLL. 4) Covered Telecommunications (2 CFR §200.216).

Bidder represents, after reasonable inquiry , it does not use or provide covered telecommunications equipment or services (e.g., Huawei, ZTE, Hytera, Hikvision, Dahua, or affiliates). Bidder will notify the City within 1 business day of any discovery and comply with required remedies. Flow-down to all tiers.
5) Equal Employment Opportunity (EO 11246) – 41 CFR 60‑1.4(b); 60‑4.3; 60‑1.7(b)(1) The Bidder (and listed subcontractors, as applicable) certifies:

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 24 ends

☐ has ☐ has not performed work under contracts subject to 41 CFR 60‑1.4(b) and 60‑4.3. ☐ has ☐ has not developed and maintains an Affirmative Action Program (41 CFR Part 60‑2), if applicable.
☐ has ☐ has not filed all required EEO reports (e.g., EEO‑1, if applicable) under 41 CFR 60‑1.7(b)(1).

If any item is marked 'has not', explain or attach a separate page:
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ Non-Segregated Facilities. Bidder affirms compliance with 41 CFR 60 -1.8 (no segregated facilities) and will flow this requirement down to covered subcontracts. 6) Davis‑Bacon and Related Acts Acknowledgment (40 U.S.C. 3141 et seq.; 29 CFR Parts 1, 3, and 5)
The Bidder acknowledges compliance with applicable wage determinations, weekly certified payrolls (WH ‑347), Anti ‑Kickback Act requirements, and HUD‑4010 Federal Labor Standards Provisions for covered work.
7) DIR Public Works Contractor Registration (Labor Code §1725.5) Bidder certifies it is registered with DIR at bid time and will remain registered through completion. Provide DIR Reg. No. with the bid.
8) HUD Section 3 Acknowledgment (24 CFR Part 75)
The Bidder acknowledges Section 3 obligations and will make and document good faith efforts for Section 3 workers and targeted Section 3 workers, where Part 75 applies; Bidder will include Section 3 requirements in covered subcontracts.
9) City Requirements – Insurance & Business License
If awarded, the Bidder will meet City insurance and business license requirements before execution and maintain them through completion; Bidder will require subcontractors to do the same.
10) Antitrust/Fraud/Collusion Certification (3-Year Lookback; PCC §10285.1) Under penalty of perjury, the Bidder certifies that it ☐ has ☐ has not, within the preceding three (3) years, been convicted of fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in violation of any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding upon, award of, or performance of any public works o r services contract with any public entity. This certification applies to the

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 25 ends

Bidder and any partner, member, officer, director, responsible managing officer, or responsible managing employee.
11) Responsibility Questionnaire (Prior Disqualification/Removal) Has the Bidder, any officer, or any employee with a proprietary interest ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on or completing a federal, state, or local public project due to a violation of law or a safety regulation? Yes ☐ No ☐ If Yes, explain the circumstances (agency, date, project, basis, and resolution):
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________

A “Yes” response does not automatically render a bid nonresponsive. The City may request additional information to assess responsibility prior to award. 12) Labor Compliance — PCC §10232 (NLRB Contempt Statement) Under penalty of perjury, the Bidder states that **no more than one** final, unappealable finding of **contempt of court** by a federal court has been issued against the Bidder within the immediately preceding **two (2) years** for failure to comply with a federal court order enforcing an order of the **National Labor Relations Board**.

Yes ☐ (explain) No ☐
If “Yes,” explain (court, date, case number, disposition):
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ 13) Clean Air Act & Federal Water Pollution Control Act (2 CFR 200 App. II(G)) (Applicable to federally assisted contracts and subcontracts exceeding $150,000) The Bidder certifies that, during performance, it and all subcontractors will comply with all applicable standards, orders, and regulations issued under the Clean Air Act (42 U.S.C. 7401 et seq.) and the Federal Water Pollution Control Act (33 U.S.C. 1251 et seq.), as amended. Any violations will be promptly reported to the City of Carlsbad, the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (HUD), and the appropriate EPA Regional Office. Bidder shall flow down this requirement to every lower -tier subcontract exceeding $150,000. (See Appendix A – Federal & State Grant Requirements.)
14) Build America, Buy America (BABA) / Domestic Preference Bidder acknowledges BABA applicability where required and will provide manufacturer Certificates of Compliance and CMTRs with traceability for covered products. No installation of covered items prior to City acceptance of BABA documentation. Flow-down to all tiers.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 26 ends

By signing below, the Bidder endorses and executes all declarations and certifications listed above.

Bidder (Legal Name): ____________________________________________________________ FEIN: ________________________________________________________________________ Address: ______________________________________________________________________ City/State/ZIP: _________________________________________________________________ Phone: _______________________________ Email: ________________________________ Authorized Signature: ___________________________________ Date: ____ / _____ / _____ Printed Name: ________________________________________ Title: ___________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 27 ends

DISCLOSURE OF LOBBYING ACTIVITIES
Standard Form‑LLL – Disclosure of Lobbying Activities

Rev. January 2025
OMB No.: 1235-0008
Expires: 01/31/2028
U.S. Department of Labor
Wage and Hour Division
Davis-Bacon and Related Acts Weekly Certiﬁed Payroll Form (For Contractor’s Optional Use; See Instructions at www.dol.gov/whd/forms/wh347instr.htm) Unless otherwise noted, the information requested is speciﬁc to the named project below.

Persons are not required to respond to the collection of information unless it displays a currently valid OMB control number.

 SUBMISSION OF FINAL DBRA CERTIFIED PAYROLL FORM  PRIME CONTRACTOR  SUBCONTRACTOR PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO. or CONTRACT NO. CERTIFIED PAYROLL NO. PRIME CONTRACTOR’S/SUBCONTRACTOR’S BUSINESS NAME

PROJECT LOCATION WAGE DETERMINATION NO. WEEK ENDING DATE PRIME CONTRACTOR’S/SUBCONTRACTOR’S BUSINESS ADDRESS

(1A) (1B) (1C) (1D) (1E) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6A) (6B) (6C) (7A) (7B) (8) (9) WORKER ENTRY NO.

WORKER LAST NAME

WORKER FIRST
NAME

WORKER MIDDLE

INITIAL
WORKER
IDENTIFYING NO.
(J) JOURNEYWORKER
(RA) REGISTERD

APPRENTICE

LABOR

CLASSIFICATION

ST = STRAIGHT TIME
OT = OVERTIME
(TOP) DAYS OF WORK WEEK
(BOTTOM) DATES

TOTAL HOURS

WORKED FOR WEEK

HOURLY WAGE RATE

PAID FOR ST AND OT

TOTAL FRINGE

BENEFIT CREDIT

PAYMENT IN LIEU OF

FRINGE BENEFITS

GROSS AMT EARNED

FOR ALL WORK

DEDUCTIONS FOR ALL WORK

NET PAY TO WORKER

FOR ALL WORK

TAX WITH-

HOLDINGS
FICA

OTHER (MUST

SPECIFY, SEE

INSTRUCTIONS)
TOTAL

DEDUCTIONS

HOURS WORKED

EACH DAY

ST
OT

ST
OT
While use of Form WH-347 itself is optional, covered contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federal or federally assisted construction contracts are required by the DBRA regulations and the contract clauses to submit payroll information on a weekly basis. The Copeland Act (40 U.S.C. § 3145) requires contractors and subcontractors performing work on Federal or federally ﬁnanced construction contracts to, on a weekly basis, “furnish a statement on the wages paid each employee during the prior week.” U.S. Department of Labor (DOL) Regulations at 29 C.F.R. § 5.5(a)(3)(ii) require contractors and subcontractors to submit weekly certiﬁed payrolls to the appropriate Federal agency if the agency is a party to the contract (or, if the agency is not such a party, to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to the Federal agency). Each certiﬁed payroll must be accompanied by a signed “Statement of Compliance” (e.g., page 2 of the WH-347 or another document with identical wording) indicating that the certiﬁed payrolls are accurate and complete, and that each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the required Davis -Bacon prevailing wage rate(s) (including any fringe beneﬁts) for the work performed. DOL and contracting agencies receiving this information review the information to determine whether workers have received legally required wages and fringe beneﬁts.

Public Burden Statement
We estimate that it will take an average of 55 minutes to complete this collection, including time for reviewing instructions, searching existing data sources, gathering and maintaining the data needed, and completing and reviewing the collection of information. If you have any comments regarding these estimates or any other aspect of this collection, including suggestions for reducing this burden , send them to the Administrator, Wage and Hour Division, U.S. Department of Labor, Room S3502, 200 Constitution Avenue, N.W. Washington, D.C. 20210 (over)

PROJECT NAME PROJECT NO. or CONTRACT NO. PAYROLL NO. PRIME CONTRACTOR’S/SUBCONTRACTOR’S BUSINESS NAME

PROJECT LOCATION WEEK ENDING DATE CERTIFYING OFFICIAL’s NAME AND TITLE

I paid or supervised the payment of the laborers or mechanics working on the above project during the stated time period. I certify the following:

The payroll information submitted with this statement is correct and complete for the above project during the above period, and the wage and fringe beneﬁt rates paid to the workers, including credit taken for the reasonably anticipated costs of a bona ﬁde fringe beneﬁt plan, fund or program, are not less than the applicable wage and fringe beneﬁts rates for the classiﬁcation(s) of work actually performed, as speciﬁed in the wage determination(s) incorporated into the contract.  All regular payrolls and all other basic records that the contractor is required to maintain for this payroll period are complete and accurate and will be made available upon request from the agency or the Department of Labor.
 The classiﬁcations reported for each laborer or mechanic are the classiﬁcation(s) of work that each worker actually performed.


Any workers paid as apprentices during the above period are duly registered in a bona ﬁde apprenticeship program registered with the Oﬃce of Apprenticeship, Employment and Training Administration, United States Department of Labor (“OA”), or a State Apprenticeship Agency (“SAA”) recognized by Department of Labor. I have veriﬁed the registered apprenticeship program information provided below as accurate and applicable to any apprentices identiﬁed on page 1 of this form.

APPRENTICESHIP PROGRAM NAME REGISTERED NAME OF LABOR CLASSIFICATION  OA  SAA
 OA  SAA
 OA  SAA


Fringe beneﬁts have been paid in cash and/or to bona ﬁde fringe beneﬁt plans, funds, or programs. Where the contractor is claiming an hourly credit for their contributions to or reasonably anticipated costs of a bona ﬁde fringe beneﬁt plan, fund, or program, provide plan information and the hourly credit claimed for each worker listed on the previous page of this form.

HOURLY CREDIT FOR FRINGE BENEFITS
If an amount is listed in (6B) on the ﬁrst page of this certiﬁed payroll form, enter the hourly credit claimed under each plan name, type and number for each worker and check whether the plan is funded or unfunded.

NAME OF WORKER

FB NAME FB NAME FB NAME FB NAME FB NAME FB NAME
TOTAL
HOURLY
CREDIT

FB TYPE FB TYPE FB TYPE FB TYPE FB TYPE FB TYPE
PLAN NO. PLAN NO. PLAN NO. PLAN NO. PLAN NO. PLAN NO.  Funded  Unfunded  Funded  Unfunded  Funded  Unfunded  Funded  Unfunded  Funded  Unfunded  Funded  Unfunded Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hourly Credit $ Hrly Credit $ $  All workers on the project have been paid the full weekly wages earned, and no rebates or deductions have been or will be made either directly or indirectly, other than permissible deductions as deﬁned in 29 CFR part 3.

ADDITIONAL REMARKS

SIGNATURE OF CERTIFYING OFFICIAL DATE TELEPHONE NUMBER EMAIL ADDRESS ( __ __ __ ) __ __ __ – __ __ __ __
THE WILLFUL FALSIFICATION OF ANY OF THE ABOVE STATEMENTS MAY SUBJECT THE CONTRACTOR OR SUBCONTRACTOR TO CIVIL OR CRIMINAL PROSECUTION (SEE SECTION 1001 OF TITLE 18 AND SECTION 3729 OF TITLE 31 OF THE UNITED STATES CODE), AS WELL AS DEBARMENT FROM FUTURE FEDERAL AND FEDERALLY-ASSISTED CONTRACTS. INFORMATION REPORTED IN CERTIFIED PAYROLLS MAY BE SUBJECT TO DISCLOSURE IN RESPONSE TO A FREEDOM OF INFORMATION ACT REQUEST.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 28 ends

Subcontractor Certifications (Due within 5 Business Days of Bid Opening) For each listed subcontractor performing on-site work or ≥ $25,000., submit a separate signed page completing the items below. Attach additional pages as needed.

Subcontractor (Legal Name): ____________________________________________ License No.: __________ DIR Reg. No.: ______________________________ Scope of Work / Bid Item(s): ______________________________________________________ A) Debarment & Suspension (2 CFR Part 180; HUD 2 CFR Part 2424) The Subcontractor certifies it is not debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from participation in federal programs.

B) Equal Employment Opportunity (EO 11246) – 41 CFR 60‑1.4(b); 60‑4.3; 60‑1.7(b)(1) ☐ has ☐ has not performed work under contracts subject to 41 CFR 60‑1.4(b) and 60‑4.3. ☐ has ☐ has not filed required EEO reports (e.g., EEO‑1, if applicable) per 41 CFR 60‑1.7(b)(1).

C) HUD Section 3 Acknowledgment (24 CFR Part 75)
Subcontractor acknowledges Section 3 obligations where Part 75 applies and will cooperate with the Prime for reporting/documentation.

D) Clean Air Act / Federal Water Pollution Control Act
(If this subcontract exceeds $150,000): Subcontractor agrees to comply with the Clean Air Act and Federal Water Pollution Control Act and to report any violations to the City, HUD, and the EPA Regional Office.

Subcontractor (Legal Name): ______________________________________________________ FEIN: ____________________________
Address: ____________________________ City/State/ZIP: ___________________________ Phone: __________________________ Email: ________________________________ Authorized Signature: ____________________________________ Date: ____ / _____ /_____ Printed Name: __________________________________________________________________ Title: _________________________________________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 29 ends

City of Carlsbad
Veterans Memorial Park (CIP 4609)
Bidder’s Declarations & Certifications (STATE‑FUNDED – CA DPR/OGALS) Project: Veterans Memorial Park (CIP No. 4609) Funding: CA Department of Parks and Recreation (OGALS) – Grant C5055056
Agency: City of Carlsbad Bid No.: ________________

1) Noncollusion Declaration (PCC §7106)
I declare under penalty of perjury that this Bid is not collusive and complies with Public Contract Code §7106.
2) Contractor Responsibility – Debarment/Ineligibility (State/Federal) The Bidder certifies it is not debarred, suspended, or otherwise ineligible from contracting with public agencies and will require the same of subcontractors. 3) UEI & SAM Status (Prime)
Upload a SAM.gov “Active / No Exclusions” screenshot dated within 30 days of bid. Status must remain Active/No Exclusions through award and performance. 4) Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE).

Bidder acknowledges the 3% DVBE goal and will submit Good-Faith Effort documentation with bid or pre-award (as permitted by DPR), and DVBE commitment forms if applicable. 5) California Nondiscrimination Compliance (Gov. Code §§11135, 12990; 2 CCR §11105) The Bidder agrees to comply with California’s nondiscrimination requirements and to include required clauses in all applicable subcontracts and purchase orders. 6) Antitrust / Fraud / Collusion Certification (3‑Year Lookback) Under penalty of perjury, the Bidder certifies that it ☐ has ☐ has not, within the preceding three (3) years, been convicted of fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy, or any other act in violation of

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 30 ends

any state or federal antitrust law in connection with the bidding upon, award of, or performance of any public works or services contract with any public entity. This certification applies to the Bidder and any partner, member, officer, director, responsib le managing officer, or responsible managing employee.
7) Responsibility Questionnaire (Prior Disqualification/Removal) Has the Bidder, any officer, or any employee with a proprietary interest ever been disqualified, removed, or otherwise prevented from bidding on or completing a federal, state, or local public project due to a violation of law or a safety regulation? Yes ☐ No ☐ If Yes, explain the circumstances (agency, date, project, basis, and resolution):
______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ ______________________________________________________________________________ A “Yes” response does not automatically render a bid non‑responsive. The City may request additional information to assess responsibility prior to award. 8) City Requirements – Insurance & Business License
If awarded, the Bidder will meet City insurance and business license requirements before execution and maintain them through completion; Bidder will require subcontractors to do the same.

By signing below, the Bidder endorses and executes all declarations and certifications listed above.

Signature (Authorized Representative of Bidder): _____________________________________ Date: ____ / ____ / ______
Printed Name: ______________________________________ Title: ___________________ Company (Legal Name): ___________________________________ FEIN: __________________
Phone: _______________________ Email: ____________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 31 ends

DVBE Commitment / Declaration (WITH BID)
Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE) Commitment / Declaration Project: Veterans Memorial Park Improvements (CIP 4609)

Prime Contractor Information:

Prime Contractor Name
Contact Person
Phone / Email

DVBE Participation Commitment:

DVBE Firm Name CA DVBE
Cert #
Scope of Work /
Supplies
Estimated $
Value
% of
Contract
Contact Info

☐ Goal Met (≥3%) ☐ Good-Faith Effort Attached
If unable to meet the 3% goal, attach documentation showing outreach, advertisement, and responses.

Certification:

I certify that the above information is true and correct, and that all DVBEs listed are certified by DGS at the time of bid opening.

Signature __________________________________ Date __________ Name / Title _______________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 32 ends

DVBE Final Report (Post-Construction Closeout)

Disabled Veteran Business Enterprise (DVBE) Final Report Project: Veterans Memorial Park Improvements (CIP 4609)

DVBE Participation Summary:

DVBE Firm
Name

CA DVBE
Cert #
Committed $ Actual $ Committed
%
Actual % Variance
Reason

Total DVBE Participation %: ________ %
☐ Goal Met ☐ Goal Not Met (attach Good-Faith Effort documentation & explanation) Prime Contractor Certification:

I certify the data provided are accurate and all payments to DVBEs listed have been made in full.

Signature __________________________________ Date __________ Name / Title _________________________________________

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 33 ends

Appendix A §41 — Wage Determinations (Locked to Bid Advertisement Date) Bid Advertisement Date: October 22, 2025

Purpose. This Exhibit identifies the Wage Determinations (WDs) and fixes the lock -in to the Bid Advertisement Date shown above. Where both Federal (DBRA) and State (DIR) rates apply, the Contractor shall pay the higher rate for each classification.

A. Veterans Memorial Park (HUD and CPF B-23-CP-CA-0155) The following apply to all covered work on the Veterans Memorial Park portion of the Project:

1) Federal (DBRA) — USDOL Davis-Bacon General Decisions • Lock-in: The applicable Davis -Bacon General Decision(s) in effect on October 22, 2025 apply.

Modifications issued by USDOL before award must be implemented per 29 CFR 1.6 and HUD guidance.
• Applicable Work Types: HEAVY (required for site/civil/utility/earthwork). BUILDING (add only if vertical structures—e.g., restrooms, kiosks—are included). • General Decision No. (HEAVY): CA20250001
• General Decision No. (BUILDING, if applicable): CA20250001 • Source: SAM.gov → Wage Determinations → Davis‑Bacon → search by County (San Diego, CA) and Type (Heavy / Building).

2) State (DIR) — California Prevailing Wage Determinations (San Diego County) • Determination Family: SDI‑2025‑1
• DIR determinations are generally issued Feb 22 and Aug 22 and become effective 10 days later; they remain until superseded.
• Include shift/travel provisions as applicable (e.g., San Diego shift provisions, SDI‑2025‑2).

Higher‑of Rule.

For each classification and task, the Contractor shall pay the higher of the applicable Federal (DBRA) or State (DIR) rate.

B. Faraday Avenue Improvements (State‑funded only)
• State (DIR) Determination Family: SDI‑2025‑1 (San Diego County) • Apply crafts/classifications used on the Project, including predetermined increases and applicable travel/shift provisions.

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 34 ends

APPENDIX A Date Printed: October 17, 2025
Document Version: 1.0 Current Update: October 2025

Page 35 ends

HUD-4010 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Federal Labor Standards Provisions Office of Davis-Bacon and Labor Standards

Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
1 HUD-4010 U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development Federal Labor Standards Provisions Office of Davis-Bacon and Labor Standards

A. APPLICABILITY
The Project or Program to which the construction work covered by this Contract pertains is being assisted by the United States of America, and the following Federal Labor Standards Provisions are included in this Contract pursuant to the provisions applicable to such Federal assistance.

1. Minimum wages and fringe benefits
i. All laborers and mechanics employed or working upon the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute), will be paid unconditionally and not less often than once a week, and without subsequent deduction or rebate on any account (except such payroll deductions as are permitted by regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor under the Copeland Act (29 CFR part 3)), the full amount of basic hourly wages and bona fide fringe benefits (or cash equivalents thereof) due at time of payment computed at rates not less than those contained in the wage determination of the Secretary of Labor which is attached hereto and made a part hereof, regardless of any contractual relationship which may be alleged to exist between the contractor and such laborers and mechanics. As provided in 29 CFR

5.5(d) and (e), the appropriate wage determinations are effective by operation of law even if they have not been attached to the contract. Contributions made or costs reasonably anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits under the Davis-Bacon Act (40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B)) on behalf of laborers or mechanics are considered wages paid to such laborers or mechanics, subject to the provisions of paragraph (a)(1)(v) of these contract clauses; also, regular contributions made or costs incurred for more than a weekly period (but not less often than quarterly) under plans, funds, or programs which cover the particular weekly period, are deemed to be constructively made or incurred during such weekly period. Such laborers and mechanics must be paid the appropriate wage rate and fringe benefits on the wage determination for the classification(s) of work actually performed, without regard to skill, except as provided in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4). Laborers or mechanics performing work in more than one classification may be compensated at the rate specified for each classification for the time actually worked therein: Provided, That the employer’s payroll records accurately set forth the time spent in each classification in which work is performed. The wage determination (including any additional classifications and wage rates conformed under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii)) and the Davis-Bacon poster (WH-1321) must be posted at all times by the contractor and its subcontractors at the site of the work in a prominent and accessible place where it can be easily seen by the workers. ii. Frequently recurring classifications
A. In addition to wage and fringe benefit rates that have been determined to be prevailing under the procedures set forth in 29 CFR part 1, a wage determination may contain, pursuant to § 1.3(f), wage and fringe benefit rates for classifications of laborers and mechanics for which conformance requests are regularly submitted pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(iii), provided that:

1. The work performed by the classification is not performed by a classification in the wage determination for which a prevailing wage rate has been determined;

2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and

3. The wage rate for the classification bears a reasonable relationship to the prevailing wage rates contained in the wage determination.

B. The Administrator will establish wage rates for such classifications in accordance with 29 CFR

5.5(a)(1)(iii)(A)(3). Work performed in such a classification must be paid at no less than the wage and fringe benefit rate listed on the wage determination for such classification. iii. Conformance
A. The contracting officer must require that any class of laborers or mechanics, including helpers, which is not listed in the wage determination and which is to be employed under the contract be Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
2 classified in conformance with the wage determination. Conformance of an additional classification and wage rate and fringe benefits is appropriate only when the following criteria have been met:

1. The work to be performed by the classification requested is not performed by a classification in the wage determination; and

2. The classification is used in the area by the construction industry; and

3. The proposed wage rate, including any bona fide fringe benefits, bears a reasonable relationship to the wage rates contained in the wage determination.

B. The conformance process may not be used to split, subdivide, or otherwise avoid application of classifications listed in the wage determination.

C. If the contractor and the laborers and mechanics to be employed in the classification (if known), or their representatives, and the contracting officer agree on the classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits where appropriate), a report of the action taken will be sent by the contracting officer by email to [email protected]. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will approve, modify, or disapprove every additional classification action within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30–day period that additional time is necessary.

D. In the event the contractor, the laborers or mechanics to be employed in the classification or their representatives, and the contracting officer do not agree on the proposed classification and wage rate (including the amount designated for fringe benefits, where appropriate), the contracting officer will, by email to [email protected], refer the questions, including the views of all interested parties and the recommendation of the contracting officer, to the Administrator for determination. The Administrator, or an authorized representative, will issue a determination within 30 days of receipt and so advise the contracting officer or will notify the contracting officer within the 30–day period that additional time is necessary.

E. The contracting officer must promptly notify the contractor of the action taken by the Wage and Hour Division under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iii)(C) and (D). The contractor must furnish a written copy of such determination to each affected worker or it must be posted as a part of the wage determination. The wage rate (including fringe benefits where appropriate) determined pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(1)(iii)(C) or (D) must be paid to all workers performing work in the classification under this contract from the first day on which work is performed in the classification.
iv. Fringe benefits not expressed as an hourly rate
Whenever the minimum wage rate prescribed in the contract for a class of laborers or mechanics includes a fringe benefit which is not expressed as an hourly rate, the contractor may either pay the benefit as stated in the wage determination or may pay another bona fide fringe benefit or an hourly cash equivalent thereof.
v. Unfunded plans
If the contractor does not make payments to a trustee or other third person, the contractor may consider as part of the wages of any laborer or mechanic the amount of any costs reasonably anticipated in providing bona fide fringe benefits under a plan or program, Provided, That the Secretary of Labor has found, upon the written request of the contractor, in accordance with the criteria set forth in 29 CFR 5.28, that the applicable standards of the Davis-Bacon Act have been met.

The Secretary of Labor may require the contractor to set aside in a separate account assets for the meeting of obligations under the plan or program.
vi. Interest In the event of a failure to pay all or part of the wages required by the contract, the contractor will be required to pay interest on any underpayment of wages.

Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
3 2. Withholding
i. Withholding requirements
The U. S. Department of Housing and Urban Development may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for the full amount of wages and monetary relief, including interest, required by the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(a) for violations of this contract, or to satisfy any such liabilities required by any other Federal contract, or federally assisted contract subject to Davis-Bacon labor standards, that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to Davis-Bacon labor standards requirements and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld. In the event of a contractor’s failure to pay any laborer or mechanic, including any apprentice or helper working on the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) all or part of the wages required by the contract, or upon the contractor’s failure to submit the required records as discussed in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(iv), HUD may on its own initiative and after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds until such violations have ceased.
ii. Priority to withheld funds
The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR

5.5(a)(2)(i) or (b)(3)(i), or both, over claims to those funds by:

A. A contractor’s surety(ies), including without limitation performance bond sureties and payment bond sureties;
B. A contracting agency for its reprocurement costs;
C. A trustee(s) (either a court-appointed trustee or a U.S. trustee, or both) in bankruptcy of a contractor, or a contractor’s bankruptcy estate;
D. A contractor’s assignee(s);
E. A contractor’s successor(s); or
F. A claim asserted under the Prompt Payment Act, 31 U.S.C. 3901-3907.

3. Records and certified payrolls
i. Basic record requirements
A. Length of record retention. All regular payrolls and other basic records must be maintained by the contractor and any subcontractor during the course of the work and preserved for all laborers and mechanics working at the site of the work (or otherwise working in construction or development of the project under a development statute) for a period of at least 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed.

B. Information required Such records must contain the name; Social Security number; last known address, telephone number, and email address of each such worker; each worker’s correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid (including rates of contributions or costs anticipated for bona fide fringe benefits or cash equivalents thereof of the types described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act); daily and weekly number of hours actually worked in total and on each covered contract; deductions made; and actual wages paid.

C. Additional records relating to fringe benefits. Whenever the Secretary of Labor has found under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1)(v) that the wages of any laborer or mechanic include the amount of any Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
4 costs reasonably anticipated in providing benefits under a plan or program described in 40 U.S.C. 3141(2)(B) of the Davis-Bacon Act, the contractor must maintain records which show that the commitment to provide such benefits is enforceable, that the plan or program is financially responsible, and that the plan or program has been communicated in writing to the laborers or mechanics affected, and records which show the costs anticipated or the actual cost incurred in providing such benefits.

D. Additional records relating to apprenticeship Contractors with apprentices working under approved programs must maintain written evidence of the registration of apprenticeship programs, the registration of the apprentices, and the ratios and wage rates prescribed in the applicable programs.
ii. Certified payroll requirements
A. Frequency and method of submission The contractor or subcontractor must submit weekly, for each week in which any DBA- or Related Acts-covered work is performed, certified payrolls to HUD if the agency is a party to the contract, but if the agency is not such a party, the contractor will submit the certified payrolls to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to HUD. The prime contractor is responsible for the submission of all certified payrolls by all subcontractors. A contracting agency or prime contractor may permit or require contractors to submit certified payrolls through an electronic system, as long as the electronic system requires a legally valid electronic signature; the system allows the contractor, the contracting agency, and the Department of Labor to access the certified payrolls upon request for at least 3 years after the work on the prime contract has been completed; and the contracting agency or prime contractor permits other methods of submission in situations where the contractor is unable or limited in its ability to use or access the electronic system B. Information required The certified payrolls submitted must set out accurately and completely all of the information required to be maintained under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)(B), except that full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses must not be included on weekly transmittals. Instead, the certified payrolls need only include an individually identifying number for each worker (e.g., the last four digits of the worker’s Social Security number). The required weekly certified payroll information may be submitted using Optional Form WH-347 or in any other format desired. Optional Form WH-347 is available for this purpose from the Wage and Hour Division Web site at https://www.dol.gov/ sites/dolgov/files/WHD/legacy/files/wh347.pdf or its successor website. It is not a violation of this section for a prime contractor to require a subcontractor to provide full Social Security numbers and last known addresses, telephone numbers, and email addresses to the prime contractor for its own records, without weekly submission by the subcontractor to the sponsoring government agency (or the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records).

C. Statement of Compliance Each certified payroll submitted must be accompanied by a “Statement of Compliance,” signed by the contractor or subcontractor, or the contractor’s or subcontractor’s agent who pays or supervises the payment of the persons working on the contract, and must certify the following:

1. That the certified payroll for the payroll period contains the information required to be provided under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii), the appropriate information and basic records are being maintained under 29 CFR 5.5 (a)(3)(i), and such information and records are correct and complete;

2. That each laborer or mechanic (including each helper and apprentice) working on the contract during the payroll period has been paid the full weekly wages earned, without rebate, either directly or indirectly, and that no deductions have been made either directly or indirectly Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
5 from the full wages earned, other than permissible deductions as set forth in 29 CFR part 3; and

3. That each laborer or mechanic has been paid not less than the applicable wage rates and fringe benefits or cash equivalents for the classification(s) of work actually performed, as specified in the applicable wage determination incorporated into the contract.

D. Use of Optional Form WH-347 The weekly submission of a properly executed certification set forth on the reverse side of Optional Form WH-347 will satisfy the requirement for submission of the “Statement of Compliance” required by 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(ii)(C).

E. Signature The signature by the contractor, subcontractor, or the contractor’s or subcontractor’s agent must be an original handwritten signature or a legally valid electronic signature.

F. Falsification The falsification of any of the above certifications may subject the contractor or subcontractor to civil or criminal prosecution under 18 U.S.C. 1001 and 31 U.S.C. 3729.

G. Length of certified payroll retention The contractor or subcontractor must preserve all certified payrolls during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed.
iii. Contracts, subcontracts, and related documents The contractor or subcontractor must maintain this contract or subcontract and related documents including, without limitation, bids, proposals, amendments, modifications, and extensions. The contractor or subcontractor must preserve these contracts, subcontracts, and related documents during the course of the work and for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed. iv Required disclosures and access
A. Required record disclosures and access to workers The contractor or subcontractor must make the records required under 29 CFR 5.5(a)(3)(i)–(iii), and any other documents that HUD or the Department of Labor deems necessary to determine compliance with the labor standards provisions of any of the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, available for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of HUD or the Department of Labor, and must permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job.

B. Sanctions for non-compliance with records and worker access requirements If the contractor or subcontractor fails to submit the required records or to make them available, or refuses to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, the Federal agency may, after written notice to the contractor, sponsor, applicant, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records or that employs such workers, take such action as may be necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment, advance, or guarantee of funds. Furthermore, failure to submit the required records upon request or to make such records available, or to permit worker interviews during working hours on the job, may be grounds for debarment action pursuant to 29 CFR 5.12. In addition, any contractor or other person that fails to submit the required records or make those records available to WHD within the time WHD requests that the records be produced will be precluded from introducing as evidence in an administrative proceeding under 29 CFR part 6 any of the required records that were not provided or made available to WHD. WHD will take into consideration a reasonable request from the contractor or person for an extension of the time for submission of records. WHD will determine the reasonableness of the request and may consider, among other things, the location of the records and the volume of production.

C. Required information disclosures Contractors and subcontractors must maintain the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker, and must provide them upon request to HUD if the agency is a party to Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
6 the contract, or to the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor. If the Federal agency is not such a party to the contract, the contractor, subcontractor, or both, must, upon request, provide the full Social Security number and last known address, telephone number, and email address of each covered worker to the applicant, sponsor, owner, or other entity, as the case may be, that maintains such records, for transmission to HUD, the contractor, or the Wage and Hour Division of the Department of Labor for purposes of an investigation or other compliance action.

4. Apprentices and equal employment opportunity
i. Apprentices
A. Rate of pay Apprentices will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform when they are employed pursuant to and individually registered in a bona fide apprenticeship program registered with the U.S. Department of Labor, Employment and Training Administration, Office of Apprenticeship (OA), or with a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA. A person who is not individually registered in the program, but who has been certified by the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency (where appropriate) to be eligible for probationary employment as an apprentice, will be permitted to work at less than the predetermined rate for the work they perform in the first 90 days of probationary employment as an apprentice in such a program. In the event the OA or a State Apprenticeship Agency recognized by the OA withdraws approval of an apprenticeship program, the contractor will no longer be permitted to use apprentices at less than the applicable predetermined rate for the work performed until an acceptable program is approved.

B. Fringe benefits Apprentices must be paid fringe benefits in accordance with the provisions of the apprenticeship program. If the apprenticeship program does not specify fringe benefits, apprentices must be paid the full amount of fringe benefits listed on the wage determination for the applicable classification. If the Administrator determines that a different practice prevails for the applicable apprentice classification, fringe benefits must be paid in accordance with that determination.

C. Apprenticeship ratio The allowable ratio of apprentices to journeyworkers on the job site in any craft classification must not be greater than the ratio permitted to the contractor as to the entire work force under the registered program or the ratio applicable to the locality of the project pursuant to 29 CFR 5.5(a)(4)(i)(D). Any worker listed on a payroll at an apprentice wage rate, who is not registered or otherwise employed as stated in 29 CFR

5.5(a)(4)(i)(A), must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the classification of work actually performed. In addition, any apprentice performing work on the job site in excess of the ratio permitted under this section must be paid not less than the applicable wage rate on the wage determination for the work actually performed.

D. Reciprocity of ratios and wage rates Where a contractor is performing construction on a project in a locality other than the locality in which its program is registered, the ratios and wage rates (expressed in percentages of the journeyworker’s hourly rate) applicable within the locality in which the construction is being performed must be observed. If there is no applicable ratio or wage rate for the locality of the project, the ratio and wage rate specified in the contractor’s registered program must be observed. ii Equal employment opportunity The use of apprentices and journeyworkers under this part must be in conformity with the equal employment opportunity requirements of Executive Order 11246, as amended, and 29 CFR part 30.
5 Compliance with Copeland Act requirements. The contractor shall comply with the requirements of 29 CFR part 3, which are incorporated by reference in this contract.

Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
7 6 Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(a)(1) through (11), along with the applicable wage determination(s) and such other clauses or contract modifications as the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development may by appropriate instructions require, and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses and wage determination(s) in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for the compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with all the contract clauses in this section. In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, due to any workers of lower-tier subcontractors, and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate.
7 Contract termination: debarment. A breach of the contract clauses in 29 CFR 5.5 may be grounds for termination of the contract, and for debarment as a contractor and a subcontractor as provided in 29 CFR 5.12.
8 Compliance with Davis-Bacon and Related Act requirements. All rulings and interpretations of the Davis-Bacon and Related Acts contained in 29 CFR parts 1, 3, and 5 are herein incorporated by reference in this contract.
9 Disputes concerning labor standards. Disputes arising out of the labor standards provisions of this contract shall not be subject to the general disputes clause of this contract. Such disputes shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures of the Department of Labor set forth in 29 CFR parts 5, 6, and 7. Disputes within the meaning of this clause include disputes between the contractor (or any of its subcontractors) and the contracting agency, the U.S. Department of Labor, or the employees or their representatives.

10. Certification of eligibility.
i. By entering into this contract, the contractor certifies that neither it nor any person or firm who has an interest in the contractor’s firm is a person or firm ineligible to be awarded Government contracts by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). ii. No part of this contract shall be subcontracted to any person or firm ineligible for award of a Government contract by virtue of 40 U.S.C. 3144(b) or 29 CFR 5.12(a). iii. The penalty for making false statements is prescribed in the U.S. Code, Title 18 Crimes and Criminal Procedure, 18 U.S.C. 1001.
11 Anti-retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for:
i. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5; ii. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5;
iii. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5; or
iv. Informing any other person about their rights under the DBA, Related Acts, or 29 CFR parts 1, 3, or 5.

B. Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) The Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert the following clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), (2), (3), (4), and (5) in full, or (for contracts covered by the Federal Acquisition Regulation) by reference, in any contract in an amount in excess of $100,000 and subject to the overtime provisions of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act. These clauses must Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
8 be inserted in addition to the clauses required by 29 CFR 5.5(a) or 4.6. As used in this paragraph, the terms “laborers and mechanics” include watchpersons and guards.

1. Overtime requirements. No contractor or subcontractor contracting for any part of the contract work which may require or involve the employment of laborers or mechanics shall require or permit any such laborer or mechanic in any workweek in which he or she is employed on such work to work in excess of forty hours in such workweek unless such laborer or mechanic receives compensation at a rate not less than one and one-half times the basic rate of pay for all hours worked in excess of forty hours in such workweek.

2. Violation; liability for unpaid wages; liquidated damages. In the event of any violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) the contractor and any subcontractor responsible therefor shall be liable for the unpaid wages and interest from the date of the underpayment. In addition, such contractor and subcontractor shall be liable to the United States (in the case of work done under contract for the District of Columbia or a territory, to such District or to such territory), for liquidated damages. Such liquidated damages shall be computed with respect to each individual laborer or mechanic, including watchpersons and guards, employed in violation of the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1), in the sum of $31 for each calendar day on which such individual was required or permitted to work in excess of the standard workweek of forty hours without payment of the overtime wages required by the clause set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1).

3. Withholding for unpaid wages and liquidated damages
i. Withholding process The U.S Department of Housing and Urban Development or the recipient of Federal assistance may, upon its own action, or must, upon written request of an authorized representative of the Department of Labor, withhold or cause to be withheld from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may be considered necessary to satisfy the liabilities of the prime contractor or any subcontractor for any unpaid wages; monetary relief, including interest; and liquidated damages required by the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b) on this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act that is held by the same prime contractor (as defined in 29 CFR 5.2). The necessary funds may be withheld from the contractor under this contract, any other Federal contract with the same prime contractor, or any other federally assisted contract that is subject to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and is held by the same prime contractor, regardless of whether the other contract was awarded or assisted by the same agency, and such funds may be used to satisfy the contractor liability for which the funds were withheld.
ii Priority to withheld funds The Department has priority to funds withheld or to be withheld in accordance with 29 CFR 5.5(a)(2)(i) or (b)(3)(i), or both, over claims to those funds by:

4. Subcontracts. The contractor or subcontractor must insert in any subcontracts the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5) and a clause requiring the subcontractors to include these clauses in any lower tier subcontracts. The prime contractor is responsible for compliance by any subcontractor or lower tier subcontractor with the clauses set forth in 29 CFR 5.5(b)(1) through (5). In the event of any violations of these clauses, the prime contractor and any subcontractor(s) responsible will be liable for any unpaid wages and monetary relief, including interest from the date of the underpayment or loss, Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
9 due to any workers of lower-tier subcontractors, and associated liquidated damages and may be subject to debarment, as appropriate.
5 Anti-retaliation It is unlawful for any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, or to cause any person to discharge, demote, intimidate, threaten, restrain, coerce, blacklist, harass, or in any other manner discriminate against, any worker or job applicant for:
i. Notifying any contractor of any conduct which the worker reasonably believes constitutes a violation of the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act (CWHSSA) or its implementing regulations in 29 CFR part 5;
ii. Filing any complaint, initiating or causing to be initiated any proceeding, or otherwise asserting or seeking to assert on behalf of themselves or others any right or protection under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5;
iii. Cooperating in any investigation or other compliance action, or testifying in any proceeding under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5; or
iv. Informing any other person about their rights under CWHSSA or 29 CFR part 5.

C. CWHSSA required records clause In addition to the clauses contained in 29 CFR 5.5(b), in any contract subject only to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act and not to any of the other laws referenced by 29 CFR 5.1, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert a clause requiring that the contractor or subcontractor must maintain regular payrolls and other basic records during the course of the work and must preserve them for a period of 3 years after all the work on the prime contract is completed for all laborers and mechanics, including guards and watchpersons, working on the contract. Such records must contain the name; last known address, telephone number, and email address; and social security number of each such worker; each worker’s correct classification(s) of work actually performed; hourly rates of wages paid; daily and weekly number of hours actually worked; deductions made and actual wages paid. Further, the Agency Head must cause or require the contracting officer to insert in any such contract a clause providing that the records to be maintained under this paragraph must be made available by the contractor or subcontractor for inspection, copying, or transcription by authorized representatives of the (write the name of agency) and the Department of Labor, and the contractor or subcontractor will permit such representatives to interview workers during working hours on the job.

D. Incorporation of contract clauses and wage determinations by reference Although agencies are required to insert the contract clauses set forth in this section, along with appropriate wage determinations, in full into covered contracts, and contractors and subcontractors are required to insert them in any lower-tier subcontracts, the incorporation by reference of the required contract clauses and appropriate wage determinations will be given the same force and effect as if they were inserted in full text.

E. Incorporation by operation of law The contract clauses set forth in this section (or their equivalent under the Federal Acquisition Regulation), along with the correct wage determinations, will be considered to be a part of every prime contract required by the applicable statutes referenced by 29 CFR 5.1 to include such clauses, and will be effective by operation of law, whether or not they are included or incorporated by reference into such contract, unless the Administrator grants a variance, tolerance, or exemption from the application of this paragraph. Where the clauses and applicable wage determinations are effective by operation of law under this paragraph, the prime contractor must be compensated for any resulting increase in wages in accordance with applicable law.

Previous editions obsolete Form HUD-4010, (10/2023) ref. Handbook 1344.1
10 F. HEALTH AND SAFETY
The provisions of this paragraph (F) are applicable where the amount of the prime contract exceeds $100,000.

1. No laborer or mechanic shall be required to work in surroundings or under working conditions which are unsanitary, hazardous, or dangerous to his or her health and safety, as determined under construction safety and health standards promulgated by the Secretary of Labor by regulation.

2. The contractor shall comply with all regulations issued by the Secretary of Labor pursuant to 29 CFR Part 1926 and failure to comply may result in imposition of sanctions pursuant to the Contract Work Hours and Safety Standards Act, (Public Law 91-54, 83 Stat 96), 40 U.S.C. § 3701 et seq.

3. The contractor shall include the provisions of this paragraph in every subcontract, so that such provisions will be binding on each subcontractor. The contractor shall take such action with respect to any subcontractor as the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development or the Secretary of Labor shall direct as a means of enforcing such provisions.

APPENDIX B

FLEET COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION
PWS26-3865PKS

Bidder hereby acknowledges that they have reviewed the California Air Resources Board’s policies, rules and regulations and are familiar with the requirements of Title 13, California Code of Regulations, Division 3, Chapter 9, effective on January 1, 2024 (the “Regulation”). Bidder hereby certifies, subject to penalty for perjury, that the option checked below relating to the Bidder’s fleet, and/or that of their subcontractor(s) (“Fleet”) is true and correct:
□ The Fleet is subject to the requirements of the Regulation, and the appropriate Certificate(s) of Reported Compliance have been attached hereto. □ The Fleet is exempt from the Regulation under section 2449.1(f)(2), and a signed description of the subject vehicles, and reasoning for exemption has been attached hereto.
□ Bidder and/or their subcontractor is unable to procure R99 or R100 renewable diesel fuel as defined in the Regulation pursuant to section 2449.1(f)(3). Bidder shall keep detailed records describing the normal refueling methods, their attempts to procure renewable diesel fuel and proof that shows they were not able to procure renewable diesel (i.e. third party correspondence or vendor bids).
□ The Fleet is exempt from the requirements of the Regulation pursuant to section 2449(i)(4) because this Project has been deemed an Emergency, as defined under section 2449(c)(18). Bidder shall only operate the exempted vehicles in the emergency situation and records of the exempted vehicles must be maintained, pursuant to sect ion 2449(i)(4).
□ The Fleet does not fall under the Regulation or is otherwise exempted, and a detailed reasoning is attached hereto.

Name of Bidder: _____________________________________________________________ Signature: _________________________________________________________ Name: _______________________________________________________________ Title: _____________________________________________________________________ Date: _______________________________________________________________

City of Carlsbad

TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS

FOR CONSTRUCTION OF THE

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

IN CARLSBAD, CALIFORNIA

October 16, 2023

PREPARED BY:

RJM Design Group, Inc.
31591 Camino Capistrano
San Juan Capistrano, California 92675
(949) 493-2600

00 01 01-1

PROJECT MANUAL
for the Construction of

CARLSBAD

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK
Parcel 212-271-03-00, Lot 10, CT 09-03,
Carl
sbad, CA 92008

Owner
City of Carlsbad
Parks & Recreation Department
799
Pine Avenue, Suite 200
Carlsbad, CA 92008
760/434-2826

Landscape Architect

RJM DESIGN GROUP
3159
1 Camino Capistrano
San Juan Capistrano, CA 92675
949/493-2600 FAX 949/493-2690

Civil Engineer
civTEC
999 Corporate Drive, Suite 100
Lade
ra Ranch, CA 92694
949/463-8822 FAX 949/481-5410

Structural/Geotechnical Engineer
SO. CALIFORNIA GEOTECHNICAL
22885 East Savi Ranch Parkway, Suite E
Yorb
a Linda, CA 92887
714/685-1115 FAX 714/685-1118

00 01 01-2
Electrical Engineer

FBA ENGINEERING
150 Paularino Avenue, Suite A120
Cost
a Mesa, CA 92626
949/852-9995 FAX 949/852-1657

Irrigation Designer
GLAS
IR
424 New Jersey Lane
Plac
entia, CA 92870
714/514-9380

Building Design
ROMTEC
18240 North Bank Road
Rose
burg, OR 97470
541/496-3541 FAX 541/496-0801

Bike Park Design
New Line Skateparks
1995
0 88th Avenue, Unit 302
Lang
ley, BC Canada
860/806-1209 FAX 604/530-1119

Gravity Retaining Wall Design
M3 C
ivil Engineering, Inc.

PO Box 923
Ocea
nside, CA 92049
760/802-1772

NOTICE: This Project Manual, an unpublished instrument of service of the authors, is prepared for use only on this Project and in conj
unction with the authors' interpretations, observations, decisions and administration, as described in the Conditions of the Contract.

Desired results without these services cannot be assured. Use in whole or in part, without the authors' services and expressed written consent may violate Act 17 U.S.C. par. 301 (1991).

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/09/2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 05-1
DOCUMENT 00 01 05

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DOCUMENT/SECTION No. – TITLE

INTRODUCTORY DOCUMENTS

00 01 01 – TITLE PAGES 05/02/2025
00 01 05 – TABLE OF CONTENTS 10/09/2025

INFORMATION AVAILABLE TO CONTRACTOR

Additional information available in the Appendix
NOTE: ELECTRONIC BIDDING AND CONSTRUCTION CONTRACT DOCUMENTS TO BE PROVIDED THROUGH CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE.

NOTE: SPECIFICATIONS FOR ARCHITECTURE, SIGNAGE, AND VARIOUS TRADES ARE REPR
ESENTED ON PLAN SET. IT IS THE CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY TO NOTIFY

THE CONSTRUCTION MANAGER OR OWNERS REPRESENTATIVE IF A CONFLICT ARISES.

DIVI
SION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS

02 00 00 – EXISTING CONDITIONS 10/06/2025
02 41 10 – STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 10/06/2025
02 41 13 – SITE DEMOLITION 10/06/2025

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMS AND ACCESSORIES 09/30/2025
03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 09/30/2025
03 21 00 – REINFORCING STEEL 10/06/2025
03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 10/06/2025
03 33 51 – CONCRETE FINISHING 10/06/2025
03 37 13 – SHOTCRETE 10/06/2025
03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING 10/06/2025

DIVISION 4 – MASONRY

04 05 00 – MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING 08/03/2023
04 05 14 – ADHERED VENEER MORTAR MIXES 10/06/2025
04 22 00 – CONCRETE MASONRY UNIT 10/06/2025
04 43 00 – STONE MASONRY 10/06/2025
04 70 00 – MANUFACTURED MASONRY 10/06/2025
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

00 01 05-2 TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVISION 5 – METALS
05 05 13 – TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING 10/06/2025
05 12 00 – STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 08/03/2023
05 50 00 – METAL FABRICATION 10/06/2025

DIVISION 7 – THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION

07 19 00 – WATER REPELLANTS 08/03/2023
07 90 00 – JOINT PROTECTION 10/06/2025

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING 10/01/2025
09 94 00 – POWDER COATING 08/04/2023
09 97 13 – STEEL COATINGS 10/06/2025
09 97 26 – CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS 10/01/2025

DIVISION 11 – EQUIPMENT

11 66 13 – EXERCISE EQUIPMENT 10/09/2025
11 68 13 – PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 10/06/2025

DIVISION 12 – FURNISHINGS

12 93 00 – SITE FURNISHINGS 11/18/2024

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

13 31 23.1 – FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES 10/01/2025

DIVISION 26 – ELECTRICAL

26 05 00 – ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 10/01/2025
26 05 01 – BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 10/01/2025 26 05 33 – CONDUIT AND WIRE 10/01/2025
26 24 13 – SWITCHBOARDS 10/01/2025
26 24 16 – BRANCH CIRCUIT PANELBOARDS, DISTRIBUTION PANELS, AND TERMINAL CABINETS 10/01/2025
26 50 00 – LIGHTING FIXTURES 10/01/2025

DIIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/09/2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 05-3
31 00 00 – EARTHWORK 10/06/2025
31 10 00 – CLEARING AND GRUBBING 10/06/2025
31 12 00 – SELECTIVE SITE CLEARING 10/06/2025
31 22 00 – GRADING 10/06/2025
31 23 00 – EXCAVATION AND FILL 10/07/2025
31 23 12 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION 10/07/2025
31 32 00 – SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM 10/07/2025

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 01 90 – OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF PLANTING 10/07/2025 23 05 19.19 - GEOGRIDS FOR EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS 10/07/2025 32 12 00 – FLEXIBLE PAVING 08/11/2023
32 12 16 – ASPHALT CONCRETE PAVING 10/07/2025
32 13 00 – RIGID PAVEMENT 10/07/2025
32 13 16 – DECORATIVE CONCRETE PAVING 08/14/2023
32 13 73 – CONCRETE PAVING JOINTS SEALANTS 08/14/2023
32 14 13 – INTERLOCKING CONCRETE UNIT PAVING 08/15/2023 32 14 40 – STONE PAVING 09/07/2023
32 15 00 – PEDESTRIAN DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING 10/01/2025 32 15 01 – RIDING STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING 10/01/2025 32 17 23 – PAVEMENT MARKINGS 09/07/2023
32 18 00 – ATHLETIC AND RECREATIONAL SURFACING 10/07/2025 32 19 00 – SITE CONCRETE 10/07/2025
32 31 16 – WELDED WIRE FENCES AND GATES 10/07/2025
32 32 00 – SITE WALLS 10/01/2025
32 32 23.13 – SEGMENTED CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY RETAINING WALLS 10/07/2025 32 41 16 – LANDSCAPE BOULDERS 09/07/2023
32 84 00 – IRRIGATION SYSTEMS 10/02/2025
32 84 13 – DRIP IRRIGATION 10/02/2025
32 90 00 – PLANTING 10/07/2025
32 91 13 – SOIL PREPARATION 10/07/2025
32 92 13 – HYDROSEEDING 10/07/2025
32 92 23 – SODDING 10/07/2025

DIVISION 33 – UTILITIES

33 14 00 – WATER UTILITY TRANSMISSION AND DISTRIBUTION 09/07/2023 33 30 00 – SANITARY SEWERAGE 09/07/2023
33 40 00 – STORMWATER UTILITIES 09/07/2023

BIKE PARK SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 2 – EXISTING CONDITIONS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

00 01 05-4 TABLE OF CONTENTS

02 00 00 – SITE CONDITIONS FOR BIKE PARKS
02 41 13 – SELECTIVE SITE DEMOLITION FOR BIKE PARKS

DIVISION 3 – CONCRETE

03 10 00 – CONCRETE FORMWORK FOR BIKE PARKS
03 20 00 – CONCRETE REINFORCING FOR BIKE PARKS
03 30 00 – CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE FOR BIKE PARKS
03 33 51 – CONCRETE FINISHING FOR BIKE PARKS
03 37 13 – SHOTCRETE FOR BIKE PARKS
03 39 00 – CONCRETE CURING FOR BIKE PARKS

DIVISION 5 – METALS

05 50 00 – METAL FABRICATIONS FOR BIKE PARKS

DIVISION 9 – FINISHES

09 90 00 – PAINTING FOR BIKE PARKS
09 97 26 – CEMENTIOUS COATINGS FOR BIKE PARKS

DIVISION 31 – EARTHWORK

31 00 00 – EARTHWORK FOR BIKE PARKS
31 12 00 – SELECTIVE SITE CLEARING FOR BIKE PARKS
31 23 12 – SUBGRADE PREPARATION FOR BIKE PARKS
31 32 00 – SOIL STABILIZATION SYSTEM FOR BIKE PARKS

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 12 16 – ASPHALT PAVING FOR BIKE PARKS
32 15 01 – STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE PAVING FOR BIKE PARKS

BUILDING SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 13 – SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION

NORTH BUILDING A
13 34 23 – PRE-ENGINEERED ROMTEC BUILDING

NORTH BUILDING B
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/09/2025

TABLE OF CONTENTS 00 01 05-5
13 34 23 – PRE-ENGINEERED ROMTEC BUILDING

NORTH SOUTH BUILDING
13 34 23 – PRE-ENGINEERED ROMTEC BUILDING

TECHNOLOGY SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 27 – COMMUNICATIONS

27 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR COMMUNICATIONS
27 05 26 – GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 27 05 28 – PATHWAYS FOR COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS
27 05 43 – COMMUNCATIONS EXTERIOR PATHWAYS
27 11 00 – COMMUNCATIONS EQUIPMENT ROOM FITTINGS
27 13 00 – COMMUNICATIONS BACKBONE CABLING
27 15 00 – COMMUNICATIONS HORIZONTAL CABLING
28 05 00 – COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRONIC
28 10 10 – ACCESS CONTROL
28 20 00 – VIDEO SURVIELLANCE

HABITAT MITIGATION SPECIFIC SPECIFICATIONS

DIVISION 32 – EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

32 84 00 – LANDSCAPE IRRIGATION
32 93 00 – PLANTS

APPENDICES

APPENDIX A – PROJECT GEOTECHNICAL REPORTS
• SURFICIAL GEOLOGICAL MAPPING (JULY 15, 2019)
• GEOTECHNICAL INVESTIGATION REPORT (AUGUST 7, 2020)
• RESULTS OF INFILTRATION TESTING (AUGUST 7, 2020)
• LETTER RESPONSE TO REVIEW COMMENTS (NOVEMBER 30, 2021) • ADDITIONAL SOIL SAMPLING & LABORATORY TESTING (FEBRURAY 4, 2022) • UPDATED RETAINING WALL DESIGN RECOMMENDATIONS (JANUARY 16, 2023)

END

OF DOCUMENT

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

EXISTING CONDITIONS 02 00 00-1
SECTION 02 00 00

EXISTING CONDITIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:

A. Description

B. Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities

1.2 RELATED REQUIREMENTS:

A. Article 5, Existence of Utilities at the Work Site, of the General Conditions

B. Section 7-9 Protection and Restoration of Existing Improvements of the Standard Specifications

1.3 INCLUDED:

A. Description

1. Work included: Administrative requirements for cut over of utilities to adjacent facilities.

B. Protection of Existing Structures and Utilities

1. The Drawings show existing above and below grade structures, drainage lines, storm drains, sewers, water, gas, electrical, hot water, and other utilities which are known to the Owner.

2. Locate all existing installations before proceeding with construction operations which may cause damage to such installations. Existing installations which are to remain in place and in service shall be kept in service and damage to them shall be repaired with no adjustment of Contract Sum.

3. If any other structure or utilities are encountered, request Engineer to provide direction on how to proceed with the Work.

4. If any structure or utility is damaged, take appropriate action to ensure the safety of persons and property.

5. Locate drainage, sewer lines, water, gas, and other utility service lines or piping in the way of new work. Properly cap or plug, and make tight at the property line, such services which are not to be removed.

6. Public Utilities:

a. Send notices, make all necessary arrangements, and perform all other services required in care and maintenance of all public utilities. Assume all responsibility concerning same for which the Owner may be liable. Provide enclosing or boxing-in for protection of any public utilities equipment. Upon completion of Work, remove all enclosures, fill in all openings in concrete, grout same watertight, and leave in finished condition.

b. In case it should be necessary to move or temporarily maintain the property of any public utility or of any other property owner, the cost of which is not required to be borne by the

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

02 00 00-2 EXISTING CONDITIONS
Owner thereof, the Contractor shall bear all expenses incidental to the removal or temporary maintenance of such property in a manner satisfactory to the Owner thereof.

c. The right is reserved to the controlling governmental agencies and to the owners of public utilities and franchises to enter at any time upon any street, alley, right-of-way or easement for the purpose of making changes in their property made necessary by the work and for the purpose of maintaining and making repairs to their property.

d. When the proper completion of the Work requires their temporary or permanent removal, the Contractor shall, at his own expense, remove and, without unreasonable delay, temporarily or permanently replace or relocate, in a workman-like manner and to the satisfaction of the Owner, all water pipe, pipelines, conduits, culverts, roads, driveways, fences, wires, poles, retaining walls, curbs, gutters, concrete walks and all other improvements of whatever character, not required by law to be removed by the Owner thereof; and all such improvements temporarily removed shall be maintained until permanently replaced, all at the Contractor’s expense.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 10-1
SECTION 02 41 10

STRUCTURE DEMOLITION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes: Demolish existing construction as required for Project.

1. Remove existing materials and equipment from site.

2. Remove foundations including basement floor slabs.

3. Cap and identify active utilities.

4. Remove buried tanks, including related inactive service lines.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 01 10 00 – Summary of work including barriers and waste management.

2. Section 01 50 00 – Temporary facilities including barriers and waste management.

3. Municipal Authorities: Dismantling, removing, and capping of Municipal utilities.

1.2 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination:

1. Do not interfere with use of adjacent buildings; maintain free and safe passage to and from.

2. Prevent movement or settlement of adjacent structures, provide and place bracing or shoring and be responsible for safety and support of structures. Assume liability for movement, settlement, damage, or injury.

3. Cease operations and notify Owner’s Representative immediately if safety of adjacent structures appears to be endangered; take precautions to properly support structures. Do not resume operations until safety is restored.

4. Prevent movement, settlement or collapse of adjacent services, sidewalks, driveways, and trees. Assume liability for such movement, settlement, or collapse, promptly repair.

5. Obtain permission from adjacent property owners when outriggers, swinging cranes or similar equipment traverse their property.

B. Design/Build: Provide special engineering to ensure compliance with applicable codes and Contract Documents for shoring.

C. Scheduling: Do not close or obstruct roadways without permits. Conduct operations with minimum interference to adjacent traffic.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

02 41 10-2 STRUCTURE DEMOLITION
A. Action Submittals:

1. Submit demolition procedures and operational sequence to ensure Project sequencing is consistent with Owner needs.

B. Informational Submittal:

1. Submit copies of permits and notices authorizing demolition work.

2. Submit copies of certificates of severance of utility services.

3. Submit copies of permit for transport and disposal of debris.

C. Pre-Demolition Photographs: Show conditions of exiting adjacent construction and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damaged by demolition operations. Submit before work begins.

D. Design/Build Certificates: Submit certification signed by California licensed structural engineer indicating shoring compliance with code requirements.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Sustainability Requirements: Comply with CALGreen requirements including those relative to pollution control for construction waste.

1.5 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Structures to be demolished shall be evacuated and their use discontinued before start of work.

B. Arrange and pay for disconnecting or removing, capping, and plugging utility services; disconnect and stub off; notify affected utility company in advance and obtain approval before starting Work.

C. Place markers to indicate location of disconnected services; identify service lines and capping locations on Project Record Documents.

D. Maintain access to existing walkways, exits, and adjacent occupied facilities.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Debris: Maintain possession of materials being demolished except where noted as a material for reinstallation or a material to be retained by Owner. Immediately remove debris from site.

B. Materials for Reinstallation: Carefully remove, store, and protect materials indicated to be reinstalled.

Contact Owner and Owner’s Representative prior to beginning demolition to determine extent of other materials that might be suitable for reinstallation.

1. Inventory and record condition of items to be reinstalled.

C. Owner Retained Materials: Contact Owner prior to beginning demolition to determine extent of materials to be retained. Carefully remove materials indicated to be retained by Owner; deliver and store where directed.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

STRUCTURE DEMOLITION 02 41 10-3

1. Inventory and record condition of items to be retained by Owner.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 DEMOLITION

A. Demolish structures and appurtenances in an orderly and careful manner.

1. Tanks: Remove tanks within construction area; pump out buried tanks located outside construction area, fill tanks with sand or fine gravel and cover with fill unless otherwise indicated.

B. Perform demolition in accordance with authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Do not use explosives.

C. Keep work sprinkled to prevent dust; provide hoses and water as required for demolition. Coordinate potential availability of water from existing on-site water sources with Owner; do not use on-site water without prior written approval.

D. Remove demolished materials from site, unless otherwise directed.

1. Burning of materials on site is not permitted.

2. Remove from site, contaminated, vermin infested, or dangerous materials encountered and dispose of by safe means so as not to endanger health of workers or public.

E. Rough grade areas affected by demolition and leave level to within one percent; maintain grades and contours of site as indicated.

1. Backfill over excavated areas, open pits and holes caused as a result of demolition which exceed excavation limits for project; use approved fill.

F. Remove demolished materials, tools, and equipment upon completion of work; leave site in condition acceptable to Owner’s Representative.

3.2 REPAIR

A. Repair damage to adjacent structures caused as result of demolition.

B. Repair demolition beyond that required for Project.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-1
SECTION 02 41 13

SITE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Work Included: Perform all site demolition work, complete, as shown and as specified.

B. Related Work:

1. Section 31 00 00 – Earthwork

2. Section 31 12 00 – Selective Site Clearing

3. Section 31 23 12 – Sub-Grade Preparation

1.2 REFERENCES

A. ASTM - American Society for Testing and Materials.

B. DIS - Division of Industrial Safety.

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Demolish existing site improvements as indicated on the Drawings, in an orderly and careful manner. Comply with all local codes and ordinances.

B. Equipment: Use equipment specifically designed for the demolition of each type of material.

C. Labor: Employ workmen skilled in the use of the equipment being utilized for demolition.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND DISPOSAL

A. A. Delivery and Storage: Do not deliver to the job site nor store thereon demolition equipment and materials prior to receiving written notice to proceed. Confine storage to areas approved by Owner’s Representative.

B. Disposal: Legally dispose of off-site products of demolition during or at end of each day's work.

Contractor shall pay all disposal costs associated with the project.

1.5 SITE CONDITIONS

A. Existing Conditions: Inspect site prior to commencing work. Determine scope of applicable site conditions.

B. Access and Testing: Make test excavations and borings required to determine existing conditions, subject to Owner's convenience. Refer to Geotechnical report within the Appendix.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 9/30/2025

02 41 13-2 SITE DEMOLITION
C. Acceptance: Commencing work constitutes Contractor's acceptance of site conditions, both surface and subsurface. No extra payment shall accrue to Contractor by virtue of unknown conditions or difficulties of performing this demolition work.

1.6 PROTECTION

A. Protection of Existing Plants to Remain

1. Operations: Do not store materials or equipment, permit, burning, or operate or park equipment under the branches of existing plants to remain except as actually required for construction in those areas.

2. Barriers: Provide barricades, fences, or other barriers as necessary at the drip line to protect existing plants to remain from damage during construction.

3. Notification: Notify Owner's Representative when Contractor feels construction activities may damage existing plants to remain.

4. Replacement of Damaged Plants:

a. Replace existing plants to remain which are damaged during construction with accepted plants of the same species and size as those damaged at no cost to Owner.

b. Owner's Representative will determine extent of damage and value of damaged plants.

B. Protection of Existing Site Improvements

1. References: Verify and maintain benchmarks, monuments, and other reference points. Replace if disturbed or destroyed.

2. Protection: Protect existing improvements noted to remain within designated limit(s) of work.

Supply shoring, bracing, reinforcing and barricades as required. Refer to drawings for limit of work.

3. Utilities: Keep in operation existing utility circuits and piping to remain including sprinkler irrigation except at the direction of the Owner's Representative. Provide 48-hour notice of interruption of service. Notify Owner's Representative should utilities not shown on Drawings be found during demolition.

4. Repair: If damage to site improvements to remain occurs during the course of the work, restore to the satisfaction of the Owner at no additional cost.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

Not Applicable

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Verification: Verify with Owner items to be removed prior to commencement of work.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SITE DEMOLITION 02 41 13-3
B. Compliance: Proceed with demolition in an orderly and careful manner, in compliance with local codes and ordinances.

C. Disposal: Legally dispose of demolished materials off site unless otherwise directed by Owner.

3.2 DEMOLITION

A. Utilities

1. Capping: Disconnecting and capping of utilities must be in accordance with the regulations of the utility company affected.

B. Paving and Walls

1. Saw-cutting: Accurately and cleanly sawcut existing concrete paving as shown on Drawings.

Confine cuts to areas shown. Avoid damage to adjacent improvements.

2. Finishing: Rough grade excavated areas as necessary to achieve the final line and grade as called for in other Sections of this work. Compact to the density of the surrounding area. The final surface shall be smooth, even, and tight, free from loose or soft areas.

C. Plant Materials to be Demolished: See Selective Site Clearing - Section 31 12 00.

D. Subgrade: Fill depressions made by demolition and restore excavated areas to a smooth and even grade. Compact to the density of the surrounding soil per Geo-Tech. recommendation.

3.3 DE-WATERING

A. General: Provide and operate equipment and do ditching and pumping necessary to keep the project area free from water.

B. Storm Water: Pump off storm runoff or other water until such time as new work in other Sections shall effectively remove such water.

C. Protection: Take measures required to dispose of surface and subsurface water in compliance with municipal requirements.

D. Debris: Prevent transport of soil, aggregate or debris off site where practical.

END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
SECTION 03 10 00

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY / SECTION INCLUDES
A. Formwork for cast in place concrete, with shoring, bracing and anchorage.

B. Forming of openings in concrete for Work specified in other Sections.

C. Form accessories.

D. Placement in forms of inserts and embedded products furnished under other Sections.

E. Provide formwork and accessories for construction of cast-in-place concrete work.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS / RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE A. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing: Reinforcement for concrete construction.

B. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete: General requirements for concrete construction, including finish qualities.

C. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete.

1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 117 – Standard Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials.

2. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

3. ACI 301 – Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

4. ACI 347 – Guide to Formwork for Concrete.

B. U.S. Department of Commerce/National Bureau of Standards (NBS):

1. NBS PS 1 – Construction and Industrial Plywood.

1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Unexposed Finish: A general use finish, with no appearance criteria, applicable to all formed concrete concealed from view after completion of construction.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
B. Exposed Finish: A general use finish applicable to all formed concrete exposed to view and including surfaces which may receive a paint coating (if any).

1.5 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS
A. Formwork Design Requirements: Formwork products and execution specified herein are for finish surface quality only.

B. Design, layout, and construction of formwork shall be solely the responsibility of the Contractor.

C. Design and construct formwork, shoring, and bracing to conform to California Building Code (CBC) requirements and ACI 318.

D. Resulting concrete shall conform to shapes, lines, and dimensions indicated and required.

E. Tolerances for concrete shall be as specified in ACI 117, ACI 301, ACI 318, and ACI 347, unless otherwise specified or indicated.

1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List: Forming materials in contact with concrete.

B. Product Data: Form release agent.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Industry Standard: Formwork design and construction shall be in accordance with ACI 301 and ACI 318.

B. Formwork Designer's Qualifications: When required by authorities having jurisdiction, designer of formwork shall be a Civil or Structural Engineer registered to practice in the State of California.

C. Sample Panels: Before casting exposed concrete indicated on Drawings, produce sample panels to demonstrate finish.

D. Design Criteria: Conform to ACI 347-68, Chapter I.

E. Allowable Tolerances: Conform to ACI 347-68, 2.4.

1.8 STORAGE OF MATERIALS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
A. Store materials on and under protective sheeting.

1.9 COORDINATION
A. Notify responsible trades of schedules of concrete pours to allow time for installation and coordination.

B. Coordinate Work specified in this Section with other Sections which require placement of embedded products and provision of openings and recesses. If formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request instructions from the Owner’s Representative before proceeding.

1.10 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS
A. Conform to formwork construction requirements of the California Building Code (CBC), Section 1906.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 FORMING MATERIALS
A. Conform to ACI 301. Provide materials for contact with concrete which will impart suitable surface quality to completed concrete, including the following:

1. Forming materials for concrete unexposed in finished construction: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another acceptable material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. When unexposed concrete is intended to receive waterproofing, provide form as for exposed finish concrete.

2. Forming materials for concrete exposed in finished construction: Plywood, metal, metal- framed plywood faced, or other acceptable panel-type materials to provide continuous, straight, smooth, exposed surfaces. Furnish forms in largest practicable sizes, to minimize number of joints and to conform to joint configuration indicated on the Drawings.

B. Plywood for Formed Surfaces:

1. Plywood for Concealed Surfaces: PS 1, undamaged face, minimum APA C-C Plugged EXT or APA Structural I Sheathing.

2. Plywood for Exposed Surfaces: PS 1, smooth-faced, undamaged, APA B-B High Density Overlaid Concrete Form, Class I. Minimum 5/8-inch thick.

C. Forms for Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Sonotube Plus Fibre Form or equal, spirally wound, laminated fiber forms with special liner to eliminate spiral seam marks on finished concrete. Provide units with sufficient wall thickness to resist wet concrete loads without deformation.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
D. Hardboard: For curved surfaces, tempered hardboard, Masonite Corp., or equal.

E. Lumber: Douglas fir or douglas fir-larch, grade appropriate for intended use, sound and undamaged straight edges, solid knots.

F. Fillets for Chamfered Corners: Wood molding at plywood or lumber forms; rigid plastic at steel, fiberglass, and plastic forms.

G. Embedded Nailers: Clear all heart redwood or pressure preservative-treated (PPT) douglas fir, edges reverse beveled to key into concrete.

H. Flatwork: Nominal 2" thick No. 2 Common Southern Yellow Pine or steel forms.

I. Vertical and Custom Work: Exterior grade Standard Douglas Fir (or equal plywood), minimum three ply, one smooth side sufficiently thick to sustain loads, or steel forms.

2.2 FORMWORK MATERIALS
A. Conform to ACI 301. Provide materials to construct formwork to support forming materials in contact with concrete, of sufficient capacity to withstand pressures of concrete placement and to support concrete in place until cured, without distortion.

2.3 FORMWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, adjustable-length, removable or snap-off metal form ties designed to prevent form deflection and to prevent spalling of concrete upon removal.

1. Provide units that will leave no metal closer than 1½ inches to the plane of the exposed concrete surface.

2. Provide units that will leave no hole larger than 1 inch diameter.

3. Ties, bolts, rods, or patented devices shall have tensile strength of 3000 lbs., adjustable length, free of lugs which would leave a hole larger than 5/8" diameter and having a full one-inch depth of break-back.

B. Form Release Agent: Commercial formulation form release agent, colorless product with the following characteristics:

1. Will not bond with, stain concrete, absorb moisture, or adversely affect concrete surfaces.

2. Will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces or bond of applied coatings.

3. Complies with applicable air quality regulations for volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

4. Non-staining, paraffin-base oil having a specific gravity of between 0.8 and 0.9.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EARTH FORMS
A. Earth (Soil) Forms, General: Comply with the following, except as otherwise indicated on Drawings.

1. Except as otherwise indicated on Drawings, conform to ACI 301, ACI 347, and California Building Code (CBC) Section 1906.

2. Direct contact of concrete with soil (casting "neat") is acceptable only as noted on Structural Drawings.

B. Soil Forms and Trenches: Hand trim sides and bottom of soil forms and trenches. Remove loose soil prior to placing concrete.

3.2 CONSTRUCTED FORMWORK / CONSTRUCTION AND ERECTION
A. Construct forms in accordance with ACI 347-68.

B. Build forms to shapes, lines, and dimensions of detailed members of concrete construction.

Set to line and grade, brace and secure to withstand placing of concrete and maintain their shape and position.

C. Construct forms with care to produce concrete surfaces without unsightly or objectionable form marks in exposed concrete surfaces.

D. Thoroughly clean surfaces of form material and remove nails before reuse. Do not reuse damaged or worn forms. Coat contact surfaces of forms with non-staining form oil prior to placing metal reinforcement.

E. Immediately before placing concrete, clean forms of chips, sawdust, and debris. Immediately after removal of forms, remove form ties, wires, and defects and patch.

F. Constructed Formwork, General: Construct and erect formwork, shoring and bracing to achieve design requirements, in conformance to ACI 301, ACI 347, and California Building Code (CBC) Section 1906 – Formwork, Embedded Pipes, and Construction Joints. Refer also to notes on Structural Drawings.

G. Constructed Formwork, Exposed Concrete Elements: In addition to ACI 303.1 limits on form- facing panel deflection, limit cast-in-place architectural concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, to Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm).

H. Fabricate forms to result in cast-in-place architectural concrete that complies with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." I. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of cast-in-place architectural concrete only as indicated on Drawings.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
J. Constructed Formwork Design:

1. Design and fabricate formwork for easy removal, without impact, shock, or damage to concrete surfaces or other portions of the Work.

2. Design formwork to support all applied loads until concrete is adequately cured and has attained sufficient strength, within allowable tolerances and deflection limits.

K. Constructed Formwork Construction: Construct and brace formwork to accurately achieve end results required by contract documents, with all elements properly located and free of distortion.

Provide for necessary openings, inserts, anchorages, and other features shown or otherwise required.

L. Formwork Segments: Arrange and assemble formwork to permit dismantling and stripping without damage to concrete.

M. Joints: Minimize form joints and make forms watertight to prevent leakage of concrete mortar.

Locate form joints, at exposed concrete, to be symmetrical about center of panel, unless otherwise noted. Align joints symmetrically at exposed conditions.

N. Chamfers: Provide ¾ inch chamfered edges and corners at all exposed locations, unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings.

O. Permanent openings: Provide openings to accommodate Work specified in other Sections.

Size and locate openings accurately. Securely support items built into forms; provide additional bracing at openings and discontinuities in formwork.

P. Temporary openings: Provide temporary openings for cleaning and inspection. Provide drain openings at bottoms of formwork to allow water to drain. Locate temporary openings in most inconspicuous locations at base of forms, closed with tight fitting panels designed to minimize appearance of joints in finished concrete Work.

Q. Formwork Bracing and Shoring: Provide bracing and shores to ensure stability of formwork and accommodate all construction loads. Use form ties of sufficient strength and sufficient quantities to prevent formwork spreading. Maintain principal shores to support concrete until minimum required strength is achieved.

3.3 INSERTS, EMBEDDED PRODUCTS, AND OPENINGS
A. Make provisions for required installation of accessories, bolts, hangers, sleeves, anchor slots, and inserts cast in concrete. Obtain suitable templates or instructions for installation of items.

Place expansion joints where detailed and required.

B. Embedded Products: Provide formed openings where required for items to be embedded in or pass through concrete. Install accessories in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and referenced standards, level, straight, and plumb.

C. Openings: Size and locate formed openings, depressions, recesses, and chases to accommodate products to be applied to, built into, and pass through concrete Work. Coordinate City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
size, location, and placement of inserts, embedded products, openings, and recesses with Work specified in other Sections.

D. Anchors and Other Devices: Set and build into concrete formwork anchorage devices and other embedded products required for Work to be attached to or supported by concrete elements.

E. Locating Embedded Products and Openings: Use setting drawings, diagrams, instructions, and templates to set embedded products.

F. Screeds: Set screeds and establish level for tops of concrete slabs and leveling for finish surfaces. Shape surfaces as indicated on the Drawings. Provide cradle, pad, or base type screed supports for concrete over waterproof membranes and vapor retarders.

3.4 FORM RELEASE AGENT
A. Provide either form materials with factory applied non-absorptive liner or field applied form coating. If field applied coating is employed, thoroughly clean and recondition formwork and reapply coating before each use. Rust on form surfaces will not be acceptable.

B. Form Release Agent Application: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

C. Restrictions: Do not apply release agent where concrete will receive applied finish which might be affected by agent. Do not apply release agent where decorative wood graining is intended for concrete surface. Leave form face dry.

3.5 FORM CLEANING
A. Clean and remove foreign matter within forms as erection and placement proceeds. Clean formed cavities of debris prior to concrete placement.

B. Formwork Reuse: Do not reuse wood and plywood forming materials which contact concrete, except as follows:

1. High density plywood may be cleaned and reused for exposed concrete.

2. Unfaced plywood may be reused for concealed concrete.

3. Steel and fiberglass forming materials may be cleaned and reused.

C. Patching and Repairs: Patch tie holes with sheet metal patches and restore forms to like new condition prior to reuse.

3.6 FORMWORK REMOVAL
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
A. Removal of Non-Load Bearing Formwork: Provided that concrete has hardened sufficiently that it will not be damaged and has achieved sufficient strength to support its own weight and all imposed construction and design loads, forms not actually supporting weight of concrete or weight of soffit forms may be removed after concrete has cured at not less than 50 degrees F for 24 hours. Comply with notes on Structural Drawings and California Building Code (CBC) requirements. Maintain curing and protection operations after form removal.

B. Removal of Load Bearing Formwork: Do not remove shoring and forms supporting weight of concrete, such as beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements, until concrete has attained 90 percent of specified compressive strength. In addition, the Contractor shall have determined that the actual compressive strength attained is adequate to support the weight of the concrete and superimposed loads. Comply with notes on Structural Drawings and CBC requirements. Maintain curing and protection operations after form removal.

C. Formwork Removal: Loosen forms carefully. Do not wedge pry bars, hammers, or tools against concrete surfaces to be exposed to view. Remove formwork progressively so no unbalanced loads are imposed on structure. Remove formwork without damaging concrete surfaces. Remove or snap off metal spreader ties inside wall surface. Cut nails and form ties off flush and leave surfaces level and clean.

3.7 PATCHING
A. Schedule: Patch forming and tie holes immediately after form removal.

B. Cleaning: Clean surface of all loose materials and soiling.

C. Patching: Patch all holes and depressions with grouting gun and grout mix of one part cement and 2½ parts mortar sand.

3.8 EXPOSED CONCRETE FINISHES
A. Match accepted mock-up, to satisfaction of Owner’s Representative. See Section 03 30 00 – Cast in Place Concrete for finishing of concrete surface after removal of formwork.

3.9 CLEANUP
A. Remove debris and trash.

3.10 FORMWORK SCHEDULE
A. Footings and Walls, Not Exposed to View: Site fabricated plywood or lumber, coated with form release agent.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE FORMING AND ACCESSORIES 03 10 00-1
B. Footings and Walls, Exposed to View: Site-fabricated, high density overlaid (HDO) plywood, coated with form release agent compatible with applied finish coatings.

C. Cylindrical Columns, Pedestals, and Supports: Formed by spirally wound, laminated fiber forms with special liner to eliminate spiral seam marks on finished concrete.

D. Curved Surfaces: Site-fabricated with sealed, tempered hardboard.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00-1
SECTION 03 20 00

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all concrete reinforcement related to the bike park and pump track as indicated on scope of work contract and shown on drawings and as specified herein.

B. Provide all steel reinforcement for construction of concrete paving for the bike park and pump track.

1.2 RELATED INFORMATION

A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Formwork

B. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-in-Place Concrete

C. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI)

1. ACI 315-80, Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.

2. ACI 318-77, Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM - latest editions)

1. ASTM A233, Mild Steel Arc Welding Electrodes.

2. ASTM A615, Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

3. ASTM A706, Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice, latest edition.

D. American Welding Society (AWS): Reinforcing Steel Welding Code, D12.1-75, including latest revisions.

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Stack reinforcing steel in tiers. Mark each length, size, shape and location. Maintain reinforcement free of dirt, mud, paint or rust.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 20 00-2 CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT

1.5 SUBMITTALS

Shop Drawings:

Indicate complete reinforcing method for each concrete member including materials, sizes, bends, dimensions, stirrup spacing, and placing details not shown on drawings.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Steel Reinforcement: Deformed billet steel, ASTM A615, Grade 60. Minimum 75% Recycled Product.

B. Welded Steel Reinforcement: Deformed low-alloy steel, ASTM A706, carbon content not exceeding

0.30% and manganese content not exceeding 0.60%. Identify and tag with manufacturer's heat identification number.

C. Micro-Fiber Reinforcement: ASTM-conforming Natural Micro-fiber or Micro-Synthetic Fiber manufactured specifically for the secondary reinforcement of concrete and designed to mitigate plastic shrinkage cracking. To be approved by the Bike Park and Pump Track Designer, in all concrete (dosage per manufacturer recommendation).

2.2 FABRICATION

Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and lengths detailed in accordance with requirements of ACI 318-71 and ACI 315-65.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute’s recommended practice for “Placing Reinforcing Bars” for placing and supporting reinforcement.

B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice and other bond-reducing materials.

C. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover over reinforcement.

D. Accurately place reinforcing steel in accordance with drawings. Rebar shall be 2” beneath concrete surfaces. Thoroughly clean reinforcement of any coating which would reduce bonding. Do not heat, cut, or bend bars without Resident Engineer’s approval. Do not splice reinforcement at points of maximum stress. Stagger splices in adjacent bars and provide a minimum overlap of 30-bar diameters at splices unless specifically noted otherwise on Drawings.

E. Securely saddle tie intersections with No. 18-gauge black annealed wire. Rigidly secure reinforcement in place. Provide concrete coverage as shown on Drawings.

3.02 WELDING REINFORCEMENT

A. Weld deformed steel reinforcement bars in strict accordance with AWS 12.1, using recommended pre-heat temperature and electrode for type of steel being welded.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 09/30/2025

CONCRETE REINFORCEMENT 03 20 00-3
B. Do not weld steel reinforcement bars without proper heat identification of bars.

3.03 CLEANUP

Remove debris and trash resulting from specified work.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

REINFORCING STEEL 03 21 00-1
SECTION 03 21 00

REINFORCING STEEL

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Reinforcing steel bars for cast in place concrete.

B. Reinforcing steel bars for reinforced concrete unit masonry.

C. Reinforcement accessories.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 03 30 00 – Site Concrete: Reinforcing steel bars for concrete.

B. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Formwork: Formwork for cast-in-place concrete; provisions for access for reinforcement Work.

C. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete: Provisions for protection of reinforcement during concrete placement.

D. Section 04 22 00 – Concrete Unit Masonry: Requirements for reinforcement for unit masonry, specified in Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 301 – Specifications for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

2. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

B. American Welding Society (AWS):

1. AWS D1.4 – Structural Welding Code Reinforcing Steel.

2. AWS D12.1 – Recommended Practices for Welding Reinforcing Steel, Metal Inserts and Connections in Reinforced Concrete Construction.

C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI):

1. CRSI MSP 1 – Manual of Practice.

2. CRSI 63 – Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.

3. CRSI 65 – Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 21 00-2 REINFORCING STEEL

1. Reinforcement supporting and spacing devices at exposed concrete only, to demonstrate non- corroding and non-staining characteristics.

2. For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and pre-consumer recycled content. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content.

B. Quality Control Submittals:

1. Certifications: Mill test certificates for all reinforcing steel, showing physical and chemical analysis. If steel is to be welded, include in chemical analysis welded the percentages of carbon, manganese, copper, nickel, and chromium, and optionally the percentages of molybdenum and vanadium.

2. Certifications: If steel is to be welded, submit certifications signed by AWS Certified Welding Inspector (CWI) of prequalified welding procedures, qualifications of welding procedures unless prequalified, qualification of welding operators, and qualification of welders.

C. Sustainable Design Submittals: Comply with requirements specified in Section 01 81 13 – Sustainable Design Requirements.

1. Product Data: For products having recycled content, documentation indicating percentages by weight of postconsumer and pre-consumer recycled content.

a. Include statement indicating costs for each product having recycled content. b. Include name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Industry Standards, Reinforcement: Provide concrete reinforcement in accordance with ACI 301, ACI 318, CRSI Manual of Practice, CRSI 63, and CRSI 65.

B. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to California Building Code (CBC), Section 1907 – Details of Reinforcement.

C. Qualification of Welds, Welding Operators, and Welders: Comply with UBC Standard 19-2. Perform welding procedure qualification, except for prequalified procedures, as required by AWS D1.4, prior to executing any welding of reinforcing steel.

1. Only AWS Certified Welding Inspectors shall be used for tests and qualifications associated with welding of reinforcing steel.

2. Only AWS qualified welders or welding operators shall perform welding of reinforcing steel.

D. Coordination: Coordinate Work specified in this Section with other Sections which require placement of embedded products and provision of openings and recesses. If formwork is placed after reinforcement, resulting in insufficient concrete cover over reinforcement, request direction from Construction Manager before proceeding. Construction Manager will consult with Owner’s Representative (structural engineer) and provide direction to Contractor.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

REINFORCING STEEL 03 21 00-3
A. Delivery: Deliver reinforcement in bundles marked with durable identification tags.

B. Storage: Store reinforcement to avoid excessive rusting or fouling with grease, oil, dirt, or other bond-weakening coatings.

C. Handling: Take precautions to maintain reinforcement identification after bundles are broken.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 STEEL BAR REINFORCEMENT

A. Steel Reinforcing Bars: Provide products with an average recycled content of steel products so postconsumer recycled content plus one-half of pre-consumer recycled content is not less than 60 percent.

1. Deformed steel reinforcing bars: ASTM A 615, type and grade as indicated in Structural Drawings.

2. Stirrup bars: ASTM A 615, type and grade as indicated on Structural Drawings.

3. Reinforcing steel bars to be welded: ASTM A 706, type and grade as indicated on Structural Drawings.

B. Welded Wire Fabric (WWF): Type as indicated on Structural Drawings.

1. WWF with deformed-steel wire: ASTM A 497, Grade 80, flat sheets only.

2. WWF with smooth steel wire: ASTM A 185, flat sheets only.

2.2 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Tie Wire: Minimum 16 gage annealed type, black or galvanized finish.

B. Chairs, Bolsters, Bar Supports and Spacers: Wire-bar-type devices, complying with CRSI Manual of Standard Practice for spacing, supporting and fastening reinforcing bars in place. Provide size and shape as required for strength and support of reinforcement during reinforcement installation and concrete placement.

1. Supports at Slab on Grade: Provide devices with load-bearing pads or horizontal runners where base material will not support chair legs, to prevent puncture of vapor retarder or provide precast concrete block bar supports of equal or greater strength to specified concrete.

2. Corrosion Resistance:

a. Provide plastic coated, plastic-tipped (CRSI, Class 1) or stainless steel types at exposed- to-view concrete surfaces.
b. Provide only stainless steel (CRSI Class 2) at exterior exposed surfaces to be painted.

2.3 REINFORCEMENT FABRICATION

A. Reinforcement Fabrication, General: Conform to CRSI Manual of Practice, providing required concrete cover as indicated on Structural Drawings.

B. Splices: See Structural Drawings.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 21 00-4 REINFORCING STEEL

1. Do not splice bars unless specifically shown on the Structural Drawings.

2. Where splices are not indicated on Drawings, locate splices at point of minimum stress and review locations with Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) before fabrication and placement. Submit mechanical splice data to Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) for review prior to use.

3. Splices shall be staggered so that no more than one-third of the reinforcing bars are spliced at any one location.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Cleaning: Clean reinforcement to remove loose rust and mill scale, soil, frost, and other materials which may reduce or destroy bond with concrete.

B. Adjustment and Inspection: Do not bend or straighten reinforcement in a manner injurious to material. Do not use bars with kinks or bends not shown on Drawings and reviewed shop drawings, or bars with reduced cross-section due to corrosion or other cause.

3.2 REINFORCEMENT PLACEMENT

A. Reinforcement Placement, General: Place and secure reinforcement as specified herein, as indicated, and noted on Drawings and in compliance with recommended details and methods of reinforcement placement and support specified in CRSI 63 – Recommended Practice for Placing Reinforcing Bars.

1. Place, support, and secure reinforcement to prevent displacement. Set wire ties so ends are directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.

2. Locate reinforcement to provide required cover by concrete. If not otherwise indicated on Drawings or specified herein, provide concrete cover in compliance with ACI 318.

B. Reinforcement Spacing: Space reinforcement as indicated on Drawings. If not indicated, maintain clear spacing of the bar diameter but not less than 1 inch nor less than 1-1/3 times maximum size aggregate.

C. Coordination: Locate reinforcement to accommodate embedded products and formed openings and recesses.

D. Slab on Grade Reinforcement: Provide load bearing pads under supports or provide precast concrete block bar supports. Do not displace or damage vapor retarder at slab on grade.

E. Dowels: Secure tie dowels in place before depositing concrete. Provide No. 3 bars for securing dowels where no other reinforcement is provided.

3.3 CONCRETE COVER

A. Concrete Cover: As indicated on the Structural Drawings.

3.4 REINFORCEMENT SUPPORTS

A. Reinforcement Supports: Support reinforcement on metal chairs, spacers, or metal hangers to

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

REINFORCING STEEL 03 21 00-5
provide required coverage and to properly locate reinforcement. Do not use wood. Avoid cutting or puncturing vapor retarder during reinforcement placement and concreting operations. Repair damage before placing concrete.

B. Support Spacing: Space chairs and accessories in conformance with CRSI 65 – Recommended Practice for Placing Bar Supports, Specifications and Nomenclature.

3.5 REINFORCEMENT SPLICES

A. Reinforcement Splices, General: Provide standard reinforcement splices by lapping ends, placing bars in contact and tightly wire tying. Comply with details and requirements of ACI 318 for minimum lap of spliced bars and criteria indicated on Drawings.

B. Clearances for Splices: Wherever possible, provide minimum 1-1/2 inch clearance between sets of splices. Stagger horizontal bars so that adjacent splices will be minimum 48-inches apart.

3.6 WELDING OF REINFORCEMENT STEEL

A. Welding: Perform welding under continuous inspection and supervision of a qualified Registered Deputy Inspector employed by testing and inspection agency. Weld reinforcement as indicated on Drawings or as directed by Construction Manager. Construction Manager will consult with Owner’s Representative (structural engineer) and provide direction to Contractor.

B. Carbon Equivalent (CE): CE of reinforcing bars or splice materials shall be calculated from chemical composition as indicated in mill report by following formula:

CE = % C + % Mn/6 + % Cu/40 + % Ni/20 + % CR/10 - % Mo/50 - % V/10

If mill test report is not available, make chemical analysis of bars representative of bars to be welded.

Bars with CE above 0.75 shall not be welded. No welds shall be made at bends in reinforcing bars.

3.7 CORRECTIONS DURING CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Corrections During Concrete Placement: Caution workers to not walk on bars. Maintain reinforcing steel during placement of concrete; reset reinforcement in the event that it is displaced by runways, workers and other causes.

3.8 DEFECTIVE WORK

A. Defective Reinforcement Work: The following shall be considered defective and shall be ordered to be removed and reconstructed at no change in Contract Time and Contract Sum.

1. Bars with kinks or bends not shown on Drawings.

2. Bars injured due to bending or straightening.

3. Bars heated and field bent.

4. Reinforcement not placed in accordance with Drawings and Specifications.

5. Rusty or oily bars.

6. Bars exposed in surface of concrete.

END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-1

SECTION 03 30 00

CAST
-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY / SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all cast-in-place concrete related to the Bike Park and Pump Track as indicated on scope of work contract, shown on drawings, and specified herein.

B. Concrete paving including but not limited to pedestrian and vehicular areas; concrete banding; curbs; terraced seating; curb and gutter; ribbon gutter; cross gutter; curb outlets; mow curbs; accessible ramps; curb ramps and access ramps; stairs; stair cheek walls; utility slabs; concrete pads for picnic tables, trash receptacles, drinking fountains, bike racks, trash enclosures, etc.

C. Retardant, smooth form and broom finishing concrete pavements.

D. Aggregate base material for vehicular paving or as otherwise noted per plan.

E. Reinforcement.

F. Concrete accessories including curing compounds, expansion joint filler, and joint sealants. Admixtures as permitted under Subsection 201-1.2.4 of the Standard Specifications.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS / RELATED INFORMATION
A. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories
B. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing
C. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete
D. Section 03 33 51 – Concrete Finishing
E. Section 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing

1.3 REFERENCES / REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 301 – Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

2. ACI 315 – Manual of Standard Practice for Detailing Reinforced Concrete Structures.

3. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

4. ACI 506.3R – Nozzleman Certification.

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM – latest editions):

1. ASTM A82 – Steel Wire, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement.

2. ASTM A185 – Welded Steel Wire Fabric for Concrete Reinforcement.

3. ASTM A184 – Fabricated Deformed Steel Bar Mats for Concrete.

4. ASTM A615 – Deformed Billet-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

5. ASTM A706 – Low-Alloy Steel Deformed Bars for Concrete Reinforcement.

6. ASTM C33 – Concrete Aggregates.

7. ASTM C39 – Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

8. ASTM C42 – Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-2

9. ASTM C94 – Ready-Mixed Concrete.

10. ASTM C150 – Portland Cement.

11. ASTM C171 – Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete.

12. ASTM C231 – Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by Pressure Method.

13. ASTM C260 – Air-Entraining Admixtures for Concrete.

14. ASTM C309 – Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing Concrete.

15. ASTM C494 – Chemical Admixtures for Concrete.

16. ASTM C979 – Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.

17. ASTM C1116 – Fiber-Reinforced Concrete and Shotcrete.

18. ASTM D1751 – Preformed Expansion Joint Fillers for Concrete Paving and Structural Construction.

C. Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (CRSI) Manual of Standard Practice.

D. American Welding Society (AWS) D12.1 – Reinforcing Steel Welding Code.

E. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) Accessibility Guidelines (ADAAG).

F. California Code of Regulations (CCR), Title 24, Part 2 – State Accessibility Standards.

G. “Greenbook” – Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction.

H. State of California Department of Transportation – Standard Specifications.

1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for design of concrete mixes. Design of concrete mixes shall be performed by a Testing Laboratory selected by Contractor and reviewed and approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

Design methods to be in accordance with ACI 318-71.

B. Make three (3) trial mixes using aggregate proposed
C. Make advance tests of trial mixes with proposed materials. Test four (4) cylinders in accordance with ASTM C39 at seven (7) days and twenty-eight (28) days. Do not place concrete on project until laboratory reports and breaks of confirmations cylinders indicate that the proposed mixes will meet the strength requirements.

D. If Portland Cement reducers or other additives are used, submit control mix design without reducers or additives as well as mix exactly proposed to be used. Submit W.R. Grace Co. recommendations for retarder and shrinkage compensation of slab on grade.

E. Check mix design and revise, if necessary, wherever changes are made in aggregate or in surface water content of aggregate or workability of concrete. Slump shall be the minimum to produce workable mix. Laboratory shall prescribe minimum quantity of water.

F. Forward two (2) copies of design mix to the Owner and Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

G. Product Data and Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit for admixtures, curing compounds, joint fillers, dowel aligners, color additives, surface retarders, cleaning agents, and proprietary products.

H. Samples: Submit color additive charts and chips; joint filler samples; curing compound samples.

I. Placement / Pour Schedule: Indicate daily pour limits and sequencing, reviewed by Resident Engineer.

J. Mock-Ups: 4’ x 4’ panels for Bike Park features and 6’ x 6’ panels for paving finishes; to remain on site as standards of quality.

K. Concrete Delivery Tickets and Test Reports: Batch info, admixtures, slump, air content, and compressive strength results.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-3

L. Samples for Color Selection: Submit color additive manufacturer's color chart & sample chip
set; indicate color additive number and required dosage rate. Samples indicate general color and may vary from concrete finished in field according to Specifications.

M. Expansion Joint Fill Material: Submit one 12-inch length.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Provide materials from same source throughout project.

C. Testing of concrete: Slump tests, air content, compressive strength tests, and coring as required.

D. Installer Qualifications: Contractor must show successful experience with similar scale projects; Bike Park contractor must demonstrate experience with three projects over 10,000 sq ft in last 5 years.

E. Manufacturer Qualifications: Ready-mix supplier must comply with ASTM C94.

F. Regulatory Requirements: Conform to CCR Title 24, ADAAG, and applicable laws.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store materials in dry, protected areas.

B. Use same cement brand and aggregate source unless approved otherwise.

1.7 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:

1. Monitor wind, humidity, and temperature to control evaporation.

2. Do not place concrete if sub-base surface temp < 40°F or if surface is wet.

3. Protect against extreme heat/cold, frost, rain, and rapid drying.

B. Coordination:

1. Coordinate placement schedules with related trades.

2. Verify anchor bolts, utilities, and embedded items are in place.

3. Coordinate finishes, slopes, and tolerances to ensure ADA and drainage compliance.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Cement: ASTM C150, Normal Type II/V Portland cement, gray color unless otherwise noted. Use single source throughout the project.

B. Fine and Coarse Aggregates: ASTM C33, non-reactive, consistent source.

C. Water: Clean, potable, free of impurities.

D. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F or C, optional, up to 20% replacement of cement.

E. Ground Granulated Blast-Furnace Slag: ASTM C989, optional, up to 25% replacement of cement.

F. Silica Fume: ASTM C1240, optional, up to 10% replacement of cement.

2.2 BASE MATERIALS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-4

A. Aggregate Base: Crushed aggregate base (CAB) or crushed miscellaneous base (CMB) confo
rming to “Greenbook” Standard Specifications.

2.3 FORM MATERIALS
A. Conform to ACI 301.

B. Refer to Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories.

2.4 REINFORCEMENT
A. Refer to Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing.

B. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A615; deformed billet steel bars, uncoated finish.

C. Welded Steel Wire Fabric: ASTM A185; plain type, in coiled rolls or flat sheets, uncoated finish.

D. Fabricated Bar Mats: ASTM A184; welded or clip-assembled steel bar mats of ASTM A615, Grade 60 steel bars.

E. Tie Wire: ASTM A82, annealed steel, min. 16 gauge.

F. Dowels: Speed dowels as noted on plans or approved equal.

G. Supports: Chairs, spacers, dowel bar supports, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcement.

H. Fiber Reinforcement: ASTM C1116, polypropylene or nylon fibers, added per manufacturer’s recommendations.

2.5 ACCESSORIES
A. Curing Compound: ASTM C309 or better; comply with Greenbook Section 201-4.

B. Expansion Joint Filler: ASTM D1751; Deck-o-Foam by W.R. Meadows or approved equal.

C. Joint Sealant: Non-sag two-part urethane “Dynatred” by Pecora Corp. (color: Limestone or Beige as noted), or approved equal.

D. Concrete Surface Sealer: “Ultrapel” by Prosoco or approved equal.

E. Surface Retardant: “Topcast #5” by Dayton Superior, Etch Code Sandblast, unless otherwise indicated.

F. Color Admixtures: ASTM C979, integrally colored concrete pigments, single source throughout.

2.6 ADMIXTURES
A. Conform to ASTM C494.

B. Air-Entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260.

C. Water-Reducing Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type A.

D. High-Range Water Reducers (Superplasticizers): ASTM C494, Type F or G.

E. Retarding Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type B.

F. Accelerating Admixtures: ASTM C494, Type C or E.

G. Admixtures shall not contain calcium chloride.

2.7 CONCRETE MIXES
A. Mix concrete in accordance with ASTM C94.

B. Ready-Mixed Concrete: ASTM C94; batch mixing at site not permitted.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-5

C. Pedestrian & Vehicular Paving, Curbs, Gutters, Terraced Seating, Cross Gutters, Curb Outle
ts, Mow Curbs, Accessible Ramps, Stairs, Cheek Walls, Utility Slabs, Transformer Pads, Concrete Pads for Drinking Fountains, Bike Racks, etc.

D. Compressive Strength: Minimum 3,000 psi at 28 days, or as stated in Geotechnical Report.

E. Slump: Max 6 inches at point of placement.

F. Water-Cement Ratio: As required by Geotechnical Report.

G. No air entrainment unless specified.

H. Coarse Aggregate: ¾ inch max size.

I. Include approved water-reducing admixture in all concrete.

J. Indicate water added on each delivery ticket.

K. Provide concrete mix designs stamped by a California licensed civil engineer, consistent with structural and geotechnical requirements.

L. Use color additives or surface retarders where indicated for Bike Park features.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION
A. Verify compacted subgrade is ready to support paving and imposed loads.

B. Verify gradients and elevations of base are correct.

C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

D. Verify reinforcement, forms, and embedded items are in place prior to concrete placement.

3.2 BASE
A. Prepare and compact base materials in accordance with recommendations in the Geotechnical Report.

B. Proof-roll subgrade and compact per project geotechnical engineer’s requirements.

3.3 PREPARATION
A. Moisten base to minimize absorption of water from fresh concrete.

B. Coat surfaces of adjacent manholes, catch basins, inlets, and other fixed objects with oil to form isolation joint and prevent bond with paving.

C. Notify Owner/County minimum 24 hours prior to commencement of concreting operations.

D. Provide barricades, signage, and safety controls to restrict access to freshly placed concrete.

3.4 FORMING
A. Place and secure forms to correct location, dimension, and profile.

B. Assemble formwork to permit easy stripping and dismantling without damaging concrete.

C. Place joint fillers vertical in position, in straight lines, secured to formwork during concrete placement.

D. Forms shall be braced to withstand pressures and tight to prevent mortar loss.

E. Use non-staining form release agents that will not discolor concrete.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-6

F. Install flexible metal, 1" lumber, or plywood for radius bends.

G. Ma i
ntain grade/alignment tolerances: Top of Form ±1/8” in 10’-0”; Vertical Face ±1/8” in 10’-0”.

H. Provide mock-up panels for special Bike Park features, including curves, banks, and ramps.

3.5 REINFORCEMENT
A. Place reinforcement at mid-height of slabs-on-grade.

B. Accurately space bars per Plans; ensure minimum clear distances.

C. Do not use aluminum or plastic supports.

D. Lap welded wire fabric one full mesh; offset laps.

E. Place fabricated bar mats in long lengths; overlap adjacent mats 2 inches.

F. Interrupt reinforcement at expansion joints.

G. Provide doweled joints with capped sleeves to allow movement.

H. Provide secondary fiber reinforcement in Bike Park slab pours.

3.6 PLACING CONCRETE
A. Place concrete in accordance with ACI 301.

B. Hot and Cold Weather Placement per ACI 301.

C. Place continuously between joints; do not break or interrupt successive pours.

D. Do not push or drag concrete into place; use vibration only for consolidation.

E. For Bike Park features: place concrete to specified slopes, radii, and transitions as shown on plans.

3.7 JOINTS
A. Submit paving jointing and pour sequence plan, including layout of cold joints, expansion joints, sawcuts, and tooled joints.

B. Locate cold joints at changes in pavement type and as indicated.

C. Provide sawcut joints two days after pour.

D. Place expansion joints at 12’ intervals minimum, unless otherwise shown.

E. Install joint fillers full width and depth of joint, in single lengths when possible.

F. Place isolation joints where paving abuts curbs, walls, or fixed objects.

G. Bike Park: provide special control jointing at transitions between flatwork and formed riding surfaces.

3.8 FINISHING
A. Provide 6’ x 6’ sample onsite pour of each finish for approval.

B. Uniformly spread, screed, and consolidate concrete.

C. Retardant Finish: Apply and remove per manufacturer’s specifications (Top-Cast #5, Sandblast 05).

D. Smooth Form Finish: Patch tie holes and defects; trowel to smooth, non-slip finish.

E. Broom Finish: Provide uniform texture on pedestrian paving.

F. Bike Park: Finish riding surfaces smooth, free of joints or ridges, consistent with ASTM F1292 fall height and skate/bike surface tolerances.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-7

3.9 CURING
A. C
ure surfaces in accordance with ACI 301; maintain curing for 7 days minimum.

B. Apply curing compound immediately after finishing.

3.10 SEALANTS
A. Apply surface sealers in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Apply joint sealants as detailed, with full coverage of silica sand broadcast on wet sealant.

3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Field inspection and testing per Section 01 45 00.

B. Provide slump test on first load each day; additional tests as needed.

C. Provide compressive strength tests per ASTM C39 (7- and 28-day).

D. Provide air content tests for air-entrained mixes.

E. Record exact location of concrete represented by test cylinders.

F. Bike Park: confirm surface smoothness, radii, and transitions with Owner’s Representative.

G. Test strength of the cast in place concrete as work progresses as follows:

a. Cut cores from the structure and test in accordance with ASTM C42. b. A set of three (3) 2’ x 2’ x 6” cores taken from the test panel shall be taken not less than once each shift nor less than one for each 50 cubic yards of cast in place concrete placed through the nozzle.
c. Cores shall be soaked in water for a minimum of forty (40) hours before testing.

3.12 TOLERANCES
A. Maximum Surface Flatness: 1/4 inch in 10 feet.

B. Maximum Variation from True Position: 1/2 inch.

C. Bike Park: surface transitions smooth within 1/8 inch; no ridges, lips, or uneven joints.

3.13 PROTECTION (INCLUDING REPAIRS)
A. Protect concrete from premature drying, hot or cold weather, and mechanical injury.

B. Do not allow traffic for 28 days after finishing. Light construction traffic may be permitted earlier only if approved.

C. Remove and replace concrete paving that is broken, damaged, defective, or does not meet the requirements of this Section or conformance with ASTM F 2480 - Standard Guide for In-ground Bike Parks.

D. Protect concrete from damage; exclude traffic from paving for at least 28 days after placement. When construction traffic is permitted, maintain paving as clean as possible by removing surface stains and spillage of materials as they occur.

E. Maintain concrete paving free of stains, discoloration, dirt, wax, and other foreign material.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00-8

F. Protect Bike Park features until concrete has cured to full strength.

3.14 REJECTIONS
A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufacturer’s sample chip shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Defects in the concrete including lack of uniformity, exhibits segregation honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. All finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally and vertically. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii and uniformity shall be approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. If rejected, The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.15 CLEAN UP
A. At completion of Work, remove concrete stains from adjacent work, including but not limited to dissimilar paving types, walls, columns, railing posts, light fixtures, plant materials, to satisfaction of the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE FINISHING 03 33 51-1

SECTION 03 33 51

CONC

RETE FINISHING
PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY / SECTION INCLUDES
A. Concrete surface finishing including troweling, brooming, floating, texturing, and surface treatments.

B. Specialty Bike Park and Pump Track Construction, including placement, finishing, curing, and protection of riding surfaces.

C. This section is defined as specialty construction. Only qualified contractors may perform this work. Contractors shall provide proof of prior experience with construction of at least three concrete bike parks or similar facilities over 10,000 square feet within the last 5 years. Full qualifications must be submitted with the bid.

1.2 REGULATIONS
A. Conform to the requirements of the latest edition of the American Concrete Institute (ACI) and the local Building Code.

1.3 REFERENCE STANDARDS
A. American Concrete Institute (ACI):

1. ACI 301 – Specification for Structural Concrete for Buildings.

2. ACI 302.1R – Guide for Concrete Floor and Slab Construction.

3. ACI 306 – Cold Weather Concreting.

4. ACI 305 – Hot Weather Concreting.

5. ACI 318 – Building Code Requirements for Reinforced Concrete.

B. ASTM Standards referenced within execution requirements, including ASTM E1155 and ASTM F2480.

1.4 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Forming and Accessories.

B. Section 03 20 00 – Concrete Reinforcing.

C. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

D. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete.

E. Section 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing.

1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data and Manufacturer’s Instructions: Submit for curing compounds, surface retarders, color additives, and proprietary products.

B. Samples: Provide color additive charts, chips, joint filler samples, curing compound samples, and mock-up panels for finishes.

C. Placement / Pour Schedule: Indicate daily pour limits and sequencing, reviewed by Bike Park Designer / Owner’s Representative.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE FINISHING 03 33 51-2

D. Qualifications Statement:

1. S u
bmit statement of qualifications demonstrating experience with construction of at least three concrete bike parks or similar facilities over 10,000 square feet within the last 5 years.

2. Include evidence of experience with drainage systems, earthwork shaping, coping installation, architectural concrete finishes, and compound radius curves.

3. Submit certifications for nozzlemen and finishers as applicable.

4. Nozzleman certification shall be in accordance with ACI 506.3R.

E. Concrete Delivery Tickets and Test Reports as required under Section 03 30 00 – Cast- in-Place Concrete.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Perform work in accordance with ACI 301 and applicable codes.

B. Provide materials and products from same source throughout project.

C. Installer Qualifications: Contractor shall demonstrate successful experience with projects of similar scale and complexity; Bike Park contractor must meet qualifications in Section

1.5.D.

D. Mock-Ups: Provide onsite mock-ups of representative areas of work for approval prior to proceeding with full construction. Maintain approved mock-ups as standard of quality.

E. Architectural Finishes and Compound Curves: Contractor shall demonstrate capability to execute compound radius curves, architectural formed surfaces, and precision riding surfaces required for bike parks.

F. Rejection: Work not conforming to specified tolerances, finishes, mock-ups, or ASTM F2480 for in-ground bike parks will be rejected.

1.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect adjacent work and site features from spillage, splatter, or damage during finishing operations.

B. Protect materials until ready for use; store to prevent contamination or deterioration.

C. Provide site security to prevent vandalism or damage to finished surfaces until final acceptance.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Not Applicable.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Verify substrates are ready to receive finishes.

B. Confirm that concrete has cured sufficiently to accept specified finishes.

C. Beginning of finishing work shall constitute acceptance of substrate conditions.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE FINISHING 03 33 51-3

3.2 PREPARATION
A. C
lean concrete surfaces of laitance, debris, and foreign matter before applying finishes.

B. Dampen surface as necessary for finishing operations.

C. Contractor shall notify Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer that they are starting concrete finish repair work at least five (5) working days prior to the beginning of work.

3.3 FINISHES FOR FORMED SURFACES
A. Rough Form Finish:

1. Provide for surface of walls and footings adjacent to grade or below grade. This is the concrete surface having texture imparted by form facing material use with tie holes and defective areas repaired and patched and fins and other projections exceeding 1/4 inch in height rubbed down or chipped off.

B. Smooth Form Finish:

1. Provide a smooth formed finish on formed concrete surfaces exposed to view.

This is an as-cast concrete surface obtained with selected form facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams.

Remove fins and other projections completely and smoothed. Repair and patch honeycombs and defective areas as directed by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. Tie holes shall not be filled

C. Sacked Finish:

1. On all inconsistent surfaces of the exposed concrete, provide a sacked finish by coating the concrete with sacking mortar. Sacking of patched or defective concrete surfaces may be required by the Resident Engineer/ Bike Park and Pump Track Designer for areas not otherwise already requiring this work.

2. Repair and patch tie holes, honeycombs and defective areas and trowel to smooth finish. Remove fines and other projections completely.

3. Thoroughly wet surface to prevent absorption.

4. Coat entire surface with sacking mortar as soon as surface of concrete approaches surface dryness.

5. Thoroughly and vigorously rub mortar over area with clean burlap pads to fill all voids.

6. While mortar is still plastic but partially set (so it cannot be pulled from voids), sack- rub surface with dry mix of sacking mortar (leave out water). There should be no discernible thickness of mortar on concrete surface, except in voids; all surfaces should be uniformly textured.

7. Immediately begin a continuous moist cure for 72 hours.

D. Related Unformed Surfaces:

1. At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE FINISHING 03 33 51-4

across adjacent unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated. Provide for face surfa
ce of walls adjacent to plaza, walks and stairs.

3.4 FINISHES FOR UNFORMED SURFACES
A. General: Finish concrete floors and slabs in accordance with ACI 302.1R, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Screed Finish: Strike off and consolidate concrete to required level. Use straightedge and strike surface to proper elevation.

C. Float Finish:

1. Consolidate surface with power or hand float to uniform texture.

2. Provide smooth, granular, uniform appearance free of irregularities.

3. Conform to ASTM E1155 tolerances for flatness and levelness.

D. Hard Trowel Finish:

1. Steel trowel surface to a smooth, dense finish free of trowel marks.

2. Provide uniform sheen and hardness consistent with approved mock-ups.

E. Broom Finish: Provide non-slip broom finish where indicated for walks, ramps, and exterior surfaces.

F. Bike Park Riding Surfaces:

1. Provide smooth, continuous surfaces free of ridges, lips, or uneven joints.

2. Meet ASTM F2480 requirements for in-ground bike parks.

3. Match approved mock-ups and maintain consistency of finish.

G. Defective Work:

1. Remove and replace concrete surfaces that do not meet specified finish requirements, tolerances, or acceptance criteria.

2. Grinding or other surface alteration to force compliance is not permitted.

3.5 CURING
A. Cure finished concrete surfaces in accordance with Section 03 39 00 – Concrete Curing.

B. Apply curing compound immediately following final finishing unless wet curing is specified.

C. Maintain curing for minimum of 7 days. Protect surfaces from rapid drying, temperature extremes, or damage during curing period.

3.6 REPAIRS
A. Remove and replace concrete finishing that is cracked, stained, spalled, honeycombed, or otherwise defective.

B. Repairs shall be performed only with approval of Bike Park Designer / Owner’s Representative.

C. Repair or replace finishes not conforming to ASTM F2480 (Bike Park) or contract requirements.

D. Provide 5-day advance notice prior to commencing repair work.

3.7 REJECTIONS
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE FINISHING 03 33 51-5

A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufa
cturer’s sample chip shall be rejected by the Bike Park Designer / Owner’s Representative. Contractor shall remove and replace rejected work at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Defects in the concrete including lack of uniformity, segregation, honeycombing, lamination, dry patches, slugs, voids, pockets, or failure to meet design radii shall be rejected by the Bike Park Designer / Owner’s Representative. Contractor shall remove and replace rejected work at no additional cost to Owner.

A. All finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surfaces of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed horizontally and vertically. Grinding to achieve radii and uniformity is not acceptable. If rejected, contractor shall remove and replace work at no additional cost to Owner.

B. Concrete finishes exhibiting the following defects shall also be rejected:

1. Color variations, segregation, honeycombing, or excessive voids.

2. Cracking, spalling, scaling, staining, or surface contamination.

3. Surfaces not conforming to approved mock-ups.

4. Non-compliant slopes, radii, or compound curves.

5. Surfaces outside specified tolerances including ASTM E1155 F-number values.

6. Grinding, patching, or other unauthorized surface alteration to achieve compliance.

7. Finishes not matching approved mock-ups or failing ASTM F2480 standards.

3.8 CLEANING
A. Upon completion of finishing work, clean surfaces of debris, curing compound residue, and foreign material.

B. Protect cleaned surfaces until acceptance.

3.9 PROTECTION
A. Protect finished surfaces from premature traffic, weather, or construction operations until accepted.

B. Maintain surfaces free of stains, dirt, wax, and other foreign materials until final acceptance.

C. Provide site security to prevent vandalism or damage to finished concrete surfaces during curing and protection period.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SHOTRETE 03 37 13-1
SECTION 03 37 13

SHOTCRETE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

Provide sprayed-on concrete (concrete conveyed into place by air pressure through a flexible tube or gun with controlled nozzle) referred to herein as shotcrete, complete as shown and as specified by Bike Park and Pump Track Contractor.

A. Provide sprayed-on concrete (concrete conveyed into place by air pressure through a flexible tube or gun with controlled nozzle) referred to herein as shotcrete, complete as shown and as specified.

B. Application, cutting, and sculpting and finish work related to this Work is deemed sole source specialty work within the Contract Documents.

C. All work related to this application, cutting, sculpting, and installation shall be coordinated with the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer, prior to project start.

1.2 RELATED INFORMATION

A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Forming and Accessories

B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing

C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete

D. Section 03 33 51 - Concrete Finishing

E. Section 03 39 00 - Concrete Curing

F. Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Comply with the requirements of the current edition of the following codes and standards, except as herein modified:

B. Latest Uniform Standard Specifications issued by the Owner.

C. American Concrete Institute (ACI): 506, Chapter 13, Wet Method. Chapter 5, Shotcrete Crew.

D. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM)

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit current product data and manufacturer’s instructions for proprietary materials including:

1. Color admixture

2. Expansion joint fill material
City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 37 13-2 SHOTRETE

3. Curing compound

4. Dowel aligners / caps

5. Form facing materials

6. Form release agents

7. Proprietary cleaning agents

8. Plastic film for curing

9. Surface retarders

10. Micro-Fiber reinforcement (Natural Micro-fiber or Micro-Synthetic Fiber).

B. Shop Drawings

1. Section and plan views showing all proposed construction joints.

2. Contractor to submit shop drawings for all templates to be used on the project.

C. Design of Concrete Mixes

1. Contractor shall be responsible for and pay for design of concrete mixes for each type of concrete specified. Design of concrete mixes shall be performed by a Testing Laboratory selected by Contractor and approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. Design methods to be in accordance with ACI 318.

2. Make three (3) trial mixes using aggregate proposed.

3. Check mix design and revise, if necessary, wherever changes are made in aggregate or in surface water content of aggregate or workability of concrete. Slump shall be the minimum to produce workable mix. Laboratory shall prescribe minimum quantity of water.

4. Forward two copies of design mix to the Owner and Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer for approval.

D. Placement / Pour Schedule

1. Contractor to indicate on plans the locations to be shot within a day’s work and not exceeding 50 cubic yards per day for quality control and inspection schedules.

2. Schedule and sequence to be reviewed and approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer prior to starting this work.

E. Shotcrete Samples / Mock-Ups

1. Provide representative samples of materials for material testing, mix proportion testing, and finish.

2. Sample of each of the following must be provided: Shotcrete Transition section with 2” round steel coping and a standard Bank with radius transition bottom. The shotcrete samples need to City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SHOTRETE 03 37 13-3
match the same height, radius, angle, curvature, finish, and reinforcement of the corresponding sections and details for inspection an approval. The sample may be part of the finished product and can remain in place as finished product if approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. If the sample is built in place it needs to follow the jointing outlined in the Concrete Jointing plan. If the samples are built elsewhere on-site, they only need to be six feet (6’) wide with height and length corresponding to the sections.

3. Contractor shall prepare and pay for a sample for each paving type indicated on Drawings prior to installation.

4. Samples shall be completed to the satisfaction of the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer and shall include aggregates, texture, color, and finishes. If samples are rejected by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer, the Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace the sample for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

5. These samples will become the standard of quality by which future paving samples and work will be judged.

6. Samples to remain on-site and be protected during construction, to compare work in progress. If samples are damaged or removed, Contractor shall repair / replace in-kind immediately at no additional cost to the Owner.

F. Test Reports: Compressive strength of concrete test cylinders taken upon delivery of concrete.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Concrete Testing:

1. Prepare samples by each application crew using the equipment, materials and mix proportions proposed for the Project. Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer shall observe preparation of test panels noting placement of shotcrete by applications crew.

2. Test panel shall be at least 6’x 6’ x 6” with the same reinforcement as in the proposed structure.

Test panel shall conform to Section 03 37 13 Shotcrete, Part 1.04 Submittals.

3. Secure and protect samples during construction and test for compliance with Specifications.

4. Test strength of the shotcrete as work progresses as follows:

a. Cut cores from the structure and test in accordance with ASTM C42.

b. A set of three (3) 2’ x 2’ x 6” cores taken from the test panel shall be taken not less than once each shift nor less than one for each 50 cubic yards of shotcrete placed through the nozzle.

c. Cores shall be soaked in water for a minimum of 40 hours before testing.

B. Certification

Nozzleman certification shall be in accordance with ACI 506.3R.

C. Regulatory Requirements
City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 37 13-4 SHOTRETE
Meet requirements of applicable laws, codes, and regulations required by authorities having jurisdiction over Work

D. Acceptance

Final acceptance of the shotcrete will be done by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer and will based upon the results obtained from cores.

E. Concrete Manufacturer Qualifications

Manufacturer of ready-mixed concrete products complying with ASTM C 94 requirements for production facilities and equipment.

F. Bike Park and/or Pump Track Contractor / Sub-Contractor Experience

Provide evidence to indicate successful experience in providing shotcrete concrete work for Bike Park and/or Pump Tracks similar in scope to that specified herein and can demonstrate successful experience through past project documentation and references.

1. Required Experience

Bike Park and/or Pump Track Contractor or Sub-contractor must have completed three (3) public concrete Bike Park and/or Pump Track facilities with a minimum size of 10,000 square feet, in the last five (5) years. Parks must be open and in good operating condition for at least one (1) year.

2. Evidence of Experience

Bike Park and/or Pump Track Contractor or Sub-contractor shall submit to Resident Engineer / Bike Park and/or Pump Track Designer satisfactory documentation of the experience and qualification. If a Contractor cannot provide this information or if it is unverifiable, work under this Section and any other related Section cannot be completed by Contractor. This submission must contain the Project Name & Location, Owner’s Name & Contact Information, Designer Name & Contact Information, Project Size, Contract Value, Completion Date, and Supervisor and/or Key Personnel responsible for this experience for each of the qualifying projects.

3. Safety and Performance Guidelines

Comply with all safety and performance requirements and all applicable references as specified in the ASTM F2480 Standard Guide for In-ground Bike Parks.

4. ACI Requirements

Meet all requirements of ACI 506, Chapter 13, Wet Method and Chapter 5, Shotcrete Crew.

1.6 DELIVERY, HANDLING, AND STORAGE

A. Properly deliver and handle materials to prevent contamination, segregation, or damage to materials.

B. Store cement in weather tight enclosures to protect against dampness and contamination.

C. Prevent segregation and contamination of aggregates by proper arrangement and use of stockpiles.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SHOTRETE 03 37 13-5
D. Store admixtures properly to prevent contamination, evaporation, or other damage.

E. Do not change brand of cement or source of aggregate during course of Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I or II, one brand only.

B. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C only. The amount of fly ash used shall not exceed 20% by weight of the combined weight of fly ash and cement.

C. Normal Weight Aggregates: ASTM C33 and as herein specified.

1. Batch fine coarse aggregates separately to avoid segregation.

2. Aggregates shall be free from clay, mud, loam, or other deleterious substances.

3. Dune sand, bank run sand, and manufactured sand are not acceptable for fine aggregate.

4. Coarse aggregate shall be clean, uncoated, heavy media processed aggregate of crushed stone or river washed aggregate.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. Water: Fresh, clean, potable, and free of deleterious acids, mixing, and curing water, as available from Owner. Transport as required.

B. Admixtures: Use only accepted admixtures meeting the following requirements:

1. Chemical Admixtures: ASTM C494

2. Air-entraining Admixtures: ASTM C260

C. Expansion Joints: See Cast-In-Place Concrete - Section 03 30 00.

D. Additive: Micro-Fiber reinforcement that is designed to mitigate plastic shrinkage cracking, to be approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer, in all concrete (dosage as recommended by the manufacturer).

2.3 PROPORTIONING AND DESIGN OF CONCRETE MIXES

A. Mix

Prepare design mix to achieve an in-place 28-day compressive strength of 4,000 pounds per square inch and an air content as specified on plans. Maximum aggregate size shall not exceed 3/8 inch.

Unit weight of in-place shotcrete shall be 494 pounds per cubic yard. Contractor to pay for and use an independent Testing Agency acceptable to the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer to prepare and report the proposed mix design. Testing is at the cost of the Contractor responsible for this mix.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 37 13-6 SHOTRETE
B. Test Data

Submit for acceptance proportioning and test data from prior experience if available. If data from prior experience are not available or accepted, make, and have tested specimens from three or more different mix proportions in accordance with pre-construction testing requirements of this Specification.

C. Strength

Selected mix proportions based on compressive strength tests of specimens shall be cut from the shotcrete test panels not earlier than five (5) days after shotcreting. For mix acceptance purposes, average core strengths shall be least equal to f'c for cores with L/D of 2.0. For cores with L/D between 1.0 and 2.0, use correction factors given in ASTM C42.

D. Review

Mix design shall be reviewed for acceptance by Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

2.4 CONCRETE APPLICATION EQUIPMENT

A. For Wet Mix Shotcrete

1. Mixing Equipment: Capable of thoroughly mixing aggregate, cement, and water in sufficient quantity to maintain continuous placement.

2. Ready-mixed Concrete: ASTM C94, except that it may be delivered to the site in the dry state if the equipment is capable of adding the water and mixing it satisfactorily with the dry ingredients.

3. Air Supply: Clean air adequate for maintaining sufficient nozzle velocity for parts of work, and for simultaneous operation of blow pipe for cleaning away rebound.

4. Delivery Equipment: Capable of discharging aggregate-cement-water mixture accurately, uniformly, and continuously through delivery hose.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

A. Examination

Examine concrete formwork and verify that it is true to line and dimension, adequately braced against vibration, and constructed to permit escape of air and rebound but to prevent mortar leakage during shotcreting. Correct deficiencies.

B. Inspection

Inspect reinforcement steel and items to be embedded in concrete. Correct any deviations from the accepted shop drawings.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SHOTRETE 03 37 13-7
C. Notification

Notify other trades involved in ample time to permit the proper installation of their work. Cooperate in setting such work.

D. Existing Surfaces

Examine existing concrete surfaces for unsound material. Correct deficiencies.

3.2 PREPARATION FOR INSTALLATION OF CONCRETE

Forms

Use a form-coating material on removable forms to prevent absorption of moisture and to prevent absorption of moisture and to prevent bond with shotcrete.

3.3 CONCRETE BATCHING AND MIXING

Proportions

Mix proportions shall be controlled by weight batching. Contractor's Testing Laboratory shall maintain quality control records during shotcrete production and make those records available to the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

3.4 CONCRETE PLACEMENT

A. Placement

Use suitable delivery equipment and procedures that will result in shotcrete in place meeting the requirements of this Specification. Determine operating procedures for placement in, extended distances, and around any obstructions where placement velocities and mix consistency must be adjusted.

B. Placement Techniques

Do not place shotcrete if drying or stiffening of the mix takes place at any time prior to delivery to the nozzle.

1. Control thickness, method of support, air pressure, and/or water content of shotcrete to preclude sagging or sloughing off. Discontinue shotcreting or provide suitable means to screen the nozzle stream if wind or air currents cause separation of the nozzle stream during placement.

2. Hold nozzle as perpendicular to surface as work will permit, to secure maximum compaction with minimum rebound.

3. In shotcreting walls, begin application at bottom. Ensure work does not sag.

4. Layering

a. Build up layers by making several passes of nozzle over work area.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 37 13-8 SHOTRETE
b. Broom or scarify the surface of freshly placed shotcrete to which, after hardening, additional layers of shotcrete are to be bonded. Dampen surface just prior to application of succeeding layers.

c. Allow each layer of shotcrete to take initial set before applying succeeding layers.

d. Use radial templates to insure exact radii from flat bottom of Bike Park and Pump Track deck and coping. Template shall be fabricated from steel or ¾” plywood. Check every horizontal foot when applying shotcrete for conformance of intended wall radii. Brace template and place levels at arc to tangent connections to ensure no kinks will be formed.

Kinks at the bottom of bowls will not be acceptable. Slumping of the shotcrete causing coping setback will not be acceptable.

5. Placement around Reinforcement

a. Hold the nozzle at such distance and angle to place materials behind reinforcement before any material can accumulate on its face. In the dry-mix process, additional water may be added to the mix when encasing reinforcement to facilitate a smooth flow of material behind the bars.

b. Test to ascertain if any void or sand pockets have developed around or behind reinforcement by probing with an awl or other pointed tool after the shotcrete has achieved its initial set, by removal of randomly selected bars, or coring or other suitable standards.

3.5 REMOVAL OF SURFACE DEFECTS IN CONCRETE

A. General

Remove and replace shotcrete which lacks uniformity, exhibits segregation, honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets. Remove defective areas.

B. Sounding

Sound work with hammer for voids. Remove and replace damaged in-place shotcrete.

3.6 CONCRETE FINISH

A. Form Finish

Smooth form finish shall consist of a smooth, hard, uniform texture with a minimum of seams.

B. Unformed Finish / Radial Wall Finish

Float finish on unformed face of wall shall consist of a smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth steel trowel. Level to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally, and vertically with radial template with the appropriate radii. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the intended radii. Concrete finish work shall match the approved sample / mock-up poured on site.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

SHOTRETE 03 37 13-9

3.7 CONCRETE JOINTS

A. Cleaning

The entire joint shall be thoroughly cleaned and wetted prior to the application of additional shotcrete.

B. Reinforcement

Make joints perpendicular to the main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across joints.

3.8 CONCRETE CURING AND PROTECTION

A. Initial Curing

Immediately after finishing, keep shotcrete continuously moist for at least 24 hours. Use one of the following materials or methods:

1. Ponding or continuous sprinkling.

2. Cover and keep continuously wet.

B. Final Curing

Provide additional curing immediately following the initial curing and before the shotcrete has dried.

Use one of the following materials or methods:

1. Continue the method used in initial curing.

2. Materials conforming to Specifications for Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete, ASTM C 171.

C. Duration of Curing

Continue for the first 7 days after shotcreting or until specified strength is obtained. During the curing period, maintain shotcrete above 40 degrees and in a moist condition. Prevent rapid drying at the end of the curing period.

3.5 REJECTIONS

A. Major variations in the appearance of integral colored concrete compared to manufacturer’s sample chip shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

B. Defects in the shotcrete including lack of uniformity, exhibits segregation honeycombing, or lamination, or which contains any dry patches, slugs, voids, or pockets shall be rejected by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Radial wall finishes shall consist of smooth, hard, uniform surface of smooth trowel with a level tolerance of 1/8 inch in 10 feet when tested with a 10-foot steel straightedge placed on the surface horizontally and vertically. Grinding the surfaces will not be an acceptable means of achieving the City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 37 13-10 SHOTRETE
intended radii and uniformity shall be approved by the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer. If rejected, The Contractor in charge of the specific scope of work shall remove and replace rejected work for the Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer’s approval at no additional cost to the Owner.

3.10 CLEAN UP

A. At completion of Work, remove concrete stains from adjacent work, including but not limited to dissimilar paving types, walls, columns, railing posts, light fixtures, plant materials, to satisfaction of Resident Engineer / Bike Park and Pump Track Designer.

B. Efflorescence: Remove efflorescence (as soon as practical after it appears) as part of final cleaning.

C. Use least aggressive cleaning techniques possible.

D. Wear protective eye wear, gloves, and clothing suitable to work and as required by cleaner manufacturer.

E. If proprietary cleaning agents are used, pre-wet wall, test cleaning agent on a small, inconspicuous area, and check effects prior to proceeding. Begin cleaning at the top and work down. Thoroughly rinse wall afterwards with clean water. Follow cleaner manufacturer's instructions.

F. Do not use muriatic (hydrochloric) acid on colored concrete.

END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

CONCRETE CURING 03 39 00-1
SECTION 03 39 00

CONCRETE CURING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

Provide curing material for cast-in-place concrete flatwork, and shotcrete walls (radial and angled).

1.2 RELATED INFORMATION

A. Section 03 10 00 - Concrete Formwork

B. Section 03 20 00 - Concrete Reinforcing

C. Section 03 30 00 - Cast-In-Place Concrete

D. Section 03 37 13 - Shotcrete

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit samples and detailed technical data of products proposed for curing use for Owner’s Representative’s approval.

B. Submit certification that materials meet specification requirements.

1.4 DELIVERY AND STORAGE

Deliver materials in original sealed containers with seal and labels intact. Store in a dry place. Use materials out of original containers only.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Med-Cure™ Concrete Curing Aid & Hardener, available thru W.R. Meadows Inc., Phone (800) 342- 5976.

B. Curing Agent: ASTM C 309, non-staining, water or soy based, low or no Volatile Organic compound emitting, compatible with color admixture

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CURING

A. Protect concrete surfaces against rapid drying. Keep moist for necessary amount of time to reach concrete strength and inhibit moisture loss after placing.

B. Curing Method: Spread curing paper over surfaces, lapping ends and sides a minimum of 4”, and maintain in place by use of suitable weights for necessary duration, then remove.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

03 39 00-2 CONCRETE CURING

3.2 CLEANUP

Remove debris and trash resulting from specified work.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

MASONRY MOTARING AND GROUTING 04 05 00-1
SECTION 04 05 00

MASONRY MORTARING AND GROUTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Mortar and grout for masonry.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. CBC – California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.

B. ASTM C144 – Aggregate for Masonry Mortar.

C. ASTM C150 – Portland Cement.

D. ASTM C207 – Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.

E. ASTM C270 – Mortar for Unit Masonry.

F. ASTM C404 – Aggregates for Masonry Grout.

G. ASTM C476 – Grout for Masonry.

H. ASTM C618 – Standard Specification for Coal Fly Ash and Raw or Calcined Natural Pozzolan for use as a Mineral Admixture for Concrete.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data under provisions of Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

1.4 STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Maintain packaged materials clean, dry, and protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter.

1.5 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Maintain materials and surrounding air temperatures to minimum 40 degrees F prior to, during, and 48 hours after completion of masonry work.

1.6 MIX DESIGN

A. Submit design mix prepared by a California Registered Civil Engineer to testing laboratory and Owner’s Representative for review.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I, low alkali, gray color.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 05 00-2 MASONRY MOTARING AND GROUTING
B. Mortar Aggregate: ASTM C144, standard masonry type, non-reactive.

C. H y
drated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S.

D. Grout Aggregate: ASTM C404.

E. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F.

F. Water: Clean and potable.

2.2 MORTAR COLOR

A. Color: Grey.

2.3 ADMIXTURES

A. Sika Grout Aid as manufactured by Sika Corp., www.sikausa.com.

B. Substitutions: Under provisions of Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

2.4 MORTAR MIXES

A. Comply with ASTM C270, Proportion Specification. Limit fly ash content to 15 percent maximum.

1. Mortar for masonry below grade and in contact with earth: Type M.

2. Mortar for reinforced masonry: Type S.

3. Pointing Mortar: Type N, with maximum 2 percent ammonium stearate or calcium stearate per cement weight.

4. Mortar for glass unit masonry: Type S.

B. Acceptable Alternative: Mix Preblended Masonry Mortars as manufactured by E-Z Mix, Inc., or Amerimix.

2.5 MORTAR MIXING

A. Thoroughly mix mortar ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use.

B. Add mortar color in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Provide uniformity of mix and coloration.

C. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of mortar.

D. If water is lost by evaporation, retemper only within 2 hours of mixing.

E. Use mortar within two hours after mixing at temperatures of 80 degrees F, or 2-1/2 hours at temperatures under 40 degrees F.

F. Mortar which has hardened or stiffened due to hydration of cement shall not be used.

2.6 GROUT MIXES

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

MASONRY MOTARING AND GROUTING 04 05 00-3
A. Comply with ASTM C 476 for grout in reinforced and non-reinforced unit masonry: 2000 psi strength at 28 days.

1. Fine Grout: spaces less than 2 inches in horizontal dimension.

2. Coarse Grout: spaces 2 inches or more in least horizontal dimension.

3. Mix 1 lb of grout aid per 100 lbs of cementitious materials.

4. Limit fly ash content to 25 percent maximum.

2.7 GROUT MIXING

A. Thoroughly mix grout ingredients in quantities needed for immediate use in accordance with ASTM C476.

B. Do not use anti-freeze compounds to lower the freezing point of grout.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Plug cleanout holes with masonry units to prevent leakage of grout materials. Brace masonry for wet grout pressure.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Install mortar and grout to requirements of the specific masonry Section.

B. Work grout into masonry cores and cavities to eliminate voids.

C. Do not displace reinforcement while placing grout.

D. Remove grout spaces of excess mortar.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing and analysis of mortar and grout will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 00.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ADHERED VENEER MORTAR MIXES 04 05 14-1
SECTION 04 05 14

ADHERED VENEER MORTAR MIXES

PART 1 – MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

1.1 Latex Portland Cement Thin Bed Mortar Mix & Slurry Bond Coat

1 bag (42-50 kg) Portland cement
100 lb. (45 kg) Sand (30-60 mesh) (0.0-0.5mm)
5 Gal. (19 liters) Laticrete 4237 Latex Thin Set Mortar Additive. (Adjust quantity of liquid to obtain proper consistency)

1.2 Latex Portland Cement Grout

50 lb. (25 kg) Laticrete Floor Grout & Joint Filler (Color to be selected by Architect ) 1 Gal. (4 liters) Laticrete 3701 Grout & Mortar Admix (Adjust quantity of liquid to obtain proper consistency)

1.3 Latex Portland Cement Leveling Beds and Scratch Coats (up to 2" +)(50 mm +)

1 Bag (42-50 kg) Portland cement
3 Cubic Ft. (150 kg) Sand (ASTM C-144) (0.0-2.5mm)
5 Gal. (19 liters) Laticrete 3701 Grout & Mortar Admix (Adjust quantity of liquid to obtain roper consistency)

PART 2 – PREPARATION

2.1 Prior to commencing the installation, the contractor shall examine the areas to be covered and advise the General Contractor and Owner’s Representative of any existing conditions or surface contamination which will require correction before the work commences.

2.2 Before starting, surface to be covered shall be cleaned to remove soil, mortar, etc.

2.3 Dry or dusty concrete or masonry surfaces shall be wet down or washed and excess water removed just prior to the application of thin brick.

PART 3 – MIXING

3.1 Machine Mixing: Mixer shall be a rotating blade mortar mixer. Place Laticrete liquid in mixer, start machine and add sand then cement. Mix only long enough to wet out the batch. Do not over-mix.

Stop mixer and dump mortar from mixer promptly.

3.2 Hand Mixing: Pre-Mix the dry ingredients (sand and cement). Place Laticrete liquid in clean container or mixing box, add dry material and mix. Adjust amount of liquid or dry material to obtain proper consistency.

PART 4 – INSTALLATION BY THIN BED METHOD

4.1 The Laticrete mortar shall be applied with a notched trowel using a scraping motion to work the material into good contact with the surface to be covered. A trowel having notches approximately:
1/4" x 1/4" (6mm x 6 mm) is recommended for thin brick; 1/4" x 3/8" (6mm x 10mm) for large brick.

4.2 Only as much mortar shall be applied as can be covered within 20-30 minutes, or while surface is

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 05 14-2 ADHERED VENEER MORTAR MIXES
still tacky. A small quantity of the mortar shall be troweled onto the back of each piece. Thin brick shall then be set in place and rapped or beaten with a small beating block to insure 100% full bedding and a true surface Pieces shall be aligned to show uniform joints and then allowed to set until firm.

4.3 Excess mortar shall be cleaned from the surface of the thin brick with a wet cloth or sponge while the mortar is fresh.

PART 5 – INSTALLATION BY THICK BED METHOD

5.1 Vertical Surfaces

A. On wire lath, concrete and masonry surfaces, a weather-resistant scratch and leveling coat shall be troweled on, floated plumb and true and allowed to set. Thin brick shall be installed any time after leveling coat is firm as described in PART 4.

5.2 Horizontal Surfaces

A. Bed thickness shall be a minimum of 2" (50 mm). The prepared mortar shall be spread approximately one-half the desired bed thickness and then 2" x 2" (50 mm x 50 mm) 16 gauge, welded, galvanized reinforcing mesh shall be laid. The wire shall be lapped 3" (75 mm) and additional mortar shall then be placed over the wire to bring the bed to the desired thickness. The mortar shall be rodded and compacted with a steel trowel. Note: Bed may be reduced to a nominal 1" (25 mm) thickness and reinforcing wire omitted when boding directly to concrete slabs or a load bearing membrane. For information on thin, load bearing waterproof membranes, request Laticrete Data File 235.0.

B. Before placing thin brick on a green or wet screed bed, a slurry bond coat shall be applied to the mortar bed using a flat trowel; or, a slurry bond coat shall be applied to the back of each thin brick just prior to placing on the bed.

C. Thin brick shall be placed in the wet slurry coat before the surface dries. Uniform joints shall be issued.

D. Surface shall be pitched to drains where specified.

E. On hardened screed or mortar bed thin brick shall be installed by the thin bed method C. See PART

4. PART 6 – EXPANSION AND CONTROL JOINTS

6.1 Existing joints in concrete subfloors must be carried through thin brick and shall conform to architectural details.

6.2 Expansion joints shall be installed where thin brick abuts restraining surfaces, such as perimeter walls, curbs, columns, corners, etc.

6.3 Exterior areas shall have expansion joints spaced a maxim um of 15' x 15' (4.5 M x 4.5 M). Expansion joints shall be raked or cut through the setting bed to the supporting slab or structure. (Note to Specifier: Optimum of joint layout, length to width, is 1:1, and shall not be greater than 2:1. Consult a reputable sealant manufacturer for recommended sealant).

PART 7 – GROUTING AND POINTING JOINTS

NOTE TO SPECIFIER: Non-slip, abrasive or rough textured thin brick can have a factory applied hot paraffin coating on the face to facilitate cleaning.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ADHERED VENEER MORTAR MIXES 04 05 14-3

7.1 Joints shall be "concave" grouted or pointed with (choose one: Latex Portland Cement Grout as per Section I.B).

7.2 Joints shall be packed full and free of all voids and pits. (Tool or rake as specified).

7.3 Excess mortar shall be cleaned from the surface with water and a damp sponge as the work progresses, while mortar is fresh and before it hardens.

7.4 Hardened grout film or haze shall be removed using Laticrete TC-500 Tile, Grout & Masonry Cleaner, Saturate the grout joints with water, then dampen the surface with the cleaner and sprinkle fine sand (30-60 mesh) (0.0-0.5 mm) over the surface. Allow to soak 15-30 minutes and then use a power scrubbing machine with a coarse texture nylon pad to remove the grout film.

CAUTION: DO NOT USE ACID TYPE CLEANERS ON COLORED GROUT JOINTS.

PART 8 – PROTECTION

8.1 The contractor shall take precautions to protect the finished work from damage by other trades. Cold Weather Note: The setting of Portland cement mortars is retarded by low temperatures and finished work should be protected for an extended period of time.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-1
SECTION 04 22 00

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Concrete masonry unit.

B. Mortar and grout.

C. Reinforcement for masonry.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 03 21 00 – Reinforcing Steel

B. Section 07 19 00 – Water Repellents: Penetrating, protective product applied to exposed exterior concrete unit masonry.

C. Section 07 90 00 – Joint Sealers: Control joint backing and sealants.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. American Concrete Institute (ACI): ACI 530 – Building Code Requirements for Masonry Structures.

B. Concrete Masonry Association of California and Nevada (CMACN) – Typical Details for Concrete Masonry.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. High-Lift Grouting: Grouting method as developed for use in reinforced concrete unit masonry is intended for use on wall construction where openings, block pattern arrangements, special reinforcing steel, or embedded structural steel details do not prevent the free flow of grout or inhibit the use of mechanical vibration to properly consolidate the grout fill in all cells or horizontal grout spaces. Horizontal reinforcing should be positioned in a single vertical plane at each curtain of steel to allow maximum accessibility to the cell spaces.

B. Pour: "Pour" is considered as the entire height of grout fill placed in one day and is composed of a number of successively placed grout lifts.

C. Lift: A "lift" is the layer of grout placed in a single continuous operation.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: List of materials and manufacturer's catalog data for proprietary products.

B. Shop Drawings: Large scale wall elevations with reinforcing layout.

1. Include composite masonry wall penetration drawings, indicating size and location of each wall penetration, and opening as necessary by all affected trades.

2. Submit penetration elevations along with corresponding reinforcing steel shop drawings and steel embedment drawings.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-2 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

3. Include proposed control joint locations. Provide control joints per geotechnical report.

C. Manufacturer's Instructions: Cleaning of masonry containing liquid polymeric admixture.

D. Certificates of Conformance: Submit manufacturer's certificates for concrete unit masonry and cement.

E. California Green Building Standards Code (CALGreen) Compliance Submittals: Indicate source, address, quantity, and recycled content of all concrete masonry components, including masonry units, mortar, and grout.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with applicable requirements of California Building Code (CBC) Section 2105 – Quality Assurance, including Section 2105.2 or latest version.

B. Sample Panel: Construct sample panel to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate compatibility of materials and effects of the materials and construction procedures on the final appearance of wall. Construct sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes approximately 60 inches (1500 mm) wide by 48 inches (1200 mm) high by full thickness

1. Use specified materials.

2. CMU sample panels erected shall represent range of texture and color permitted for the project.

3. Prepare more than one sample batch of mortar, especially when coloring pigments are added to the mortar, to establish desired aesthetics and performance.

4. Perform all construction procedures on sample panel, including cleaning and application of coatings and sealants.

5. Retain sample panel during construction as standard for judging completed masonry work.

Acceptance of sample panel does not constitute approval of deviations from materials contained in sample panel, unless such deviations are specifically approved in writing by Construction Manager.

C. Field Inspection: Placement of reinforcement, laying of masonry units and grouting of masonry shall be continuously inspected by a special masonry inspector. Refer to requirements specified in Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control and in PART 3 herein, in Article titled FIELD QUALITY CONTROL.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for lifting and emptying into dispensing silo. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location or in a metal dispensing silo with weatherproof cover.

B. Storage:

1. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-3

2. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.

3. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.

4. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Hot Weather Conditions: Protect masonry construction from direct exposure to wind and sun when erected in an ambient air temperature of 90 degrees F or greater in the shade and when relative humidity is less than 50 percent.

B. Cold Weather Conditions: Do not lay or grout masonry when ambient temperature in the shade is less than 40 degrees F unless approved methods are used during construction to heat Work area and to maintain minimum required temperature for mortar and grout curing.

1. Maintain minimum 40 degrees F temperature for a period of at least 96 hours after mortar and grout are placed and prevent masonry from freezing for minimum of 7 days after placement and grouting.

2. All materials used shall be free from frost and masonry shall not be place on frozen substrate.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS

A. Specified Manufacturer: ORCO Block Co., Inc., Stanton, CA (714/527-2239).

B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Equivalent products of other manufacturers, including Inc., Sun Valley, CA (818/767-8576), will be acceptable in accordance with the "or equal" provision specified in Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

C. Hollow Load-Bearing Concrete Masonry Units: Complying with California Building Code (CBC) Table 2103.1 and ASTM C 73, two-core type, modular sizes as indicated on Drawings.

1. Grade and Type: Grade N, Type I, moisture-controlled units, open end bond-beam design, except provide closed ends at corner and wall end conditions. Provide bond-beam units at all locations with horizontal reinforcing steel bars, to provide minimum vertical opening at all cross webs 3 inches high by 3 inches wide. See Structural Drawing for unit types to be used at stack bond.

2. Weight Classification: Medium weight.

3. Strength: As specified on Structural Drawings.

4. Recycled content block: Containing at least 10 percent post-consumer recycled content.

5. Face designs and colors: As indicated on the Drawings.

D. Solid Concrete Masonry Units: Modular size, color, and finish to match hollow core units, conforming to California Building Code (CBC) Section 2103.1, Grade N, Type II. Provide solid units for exposed

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-4 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
tops of walls, window sills, veneer and other conditions as indicated on the Drawings.

1. Special Shapes:

a. Provide end, corner, pilaster, and cap units as necessary. b. Provide deep cut type bond beam block.
c. Include abrasive burnished surface finish on exposed exterior surfaces.

2.2 REINFORCEMENT AND ANCHORAGES

A. Reinforcing Steel: ASTM A 615, yield grade as indicated on Drawings; deformed billet steel bars; plain finish. Comply with requirements specified in Section 03 20 00 – Reinforcing Steel.

2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS

A. Mortar and Grout Materials, General: Comply with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2102.

B. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type as indicated on (Structural) Drawings, gray color, from one manufacturer only.

C. Mortar: Pre-blended Type S MAC Plus Mortar by ORCO Blended Products, or equal, conforming to ASTM C 270 and complying with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2103.8. Color shall be as selected by Owner’s Representative. Allow for custom color to blend with color of concrete masonry units.

1. Mortar aggregate: ASTM C 144, standard masonry type, clean, dry, protected against dampness, freezing, and foreign matter.

2. Hydrated lime: ASTM C 207, Type as noted on Structural Drawings.

3. Premix mortar: ASTM C 387, using gray cement, Normal strength.

4. Quicklime: ASTM C 5, non-hydraulic type.

5. Mortar pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes, colors as selected by Owner’s Representative. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. Provide one of the following or equivalent products of other manufacturers according to the "or equal" provision specified in Section 01 60 00 – Product Requirements.

a. Bayer Corporation, Industrial Chemicals Div.; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. b. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors.
c. Soloman Grind-Chem Services, Inc., SGS Mortar Colors.

D. Grout Materials:

1. Grout Aggregate, General: Comply with ASTM C 476 – Standard Specification for Grout for Masonry and complying with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2103.12., except when other gradations are specifically approved by Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

2. Grout Coarse Aggregate: Maximum 3/8 inch size; 200 percent by volume.

3. Grout fine aggregate: Washed river sand; 225 percent by volume.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-5

4. Grout Admixture:

a. Specified manufacturer: Sika Corporation, Lyndhurst, NJ (regional office, Santa Fe Springs, CA; 562/903-3650).
b. Acceptable manufacturers: None. No substitutions will be accepted without approval of Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).
c. Admixture: Sika® Grout Aid, blend of expanding, retarding and water-reducing agents for Portland Cement grout, to provide slow, controlled expansion prior to grout hardening.

Provide dosage according to manufacturer's recommendations and reviewed grout mix.

E. Grout Mix: In compliance with California Building Code (CBC), Table 2103.12, and ASTM C 476.

1. Grout shall be high-slump workable mix, preferably placed by pumping to permit continuous pouring.

2. Grout shall be worked into all voids. Mechanical vibrators shall be used for consolidation.

Where job conditions preclude such use, other methods may be employed if approved in advance by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

3. Because of high water/cement ratio used in this type of grout, it is essential that grout be reconsolidated after it has taken on plastic consistency but prior to taking initial set.

Reconsolidate grout to overcome settlement shrinkage, separation from reinforcing steel and promote bond to concrete masonry unit walls.

4. Sufficient water may be added to make workable mix that will flow into all voids of masonry without separation or segregation. When grout is placed in masonry units with typical rates of absorption, slump of grout shall be approximately nine to ten inches (9 inches to 10 inches) depending on temperature and humidity conditions.

5. Where least lateral dimension of cells to be filled exceeds five inches, coarser aggregate may be used in grout fill if mix is designed in accordance with California Building Code (CBC), Section 1905. The maximum size of aggregate shall not exceed 1 inch. Water per sack of cement may be greater than is shown in California Building Code (CBC), Table 19-A-8 to allow for absorption by masonry units and with sufficient workability to meet requirements stated in paragraph above.

6. Incorporate admixtures in grout mixes in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

7. Plasticizer: Water-reducing type which reduces porosity and absorption to increase bond strength; if used, only as reviewed and approved by Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

F. Water: Clean, fresh, potable, and free of mineral or organic matter detrimental to mortar and grout, in quantity only as necessary to produce mortar of specified strengths according to reference standards.

2.4 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES

A. Mortar and Grout Mixes, General: Comply with California Building Code (CBC), Table 2103.8(1), Table 2103.8(2), Table 2103.12, and ASTM C 476. Shovel measures shall not be allowed. Lime shall be last material added to mixes. Admixtures shall be acceptable on if included in reviewed mix designs. Admixtures shall be approved by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

B. Mortar Mix: Comply with requirements of California Building Code (CBC), Section 2103.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-6 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
C. Admixtures: Admixtures shall be acceptable only if included in reviewed mix designs. Dosages shall be according to manufacturer's recommendations and reviewed grout mix. Admixtures shall be approved by Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

D. Design Strengths: Include admixtures in mix designs.

1. Combined compressive strength, masonry unit and mortar assembly: As specified on Structural Drawings.

a. For F' m, strength shall be verified by unit strength method or masonry prism tests in compl
iance with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2105. b. For F' m = 2500 psi, strength shall be verified by masonry prism tests in compliance with Cali
fornia Building Code (CBC) Section 2106.

2. Mortar compressive strength: As noted on Structural Drawings.

3. Grout compressive strength: As noted on Structural Drawings.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Preparation: Contact surfaces of all foundations and floors that are to receive masonry Work shall be thoroughly cleaned and roughened in accordance with California Building Code (CBC), Section 1906.4 before start of laying of masonry. Protect roughened surface during construction to ensure good bond between grout fill and concrete surface.

3.2 REINFORCING STEEL

A. Reinforcing Steel Condition: Verify that reinforcement is clean, free of scale, dirt, or other foreign coatings which would reduce bond to grout.

B. Reinforcing Steel Placement: Place steel reinforcement in concrete masonry walls as indicated on (Structural) Drawings and in accordance with ACI 531, precisely located and supported and secured against displacement. Vertical reinforcing shall be tied to horizontal reinforcing at spacing not to exceed 4'-0".

1. All reinforcing bars shall be straight. Do not "dog leg" bars at splices and do not use bent bars unless specifically indicated on Structural Drawings.

2. Lapped reinforcement shall have same clearance as bars being lapped.

3. Maintain 1/2 inch minimum clearance from interior face of masonry unit.

4. Maintain position of reinforcing within 1/4 inch of indicated dimension, while also maintaining minimum clearances.

C. Clearances for Reinforcing Steel:

1. Where vertical reinforcing is indicated at both faces of wall, ensure that 1/2 inch minimum clearance is maintained to inside faces of masonry cell at all sizes of masonry.

2. Where clearances of 2 inches and 2 1/2 inches are indicated (respectively) in nominal 8 inch and 10 inch thick masonry, carefully maintain clearance dimensions within placement tolerance

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-7
indicated above, including lapped bars.

3. Provide steel spacers to secure vertical reinforcing in required and proper position before, during and after grouting operations.

3.3 MASONRY UNIT PLACING AND BONDING

A. Placing and Bonding, General:

1. Lay masonry to lines and levels indicated, plumb and true, using only dry masonry units.

2. Fill head and bed joints for full thickness of the faceshells to provide the greatest resistance to water penetration.

3. Low-lift construction shall comply with CBC Section 2104.6.1.2.2.

4. High-lift construction shall comply with CBC Section 2104.6.1.2.3.

B. Cutting: Make jobsite cuts with proper tools to provide straight unchipped edges and to fit masonry construction to final form. Take care to prevent breaking masonry unit corners or edges.

C. Laying: Concrete masonry units need not be wetted before laying except in dry areas where contact surfaces of units shall be moistened immediately before laying to prevent excessive drying of mortar.

1. Lay masonry for proper jointing with other Work.

2. Fill all head and bed joints solidly with mortar for distance in from face of unit not less than thickness of face shell. Take care in placing mortar to minimize droppings into block cells.

Arrange open-end concrete masonry units in stacked bond so closed ends are not abutting.

3. Buttering corners of joints, or excessive furrowing of mortar joints will not be accepted.

4. Remove excess mortar as Work progresses.

5. Do not shift or tap masonry units after mortar has taken initial set.

6. Where adjustment is necessary, remove mortar and replace.

D. Pattern: Lay masonry in running and stacked bonds, as indicated on the Drawings. Align vertical cells for continuity of reinforcement and grout. Course one block unit and one mortar joint to equal 8 inches. Make vertical and horizontal joints equal and of uniform thickness.

E. Horizontal and Vertical Face Joints:

1. Nominal thickness: 3/8 inch, uniform.

2. Tooling: Tool joints when thumb-print hard with joint tools to compress mortar to ensure full contact with block surfaces and to provide greatest resistance to water-penetration.

3. Joint shapes: As indicated on the Drawings and as follows.

a. Masonry exposed in completed construction: Concave. b. Masonry concealed under tile mortar bed, Portland Cement plaster or applied paneling:

Flush.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-8 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
c. Veneer masonry exposed in completed construction: Raked joint at exposed exterior and interior conditions.

F. Cavity Protection: Cover the top of ungrouted masonry to protect it from the weather and to prevent accumulation of water in cores of CMU.

G. Internal Cavity Cleaning: Remove mortar protruding into cells of cavities to be reinforced or filled.

H. Intersections and Corners: Fully bond intersections, external and internal corners.

I. Joining Masonry Work: Provide expansion joints in accordance with reference standards. When joining fresh masonry to set or partially set masonry construction, clean exposed surface of set masonry and remove loose mortar prior to laying fresh masonry.

J. Construction (Cold) Joints: If necessary to stop off a horizontal run of masonry, rack back one-half block length in each course.

1. Do not use toothing to join new masonry to set or partially set masonry when continuing a horizontal run.

2. In high-lift grouting method, intermediate horizontal construction joints shall not be permitted.

3. Plan the Work for one continuous pour of grout to top of wall in 4-foot layers or lifts during same working day.

4. Section of wall to be grouted in any one pour shall be limited to length in which successive lifts can be placed within one hour of preceding lifts.

5. Vertical control barriers shall be placed between pour sections in locations approved by Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

6. Should blow-out, breakdown in equipment or any other emergency occur, cease grouting operation.

7. Alternate procedure may be used with approval of Owner’s Representative (Structural Engineer) and Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

K. Cleanouts: Provide cleanout openings for all walls, at bottom of each pour, in accordance with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2104A.6.1.2.3.

1. Cleanout openings shall be made prior to start of laying of masonry and be of sufficient size and location to allow thorough flushing away of all mortar droppings and debris.

2. After laying of masonry units is completed, cells shall be cleaned, reinforcing positioned and inspection completed.

a. Thoroughly remove all mortar droppings and overhangs from foundation or bearing surface, cell walls and reinforcing.
b. An acceptable method shall be provision of 2- to 3-inch blanket of dry sand over exposed surface of foundation, dislodging any hardened mortar from cell walls and reinforcing with pole or rod and removing mortar debris with sand cover prior to clean up and grouting.

3. Close cleanouts by inserting face shells of masonry units or covering openings with forms.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-9

4. Face shell plugs shall have two-day minimum curing time and shall be adequately braced to resist pressure of fluid grout.

L. Initial Cleaning: Remove excess mortar before mortar sets. Clean surfaces at exposed masonry to present even surface texture and color.

1. Remove "primary" efflorescence from masonry walls exposed in the finished construction in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and NCMA TEK Bulletin #8-3A.

2. Remove soiling or stains from masonry walls exposed in the finished construction in accordance with manufacturer's recommendations and NCMA TEK Bulletin #8-2A.

3. Promptly remove excess wet mortar from the face of the masonry as work progresses. Do not use strong acids, overaggressive abrasive blasting, or high-pressure cleaning methods.

4. Dispose of residues in compliance with applicable environmental regulations.

3.4 BUILT-IN WORK

A. Built-In Work: As Work progresses, install hollow metal door frames and other items to be built into the Work and specified in other Sections.

1. Avoid cutting and patching. Coordinate placement of built-in products specified in other Sections so built-in products are placed as masonry is laid.

2. Install bolts, anchors, nailing blocks, sleeves, inserts, frames, vent flashings, conduit, and other built-in products as masonry Work progresses.

3. Bed anchors of metal door and glazed frames in adjacent mortar joints. Fill frame voids solid with grout.

4. Do not build into masonry construction organic materials that are subject to deterioration.

5. Solidly grout spaces around built-in products.

3.5 PARGING

A. Parging: At masonry to receive tile mortar setting bed or Portland Cement plaster finish.

1. Dampen masonry walls prior to parging.

2. Scarify each parging coat to ensure full bond to subsequent coat.

3. Parge masonry walls in two uniform coats of mortar to a total thickness of 3/4 inch (19 mm).

4. Steel trowel surface smooth and flat with a maximum surface variation of 1/8 inch per foot (1 mm/m).

5. Strike top edge of parging at 45 degrees.

3.6 GROUTING

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-10 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY
A. Grout Mixing:

1. Comply with requirements of California Building Code (CBC), Section 2103A.4.

2. Mixing of grout shall comply with requirements for mixing of concrete, according to California Building Code (CBC), Section 1905A.8. When possible, mix and deliver grout in accordance with requirements for transit-mixed concrete.

3. Time admixture addition in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Procedure used for adding admixture to grout mix shall provide for good dispersion.

B. Inspection Holes: Provide inspection and cleanout holes at base of vertical cell grout lifts in excess of 4 feet. Clean concrete grout spaces of excess mortar and debris before grouting.

C. Grouting, General: Grout all cells of units with coarse grout unless otherwise indicated. Work grout into cores and cavities to eliminate voids. Do not displace reinforcing steel when placing grout.

D. Low-Lift Grouting:

1. Limit height of pours to 12 inches (300 mm).

2. Limit height of masonry to 16 inches (400 mm) above each pour.

3. Pour grout only after vertical reinforcing is in place; place and tie horizontal reinforcing before grout is poured. Prevent displacement of bars as grout is poured.

4. Place grout for each pour continuously and consolidate immediately; do not interrupt pours for more than 1-1/2 hours.

E. High-Lift Grouting: Comply with California Building Code (CBC) Chapter 21.

1. To prevent "blow-outs," pour no grout until the mortar has been set and cured. However, grout the walls as soon as possible after mortar has cured to reduce shrinkage and cracking of the vertical joints. All cleanout closures, reinforcing, bolts and embedded connection items are to be secured in position before grouting is started.

2. Handle grout from the mixer to the point of deposit in the grout space as rapidly as practical by pumping and placing methods which will prevent segregation of the mix and cause a minimum of grout splatter on reinforcing and masonry unit surfaces not being immediately encased in the grout lift.

3. Depending upon weather conditions and absorption rates of the masonry units, the lift heights and waiting periods may be varied. Under normal weather conditions, with typical masonry units, the individual lifts of grout are limited to four feet in height with a waiting period between lifts of 30 to 60 minutes.

4. Place the first lift of grout to a uniform height within the pour section and mechanically vibrate thoroughly to fill all voids. The grouting team should be organized to enable the vibration to follow closely behind and at the same pace as the pouring operation.

5. After a waiting period sufficient to permit the grout to become plastic, but before it has taken any set, the succeeding lift shall be poured and alternate cells vibrated 12 inches to 18 inches into the preceding lift. Do this in such a manner as to reconsolidate the preceding lift and close any

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-11
plastic shrinkage cracks or separations from the cell walls.

6. If, because of unavoidable job conditions, the placing of the succeeding lift is going to be delayed beyond the period of workability of the preceding lift, reconsolidate each lift by reworking with the mechanical vibrator as soon as the grout has taken its settlement shrinkage.

7. Repeat the waiting, pouring and reconsolidation steps until the top of the pour is reached.

8. Reconsolidate the top lift after the required waiting period to fill any space left by settlement shrinkage.

F. Cleaning after Grouting: Immediately after the wall has been fully grouted, hose off with water under pressure through a jet nozzle, to remove all the scum and stains which have percolated through masonry units and joints.

G. Grout Curing: Coordinate proper curing of mortar joints and grout pour. Concrete masonry faces and top of grout pour shall be kept damp to prevent too rapid drying during hot or dry weather, and drying winds.

H. Construction Joints: When grouting is halted for one hour or longer, horizontal construction joints shall be formed by stopping the pour of the grout 1-1/2 inches below top of uppermost unit.

I. Inspection Hole Filling: After inspection of concrete grout spaces, plug cleanout holes with masonry units. Brace against wet grout pressure.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field Quality Control, General: All masonry work shall be continuously inspected during laying and grouting by Testing Laboratory, employing inspector specially approved for such purpose by Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ).

1. Testing Laboratory will take test samples and perform such tests as required by California Building Code (CBC), Sections 2105A.3, 2105A.4, 2105A.5 and 2105A.6.

2. Testing Laboratory will check materials, details of construction and construction procedures.

3. Testing Laboratory will submit verified report that the Work covered by the report has been performed and materials use and installed in every particular in accordance with and in conformance to the approved Contract Drawings and Contract Specifications.

B. Field Testing Mortar and Grout: Comply with requirements of California Building Code (CBC), Section 2105A.5.

C. Core Tests: Testing Laboratory will make core tests of completed masonry construction in accordance with California Building Code (CBC), Section 2105A.4.

1. Testing Laboratory will inspect coring of masonry walls and prepare report of coring operations.

a. In this report, the number, the location, and the condition of all cores cut on the project will be stated.
b. Particular attention will be paid to description of bond between grout fill and cell walls of masonry unit.
c. Report will also include description of difficulties encountered in coring operation which might impair strength of sample.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 22 00-12 CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY

2. One-half of cores will be tested for bond strength of joint between masonry units and grout. This test will determine the unit force required to shear masonry unit face shells from grout core for each face.

D. Mortar and Grout Testing: Comply with requirements of California Building Code (CBC), Section 2105A.5.

3.8 TOLERANCES

A. Maximum Variation from Unit to Adjacent Unit: 1/16 inch (1.6 mm).

B. Maximum Variation from Plane of Wall: 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm/3 m) and 1/2 inch in 20 ft (13 mm/6 m) or more.

C. Maximum Variation from Plumb: 1/4 inch (6 mm) per story non-cumulative; 1/2 inch (13 mm) in two stories or more.

D. Maximum Variation from Level Coursing: 1/8 inch in 3 ft (3 mm/m) and 1/4 inch in 10 ft (6 mm/3 m); 1/2 inch in 30 ft (13 mm/9 m).

E. Maximum Variation of Joint Thickness: 1/8 inch in 3 ft (3 mm/m).

3.9 POINTING, CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Pointing:

1. At final completion of unit masonry Work, fill holes in joints and tool.

2. Cut out and repoint defective joints.

3. Dry brush masonry surface after mortar has set, at end of each day's Work and after final pointing.

4. Leave Work and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots and droppings.

B. Progress Cleaning:

1. Clean masonry as Work progresses by dry brushing surface after mortar has set.

2. Clean surfaces again at end of each day's Work and after final pointing.

3. Leave masonry and surrounding surfaces clean and free of mortar spots and droppings.

C. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry.

1. Dry brush masonry surface. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and non-metallic scrape hoes or chisels.

2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Owner’s Representative's review of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry.

3. Protect adjacent surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

CONCRETE UNIT MASONRY 04 22 00-13

4. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2 applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces.

5. Prepare joints for application of sealants.

D. Protection: Without damaging completed Work, provide protective boards at exposed external corners which are subject to damage by construction activities.

1. Protect sills, ledges, and off-sets from mortar drippings or other damage during construction.

Remove misplaced mortar or grout immediately.

2. Cover top of walls with non-staining waterproof coverings when Work is not in progress.

E. Repairing Masonry: Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or if units do not match adjoining units.

1. Install new units to match adjoining units.

2. Install new units in fresh mortar and grout, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00-1
SECTION 04 43 00

STONE MASONRY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following:

1. Stone masonry

2. Stone Facing

3. Stone Base

4. Stone Pavers

5. Stair Treads

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

1. Individual Product Sections: Specific requirements for operation and maintenance data.

1.3 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Construction Documents and general provisions of the Agreement Between Owner and Construction Manager and the Guaranteed Maximum Price (GMP) Amendment, including Division 00 General Conditions of the Contract for Construction and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 01 Specification Sections, applicable to this Section. All methods herein are to follow all applicable state and local code as well as installation standards.

B. Comply with the requirements of the various specifications and standards referred to in the contract Plans and Specifications, except where they conflict with the specific requirements of these contract Plans and Specifications. Such reference specifications and standards.

1.4 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

1. ANSI A118.8 Modified Epoxy Emulsion Mortar/Grout

B. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) including but not limited to the following:

1. ASTM A185 Steel Welded Wire Fabric, Plain, for Concrete Reinforcement

2. A276 Stainless and Heat-Resisting Steel Bars and Shapes

3. ASTM C136 Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates

4. ASTM C144 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar

5. ASTM C150 Portland Cement

6. ASTM C207 Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes

7. ASTM C476 Grout for Masonry

8. ASTM C615 Dimension Stone

9. ASTM C880 Test Method for Flexural Strength of Dimension Stone

10. ASTM C1242 Guide for Selection, Design, and Installation of Dimension Stone

11. ASTM D226 Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing

C. Marble Institute of America (MIA)

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 43 00-2 STONE MASONRY
D. National Building Granite Quarries Association, Inc. (NBGQA)

E. Tile Council of North America (TCNA)

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. All submittals shall be made in accordance to section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures and as specified herein. Contractor is to submit the following to Owner and/or Consultant for approval prior to construction and fabrication:

1. Shop Drawings indicating fabrication and installation methods, to include plans at not less than 1/2" = 1'-0" (or 1:20) scale, elevations at 1/4" = 1'-0" (1:50) scale and details at not less than 3" = 1'0" (1:5) scale. Indicate required field dimensions, materials, finishes, substructure, all fastening devices and accessory items. Include coordination details for related and adjoining work.

2. Three sets for each color, grade, finish, and variety of stone required. Include 2 or more samples in each set showing the full range of variations expected in these characteristics. Each sample shall be not less than 18”x18” (450mm x450mm)

a. If stone is to be sealed, then, sample submitted for approval is to be sealed prior to submittal with a sealer that does not greatly alter the appearance of the stone.

3. Submit three grout samples for each color specified .

4. Submit three metal trim samples for each type and finish specified .

5. Product Data: For each variety of stone, stone accessory, and other manufactured product specified including setting materials and sealants.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Engage an installer having skilled craftsmen or individuals with extensive experience who have successfully completed stone installations similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for Project.

B. Qualifications shall include evidence and experience of skilled craftsmen or individuals who specialize in the handling, placement, assembling and finishing the materials and products required for stone installation.

C. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain each variety of stone from a single quarry with resources to provide materials of consistent quality in appearance and physical properties without delaying the work.

D. Source Limitations for Mortar and Grout Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of uniform quality for each cementitious component from a single manufacturer and each aggregate from one source or producer.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Coordinate with Owner for location of material storage and staging.

B. Deliver materials to Project site in undamaged condition.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00-3
C. Store and handle stone and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping, or other causes.

D. Store cementitious materials off the ground, under cover, and in a dry location.

E. Store aggregates, covered and in a dry location, where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.

F. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS AND TOLERANCES

A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During erection, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at the end of each day’s work. Cover partially completed stone masonry when construction is not in progress.

B. Stain Prevention: Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil to prevent them from staining the face of stone masonry.

1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the ground and over the wall surface.

2. Protect ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.

C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen subgrade or setting beds. Remove and replace stone assemblies damaged by frost or freezing conditions. Comply with cold weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F (4 deg C) and above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing cleaning.

2. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

D. Contractor should design to prevent efflorescence and include construction specifications for moisture protection during construction for all masonry. Designs shall prevent moisture from entering finished masonry walls with flashing and avoid unprotected horizontal sills. Designs shall seal out moisture, and every feature should drain or dry without absorbing moisture. Design wall systems with appropriate measures to prevent moisture transfer from building interiors. Include initial cleaning of masonry by the mason or contractor after first winter after building acceptance in contract specifications.

E. The tops of all exposed masonry walls shall receive a watertight cap or coping, i.e., sheet metal or precast concrete, to prohibit moisture infiltration and efflorescence.

F. Masonry work that does not conform to the following tolerances shall be repaired or replaced as directed by the Owner’s Representative. (Tolerances are based on ACTUAL. Project shall not be limited to tolerances provided herein, Contractor must also apply additional tolerances in accordance with all applicable standards):

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 43 00-4 STONE MASONRY

1. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do not exceed ¼ inch in 10 feet (6 mm in 3m), 3/8 inch in 20 feet (10 mm in 6 m), or ½ inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed ¼ inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or ½ inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more.

2. Variation from Level or grade: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines, do not exceed ¼ inch in 20 feet (6 mm in 6 m) or ½ inch in 40 feet (12 mm in 12 m) or more or as indicated on contract drawings.

3. For external corners, control joints and other conspicuous lines: in any story or 20 feet maximum ‐¼”; in 40 feet or more ‐½”.

4. For exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and other conspicuous lines: in any bay or 20 feet maximum ‐¼”; in 40 feet or more ‐½”.

5. Variation of the linear building lines from established position in plan and related portion of columns, walls, and partitions.

6. In any bay or 20 feet maximum ‐½”; in 40 feet or more ‐¾”.

7. Variation in cross ‐sectional dimensions of columns and in the thickness of walls is plus or minus ¼”.

8. All joints for rectified stone shall be 1/16” or less unless otherwise noted.

PART TWO – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Modern Builders Supply, Inc.
825 Grand Avenue
San Marcos, CA 92078
Tel: (760) 591-4570
Website: www.modernbuilders.net

2.2 APPLICATIONS/SCOPE

A. The Drawings and Specifications establish requirements for aesthetics and performance of cut stone assemblies. Aesthetics are indicated by dimensions, color range, arrangement, alignment and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sight lines and relationships to one another and to adjoining work. Performance is indicated by requirements specified.

B. Aesthetics, are subject to the Architect's approval and only to the extent exclusively needed to comply with performance requirements. Where modifications are proposed, submit data to the Architect for review and approval.

2.3 STONE

A. Natural Stone Veneer:

1. Product: Thin Veneer

2. Color: Princeton

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00-5

2.4 MORTAR

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II. Provide natural color, white, or a blend to produce mortar color indicated.

B. Low-Alkali Cement: Portland cement for use with limestone shall contain not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according to ASTM C 114.

C. Masonry Cement: ASTM C 91. For pigmented mortars, use premixed, colored masonry cements of formulation required to produce color indicated, or if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer’s standard formulations. Pigments shall not exceed 5 percent of masonry cement by weight for mineral oxides nor 1 percent for carbon black.

D. Hydrated Lime - ASTM C207, Type S.

E. Mortar Sand - ASTM C144, free of deleterious materials, well graded and 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve.

F. Colored Aggregates - White natural sand, ground stone or other sound stone, color - As required for grout, well graded and 100 percent passing No. 16 sieve.

G. Setting Bed Sand - ASTM C136, 100 percent passing No. 4 sieve.

H. Water - Potable, clean and free of deleterious materials which would impair Work.

I. Liquid Latex Additive - As required.

J. Grout Additive - As required.

K. Factory-prepared and Blended Grout Powders per approve submittal.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Joint Sealer: Use as specified by Owner’s Representative.

B. Metal Lath: ASTM C847, 18-gauge expanded lath galvanized steel.

C. Cleavage Membrane: Design membrane system as required and provide per approved shop drawings.

D. Stainless Steel Anchor Bolts, Nuts and Washers - Type 304, sizes as required. Anchors or ties (including veneer anchors) embedded within masonry systems shall be galvanized and placed in such a way that they are completely covered with mortar. Anchors and ties will be designed for steel stud, concrete and concrete masonry unit walls or per architectural drawings. Veneer back ‐up for concrete masonry units, or structural steel studs will include a 3/4" substrate/backerboard (equal to or better than "WonderBoard®") or as specified by Owner’s Representative.

E. Stainless Steel Shapes and Plates - Type 304, ASTM A240 and ASTM A276.

F. Adjustable Inserts - Stainless Steel, Type 304 of size and type as required.

G. Expansion Anchors - Stainless steel, Type 304, of type, size as required. Flashing Provide designs for through‐wall concealed flashing at all shelf angles, lintels, ledges, and other obstructions to cause downward flow of moisture within the wall. Inspection will be required prior to covering over flashing

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 43 00-6 STONE MASONRY
to confirm proper placement. Flashing above doors, mechanical room louvers, and windows to be seamless and end dammed. Detail all through wall flashing to prevent contact with sealant.

H. Weepholes: Contractor shall specify at a minimum ¼ inch diameter by four inch long polyethylene plastic tubing for weep holes or as specified by Owner’s Representative.

I. Dowels - Type 304 stainless steel of sizes as required.

J. Shims - As required.

K. Caulking and Sealants Architect/Contractor to specify waterproofing sealer with a minimum of five years guarantee for performance without breakdown from UV exposure. All joints that require a caulking should receive special attention during construction. Owner’s Representative/Contractor to indicate that all joints be filled as soon as possible during construction and noted on the as built plans.

2.6 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Use cleaners as recommended by manufacturer/vendor.

2.7 MORTAR SETTING BED AND GROUT MIX

A. Comply with referenced standards and with manufacturers’ written instructions for mix proportions, mixing equipment, mixer speeds, mixing containers, mixing time, and other procedures needed to produce mortar of uniform quality and with optimum performance characteristics.

B. Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water- repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated. Do not use calcium chloride.

C. Mixing: Combine and thoroughly mix cementitious materials, water, and aggregates in a mechanical batch mixer, unless otherwise indicated. Discard mortar when it has reached initial set.

D. Mortar Setting Bed - Non-staining sand mixed with liquid latex additive in quantity recommended by manufacturer.

E. Grout - Color - Per approved submittal.

F. Grout Fill at Vertical stone - Comply with ASTM C476 with minimum compressive strength of 2,000 psi at 28 days.

G. Performance Requirements - Meet following physical performance requirements:

1. Portland cement bond coat and plastic mortar setting bed - Resistant to chemical attack by urine, dilute acids and alkalis, sugar, brine, and food wastes.

Compressive Strength 4,000 psi min.

Ozone Resistance (200 hr @
200 ppm)
Not affected
Flame Contribution Factor 0
Smoke Contribution Factor 0

H. Mortar for Scratch Coat over Unit Masonry: Mix consisting of 1 part Portland cement, 1 part lime, 7 parts loose damp sand, and enough water to produce a workable consistency.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00-7
PART THREE: EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Do not begin installation until surfaces to receive stonework have been properly prepared.

B. Verify locations of weld-plates and embeds for connection of stone skin or its system.

C. If preparation is the responsibility of another installer, notify Architect of unsatisfactory preparation before proceeding.

D. Examine surfaces to receive stone masonry veneer, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of stone masonry veneer. Do not proceed with installation until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATIONS

A. Clean surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.

B. Prepare surfaces using the methods conforming to best industry practices for achieving the best result for the substrate under the project conditions.

C. Clean stone surfaces which are dirty or stained prior to setting. Clean stones by scrubbing with fiber brushes and drenching with clear water. Use only mild cleaning compounds that contain no acid, caustic, or abrasives.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Erect stone in accordance with industry standards and approved shop drawings. Setting and handling shall be done by competent setter, riggers, and handlers, thoroughly experienced in work of this type and scope.

B. Set stone in accordance with approved setting drawings. Provide anchors, supports, fasteners and other attachments shown or necessary to secure stonework in place and keep stone in level, plumb and square position with uniform joints.

C. Completely fill holes, slots and other sinkages for anchors with mortar or caulking during setting of stone.

D. Use skilled mechanics and skilled stone fitters at the site to do necessary field cutting as stones are set. Use power saws to cut stones; for exposed edges, produce edges which are cut straight and true. Mallet and chisel cutting will be permitted provided craftsmen are skilled in their use.

E. Provide chases, reveals, reglets, openings, and other spaces as indicated for accommodating contiguous work. Close up openings in stonework after other work is in place with stonework which matches that already set.

F. Set stones to comply with requirements indicated on drawings and shop drawings. Install anchors, supports, fasteners and other attachments indicated or necessary to secure stonework in place.

G. Shim and adjust anchors, supports and accessories to set stones accurately in locations indicated with uniform joints of widths indicated and with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 43 00-8 STONE MASONRY
H. For stones supported on clip or continuous angles, set stones on non-corrosive and non-staining shim material in sufficient area to support the load. Mortar may be used in lieu of shims provided that setting pads are provided to maintain joint sizes if stone weight squeezes out mortar.

I. Place setting buttons of adequate size, in sufficient quantity, and of same thickness as indicated joint width, to prevent mortar from squeezing out and to maintain uniform joint widths. Hold buttons back from face of stone to provide space for backer rope and sealant.

J. The joint between bottom of relieving angles and top surface of stones below angles shall be free of mortar or shims to avoid load transfer.

K. Install concealed flashing at continuous shelf angles, lintels, ledges, and similar obstructions to the downward flow of water to divert water to the exterior.

L. Keep cavities open where unfilled space is indicated between back of stone veneer and backup wall; do not fill cavities with mortar or grout.

M. Place weepholes/vents in joints where moisture may accumulate including base of cavity walls, above shelf angles and flashing. Locate weepholes/vents at intervals not exceeding 2 feet and those serving as vents only, at intervals not exceeding 5 feet horizontally and 20 feet vertically.

N. Provide expansion and contraction joints, control joints and pressure-relieving joints of widths and at locations indicated or required. Expansion joints shall not be covered with mortar, grout, or other rigid material. Expansion joints are to be located prior to cutting and setting anchors.

O. Joint sealants and backing materials are specified in Section 07 90 00 - Joint Protection. Rake out mortar from joints to depths required to receive sealants and sealant backings. Advise installers or other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, anchors, ties, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone masonry veneer.

P. Install metal lath securely to receive scratch coat. Score scratch coat to allow for better mortar adherence.

Q. Arrange stones for good fit, in pattern indicated, with joint widths within tolerances indicated.

Arrange stones for uniformity of appearance, with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance.

R. Maintain uniform joint widths, except for variations due to stone size variations and minor variations required to maintain bond alignment, if any. Install flashing under coping or cap stone of retaining and free-standing walls.

S. Clean units before setting.

T. Rake out joints and point with mortar. Tool joints slightly concave.

U. Grout joints full with cement grout. Finish joint flush with top of stone and tool slightly concave.

V. Remove excess grout from face of stone units.

3.4 PROTECTION, CLEANING AND REPAIRS

A. Remove and replace stone masonry veneer of the following description:

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

STONE MASONRY 04 43 00-9

1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if the methods and results are approved by Owner’s Representative.

2. Defective joints.

3. Sto n
e masonry veneer and joints not matching approved samples and mockups.

4. Stone masonry veneer not complying with other requirements indicated.

B. Replace in a manner that result in stone masonry matching approved samples and mockups, complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry veneer as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry veneer as follows:

1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or chisels.

2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel un-cleaned for comparison purposes. Obtain Architect’s approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry.

E. Prevent foot traffic minimum 48 hours to permit initial set of grout and sealants.

F. Cleaning - Clean exposed stone surfaces in accordance with BIA recommendations.

G. Do not use cleaning materials or processes which could change the character of the exposed finishes.

H. Protect and maintain stonework through construction period.

I. Protection: Provide final protection and maintain conditions, in a manner acceptable to manufacturer and Installer that ensure stone masonry.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

MANUFACTURED MASONRY 04 70 00-1
SECTION 04 70 00

MANUFACTURED MASONRY

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Manufactured masonry veneer.

2. Board Form and Rectangle veneer.

3. Manufactured trim.

4. Application materials.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American National Standards Institute (ANSI A118.4) Prepackaged Latex Portland Mortar.

B. ASTM International (ASTM):

1. ASTM C39 Standard Test Method for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens.

2. ASTM C67 Standard Test Methods for Sampling and Testing Brick and Structural Clay Tile.

3. ASTM C192 Standard Practice for Making and Curing Concrete Test Specimens in the Laboratory.

4. ASTM E119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Materials.

5. ASTM C207 Standard Specification for Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes.

6. ASTM C270 Standard Specification for Mortar for Unit Masonry.

7. ASTM C482 Standard Test Method for Bond Strength of Ceramic Tile to Portland Concrete.

8. ASTM C567 Standard Test Method for Determining Density of Structural Lightweight Concrete.

9. ASTM C847 Standard Specification for Metal Lath.

10. ASTM C932 Standard Specification for Surface-Applied Bonding Compounds for Exterior Plastering.

11. ASTM C979 Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete.

12. ASTM C1032 Standard Specification for Woven Wire Plaster Base.

13. ASTM C1059 Standard Specification for Latex Agents for Bonding Fresh to Hardened Concrete.

14. ASTM D226 Standard Specification for Asphalt-Saturated Organic Felt Used in Roofing and Waterproofing.

C. Building Materials Evaluation Commission.

D. International Code Council (ICC):

1. ICC ES AC 51 Acceptance Criteria for Precast Stone Veneer.

2. ICC ESR-3685

3. UBC Standard No. 14-1, Kraft Waterproofing Building Paper.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Refer to Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures;

1. Product Data: Manufactured masonry and application materials including weather resistive barriers.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 70 00-2 MANUFACTURED MASONRY

2. Samples: Panel containing full-size samples of specified manufactured masonry showing full range of colors and textures complete with specified mortar. Size of masonry sample is approx. 16 by 24 in.

3. Quality Assurance Submittals:

a. Installer Qualifications: Proof of installer qualifications 5 years minimum. b. Installation Instructions: Manufacturer’s instructions for veneer and other materials.

B. Closeout Submittals – Submit the following items:

1. Maintenance Instructions.

2. Special Warranties.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Mason with five (5) years of experience installing manufactured stone veneer.

B. Field Samples: Prepare sample at location selected by Owner’s Representative showing representative sample of installed product including penetration and termination details, corner detail, and mortar color and tooling.

1. Reference Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control.

2. Minimum size: 4 by 4 feet.

3. Approved field samples may remain as part of completed Work.

4. Obtain Owner’s Representative’s approval.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Reference Section 01 66 00 – Product Storage and Handling Requirements.

B. Follow manufacturer’s instructions.

1.6 PROJECT/SITE CONDITIONS

A. Cold weather installations: Maintain materials and ambient temperature at a minimum 40 deg F prior to, during, and for 48 hours following installation.

B. Hot weather installations: Mist water on the scratch coated surface and the backs of the masonry veneer for installations that exceed 90 deg F.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer’s standard 50-year warranty coverage against defects in materials when installed in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. Creative Mines, LLC
6102 Avenida Encinas, Suite M
Carlsbad, CA 92011
Tel: (800) 453-7040

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

MANUFACTURED MASONRY 04 70 00-3
E-mail: [email protected]
Website: www.creativemines.us

B. Substitutions: None Permitted

2.2 MANUFACTURED MASONRY VENEER UNITS

A. Craft Stone Veneer:

1. Product: Craft Foothill Rubble stone veneer.
a. Profile: Irregular. Include matching corner pieces. b. Stone Accessories:
1) Color: Toasted.
2) Texture: Multiple.

2. Product: Craft Peak Ledge stone veneer.
a. Profile: Irregular. Include matching corner pieces. b. Stone Accessories:
1) Color: Bison
2) Texture: Multiple.

2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Weather Resistive Barrier: Kraft waterproofing building paper, UBC Standard No. 14.1, No. 15 Type I, asphalt saturated felt, ASTM D226.

B. Metal Lath: ASTM C847; 18 gauge woven wire or self-furring, galvanized, 2.5 lb/sy or 3.4 lb/sy metal lath.

C. Fasteners:

1. Wood Studs: Minimum 3/4” crown galvanized staples or minimum 1/8” shank diameter galvanized nails that penetrate the stud minimum 3/4”.

2. Metal Studs: Minimum 7/16” head diameter, corrosion resistant, self-drilling self-tapping, pancake head screw of sufficient length to penetrate 3/8” minimum by threads into stud.

D. Mortar and Grout: Standard Type S or Type N Mortar is suitable for grouted veneer. For tight fit, drystacked applications use a Polymer Modified Mortar.

1. Comply with ASTM C270 for type S or Type N Mortars.

2. Mortar Color: ASTM C979 mineral oxide pigments.

3. Water: Potable.

4. Prepackaged Polymer Modified Mortars: ANSI A118.4 or ANSI A118.15 or equivalent.

5. Color: Match surrounding veneer color.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrate.

B. Coordinate corrective actions of unsatisfactory substrates.

C. Commencement of work is acceptance of condition of substrate.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

04 70 00-4 MANUFACTURED MASONRY

3.2 PREPARATIONS

A. Protection: Protect surrounding work from damage by work in this area.

B. Surface Preparation: Installations directly over masonry/concrete substrates ensure they do not have residual coatings present which may affect bonding of mortar to the substrate and correct problem according to manufacturer.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Weather Resistant Barrier: Install in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

B. Control Joints: Size in accordance with Section 07 92 00 – Joint Sealant for sealant performance, but in no case larger than adjacent mortar joints in exposed stone units.

C. Expansion Joints: Provide where indicated on Drawings or as recommended by manufacturer.

D. Manufactured Masonry Veneer: Install veneer in accordance with manufacturer’s installation instructions.

E. Board Form and Rectangle Veneer: Install Board Form and Rectangle veneer in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer’s Field Representative: Provide periodic site visits as requested by Owner’s Representative.

3.5 CLEANING AND SEALING

A. Cleaning: Reference Section 01 74 00 – Cleaning and Waste Management.

B. Remove excess mortar and smears using a soft bristle brush within 1 to 2 hours of installation.

C. Clean the masonry veneer in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Do not use acid cleaners.

D. For high freeze-thaw regions, use a silane or siloxane based breathable masonry sealant.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING 05 05 13-1
SECTION 05 05 13

TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES:

A. The materials for ornamental metal items.

1.2 FABRICATION

A. Miscellaneous metal work which will be exposed to view shall only be fabricated with materials that are smooth and free of surface blemishes, including, but not limited to, pitting, seam marks, trade names, and roughness. Remove such blemishes by grinding or by welding and grinding prior to cleaning, treating, or applying surface finishes.

B. Shop Assembly: Work shall be fitted, shop assembled, and ready for erection when identified on construction schedule.

C. Workmanship: Form metals to shape and size with sharp lines and angles, and with smooth surfaces and faces free from distortion. Mill fastening to a close fit. Do all fitting true to line. Bend or form all tubing, pipe, and other members to continuous and true curves with all joints flush and neatly fastened together. All fabrications shall be square, plumb, straight, and true.

D. Jointing and Connections: Jointing and intersections shall be accurately made in true planes and tightly fitted to hairline joints. Connections shall be welded. Do not use screws unless specifically shown or required - if used, screws shall be countersunk with a metal compatible with the members being joined.

E. Welding: Welding shall conform to the requirements of the "Structural Welding Code" ASW D1.l.

Where welds are exposed to views, bevel members prior to welding and weld full. Grind welds flush, smooth, level with the adjacent surfaces. Grind welds at intersecting members to sharp lines.

F. Holes: Accurately space to centers such that boles are not poorly or carelessly seamed.

G. Anchorage: Fabricate and space anchoring devices to provide adequate support for intended use.

H. Insulation of metals from contact with masonry and different metals from contact with each other shall be provided where necessary to prevent corrosion.

I. Debur and grind smooth all welds and rough spots.

J. All ornamental metal fabrications shall be abrasive blasted per SSPC-SP6 Commercial blast cleaning prior to the application of the zinc thermal spray. Surface must be free of all visible oil, grease, dust, dirt, mill scale, rust, coating, oxides, corrosion products, and other foreign matter.

K. Shop Applied – High Performance Coating System:

1. Primer: All ornamental metal fabrications shall receive 2 to 4 mil. zinc thermal sprayed metalized primer per ANSI/AWS C218.93, ASTM C633, ASTM B833-93, and SSPC-CS Guide 23.00, June 1, 1991. Contact: Zinc Nation, Inc. Contact: Whitney Blakeslee. Phone: 714-239-6190.

Contractor shall submit sample of metalizing for review and approval prior to metalizing ornamental metal items. Sample shall be prepared by Zinc Nation or approved equal. Following

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 05 13-2 TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING
metalizing, Contractor shall provide “Certification of Metalizing” by Zinc Nation to city prior to delivery of metal works to site. Certification shall note specific project name, location, Owner, and a list of elements which were metalized (gates, fencing, handrails, guardrails, etc.) Failure to provide certification will require Contractor to return subject project elements to Zinc Nation for sand blasting, metalizing, and subsequent application of specified coating (Tnemec Coating, See Sections 210 and 304) at no cost to Owner.

2. Intermediate & Finish Coats: Polyamidoamine Epoxy/Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane, as provided by Tnemec Company Incorporated, or approved equal, 417 East Weber Avenue, Compton, CA 90222. Phone 310-637-2363. Fax 310-637-4161.

a. Local Tnemec Representative – TPC Consultants, Chris Hille, (720)278-4817, [email protected]

b. Website www.tnemec.com/tpc. Equivalent materials of other manufacturers may be substituted only by approval of the Owner’s Representative. Requests for substitution shall include manufacturer’s literature for each product giving the name, generic type, descriptive information, solids by volume, recommended film thicknesses, performance criteria and a list of five projects where each product has been used and rendered satisfactory service. No request for substitution shall be considered that would decrease the film thickness or offer a change in the generic type of the coating.

3. Intermediate: Tnemec Series L69 Hi-Build Epoxoline DFT 4.0 to 6.0 mils.

4. Finish Coat: Tnemec Series 1095 Endura-Shield, (Semi-Gloss) DFT 3.0 to 5.0 mils.

5. Total DFT: 9.0 to 15.0 mils. (Including zinc metalizing)

6. Color: To be selected by City.

1.3 PERFORMANCE CRITERIA

A. System Type: Aromatic Urethane, Zinc-Rich / Polyamidoamine Epoxy / Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane.

B. Surface Preparation (Field): SSPC-SP2, SSPC-SP3 or SSPC-SP11

C. Primer (Field Touch-Up of Metalizing): Series 94H20 Hydro-Zinc, DFT 2.5 – 3.5 mils.

1. Volatile Organic Compounds: 96 grams/Liter

2. HAPs Content: 0.80 lbs/gallon solids

D. Intermediate: Series L69 Hi-Build Epoxoline II, DFT 3.0 to 5.0 mils

1. Volatile Organic Compounds: 98 grams/Liter

2. HAPs Content: 0.00 lbs/gallon solids

3. ASTM D 4541 Adhesion: Not less than 1.943 psi

4. ASTM B 117 Salt Spray (Fog): Not more than 3/16” rust creepage at scribe after 20,000 hours exposure.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING 05 05 13-3
E. Finish Coat: Aliphatic Acrylic Polyurethane. (Tnemec Series 1095 Endura-Shield)

F. Description: A user friendly, low VOC, aliphatic polyurethane coating that provides excellent color and gloss retention for exterior applications to steel, concrete and other miscellaneous substrates.

G. Properties:

1. Solids by Volume: 66%

2. VOC:

a. Unthinned: 0.73 lbs/gallon (88 grams/liter)
b. Thinned 15% (No. 46 Thinner: 0.81 lbs/gallon (97 grams/liter)

H. Curing Time: At 75 degrees F (24 degrees C) (curing time varies with surface temperature, air movement, humidity, and film thickness.)

1. To Touch: 1-2 hours

2. To Handle: 9 hours

3. To Re-coat: 10-12 hours

I. Performance Criteria:

1. Adhesion: ASTM D4541 (Elcometer): No less than 1,469 psi (10.13 MPa) pull; average of three trials.

2. Impact: ASTM D2794, No visible cracking or delamination of film after 25 inch-pounds (2.82 J) direct impact, average of four tests.

3. Hardness: ASTM D3363: No gouging or scratching with a 3H or less pencil.

4. QUV: ASTM D4387, UVA-340 Bulbs: No blistering, cracking, or chalking. Less than 58% gloss retention and no more than 15.2 unit gloss loss and 1.4 DE00 color change after 4,000 hours exposure.

5. Humidity: ASTM D4585: No blistering cracking rusting or delamination of film after 5,000 hours exposure.

1.4 INSTALLATION

A. Ornamental metal items and fencing shall be erected in accordance with the plans. All work shall be erected square, plumb, straight, and true. Perform all required cutting, drilling, and filling. Accurately set and properly secure. Attach work in true planes, in alignment, properly reinforced and stiffened.

B. Embedded Items: Provide miscellaneous metal items to be embedded or installed in concrete.

C. Coordination with Related Work: Provide all anchors, sleeves, bolts, and connecting members necessary for securing metal work to other adjacent or adjoining work. Provide and install angles and other reinforcement. Do all cutting, puncturing, drilling, tapping, or modifying of adjacent or adjoining work where necessary for proper installation. Furnish all sockets, bolts, anchors, and other portions of this work to the various trades where needed that are to be built into the structure and be responsible for their accurate spacing and setting.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 05 13-4 TNEMEC AND ZINC PRIMING

D. Expansion and Contraction: Assemble and install work with adequate provisions to prevent objectionable distortion and overstressing from expansion and contraction. Construct to be weather- tight where exposed to the weather.

E. Touch-up Painting: Immediately after erection of Ornamental metal items and fencing, all bare steel areas including welds shall be thoroughly cleaned per SSPC-SP11 Power-Tool cleaning to white metal and spot primed with Tnemec Series 94-H2O Hydro-Zinc at 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT. All other areas that the shop applied coating system has been damaged, abraded, or needs repair, shall be re- coated with the intermediate polyamidoamine epoxy and aliphatic acrylic polyurehtane finish coat to match all existing surfaces. If the ornamental metal includes nuts and bolts, these will need to be prepared prior to field painting by power tool cleaning per SSPC-SP3 and coating with the polyamidoamine epoxy & aliphatic acrylic polyurethane coating to match existing structure.

F. Miscellaneous Steel Items: Provide all necessary steel items required which are not specified elsewhere. All necessary supports, guides, brackets, etc., shown or required shall be provided.

G. Provide a minimum 2 gallons of the epoxy and 1 gallon of the polycarbamide for field touch up paint to City for their on-going use.

1.5 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for ornamental metal items and complete painting shall be made as part of the lump sum contract price and no additional compensation will be allowed.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00-1
SECTION 05 12 00

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Structural steel framing members and support members.

B. Baseplates, and anchor bolts.

C. Grouting under baseplates.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. CBC – California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2.

B. ASTM A36 – Carbon Structural Steel.

C. ASTM A53 – Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc Coated, Welded, and Seamless.

D. ASTM A108 – Steel Bars, Carbon, Cold-Finished, Standard Quality.

E. ASTM A307 – Carbon Steel Bolts and Studs, 60,000 psi Tensile Strength

F. ASTM A500 – Cold-Formed Welded and Seamless Carbon Steel Structural Tubing in Round and Shapes.

G. ASTM A992 – Standard Specification for Steel for Structural Shapes for Use in Building Framing.

H. ASTM C1107 – Packaged Dry, Hydraulic Cement Grout (non shrink).

I. ASTM F1554 – Standard Specification for Anchor Bolts, Steel, 36, 55, and 105 KSI Yield Strength.

J. AWS A2.4 – Standard Welding Symbols.

K. AWS D1.1 – Structural Welding Code - Steel.

L. AISC – Specification for the Design, Fabrication and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.

M. SSPC – The Society for Protective Coatings.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit under applicable provisions.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Indicate profiles, sizes, spacing, and locations of structural members, connections, cambers, and loads.

2. Indicate welded connections with AWS A2.4 welding symbols. Indicate net weld lengths.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 12 00-2 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING
C. Manufacturer's Mill Certificate: Submit under applicable provisions certifying that products meet or exceed specified requirements.

D. Mill Test Reports: Submit under applicable provisions, Manufacturer's Certificates, indicating structural strength and destructive and non-destructive test analysis.

E. Welders' Certificates: Submit under applicable provisions, certifying welders employed on the Work, verifying AWS qualification within the previous 12 months.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC-Specification for the Design, Fabrication, and Erection of Structural Steel for Buildings.

1.5 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Design connections not detailed on the Drawings under direct supervision of a Professional Structural Engineer experienced in design of this work and licensed in the State of California.

B. Design connections in accordance with CBC California Building Code, (CCR) California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 2, Chapter 22.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Provide structural steel with a minimum post consumer recycled content of 75 percent.

B. Structural Steel Members: ASTM A36. W, and WT shapes, ASTM A992.

C. Structural Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.

D. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B.

E. Shear Stud Connectors: ASTM A108, Grade 1015, forged steel, headed, unfinished.

F. Anchor Bolts: ASTM A307. ASTM F1554 if over 9-1/2 inches long.

G. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.

H. Grout: ASTM C1107, non-shrink type, pre-mixed compound consisting of non-metallic aggregate, cement, water reducing and plasticizing additives, capable of developing a minimum compressive strength of 7,000 psi at 28 days.

2.2 FABRICATION

A. Fabricate structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specification.

B. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds. Grind exposed welds smooth.

2.3 FINISH

A. Prepare structural component surfaces in accordance with SSPC SP-2.

B. Shop and Touch-Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, Red Oxide.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 00-3

C. Shop prime structural steel members. Do not prime surfaces that will be fireproofed, field welded or in contact with concrete or masonry.

D. Finish: Site paint exposed to view structural steel members under provisions of Section 09 90 00 – Painting.

2.4 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL AND TESTS

A. Testing and analysis of components will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that field conditions are acceptable and are ready to receive work.

B. Beginning of installation means erector accepts existing conditions.

3.2 ERECTION

A. Allow for erection loads, and for sufficient temporary bracing to maintain structure safe, plumb, and in true alignment until completion of erection and installation of permanent bracing.

B. Field weld components indicated on Drawings.

C. Field connect members with threaded fasteners indicated; torque to required resistance.

D. Do not field cut or alter structural members without approval of Owner’s Representative.

E. After erection, prime welds, abrasions, and surfaces not shop primed, except surfaces to be in contact with concrete.

3.3 GROUTING

A. Clean concrete on masonry bearing surfaces.

B. Roughen bearing surface prior to setting base and bearing plates.

C. Set base and bearing plates on wedges, shims, or setting nuts.

D. Tighten anchor bolts after members are positioned and plumb.

E. Cut off protruding wedges or shims flush with edge of base or bearing plate.

F. Pack grout solidly between bearing surfaces and plates so no voids remain.

G. Finish exposed surfaces, protect installed materials, and allow to cure.

3.4 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Erect structural steel members in accordance with AISC Specification.

3.5 RECYCLING CONSTRUCTION WASTE

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 12 00-4 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

A. Recycle excess materials waste under applicable provisions.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-1
SECTION 05 50 00

METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

A. Shop fabricated ferrous metal items, galvanized and prime painted.

B. Schedule of metal fabrications.

C. Provide labor, materials, and equipment for the installation of the Bike Park and Pump Track Metal Work as shown on the drawings and as specified.

1.2 RELATED INFORMATION

A. Section 03 10 00 – Concrete Formwork

B. Section 03 21 00 – Concrete Reinforcing

C. Section 03 30 00 – Cast-In-Place Concrete

D. Section 09 90 00 – Painting

E. Section 03 37 13 – Shotcrete

1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Qualifications of Fabricators: Experienced in fabrication of miscellaneous metals.

B. Qualifications of Welders: Welding shall be done only by certified welding operators currently qualified according to AWS D1.1.

C. Qualifications of Workmen: Provide at least one person who shall be present at all times during execution of this portion of the Work, and who shall be thoroughly familiar with the type of materials being installed, the referenced standards, the requirements of this Work, and who shall direct all work performed under this Section. Welds indicated may be made in shop or field with approval.

D. Reference Standards:

1. Steel: Meet requirements of AISC "Specifications of Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel," latest edition.

2. Welding: Meet requirements of AWS "Structural Welding Code," D1.1, latest edition.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings

1. Submit shop drawings for all custom fabricated items under this section. Indicate profiles, sizes, connection attachments, reinforcing, anchorage, size and type of fasteners and accessories.

Indicate welded connections using standard AWS welding symbols.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 50 00-2 METAL FABRICATIONS

2. Verification: Verify all measurements at the job. Show dimensions, sizes, thicknesses, gauges, finishes, joining, attachments, and relationship of work to adjoining construction. Where items must fit and coordinate with finished surfaces and/or constructed spaces, take measurements at site and not from drawings.

3. Coordination: Coordinate with work of Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00.

B. Samples

1. Required for all Coping and Edging of concrete work. Submit finish metal samples for final finish selection. Submit prior to delivery to site. Attach name, address of manufacturer and/or supplier to each sample.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Coordination

1. Coordinate with work of Cast-In-Place Concrete Section 03 30 00 – Cast-in-Place Concrete.

B. Storage of Materials

1. Materials which are stored at the project site shall be above ground on platforms, skids, or other supports. Protect steel from corrosion. Store other materials in a weather-tight and dry place until ready for use.

C. Protection

1. Use all means necessary to protect miscellaneous metals before, during and after installation and to protect the installed work and materials of all other trades.

2. Protect any adjacent materials or areas below from damage due to weld splatter or sparks during field welding.

D. Replacements: In the event of damage, immediately make all repairs and replacements necessary to the approval of the Owner’s Representative and at no additional cost to the Owner.

1.6 JOB CONDITIONS

A. Examine existing conditions in which the work is to be installed. Notify Owner's Representative if conditions are unacceptable to begin work.

B. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1.7 COORDINATION

A. Templates and Built-ins: Furnish all anchors, fastenings, sleeves, setting templates and layouts affecting or installed in the work of other trades.

B. Delivery: Where items must be incorporated or built into adjacent work, deliver to trade responsible for such work in sufficient time that progress of work is not delayed. Be responsible for proper location of such items.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-3

1.8 JOB SITE SAMPLE

A. Contractor to provide fabricated, on site sample of metal item(s), complete with approved finish, for review by Owner’s Representative before fabrication of total quantities. Any fabrication of project item(s) by Contractor before Owner’s Representative’s review and approval is strictly at his own risk and expense.

B. Approved sample(s) shall be used as the standard of workmanship and shall remain on site until work has been completed and approved by the Owner's Representative.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Steel Sections: ASTM A36.

B. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B.

C. Plates: ASTM A36.

D. Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade B, Schedule 40.

E. Bolts, Nuts, and Washers: ASTM A307 galvanized to ASTM A153 for galvanized components.

F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1; type required for materials being welded.

G. Shop and Touch Up Primer: SSPC 15, Type 1, red oxide.

H. Touch-Up Primer for Galvanized Surfaces: SSPC 20.

I. A minimum of 50 percent of the materials of this section shall be manufactured within 500 miles of the project site.

J. A minimum of 20 percent of the materials manufactured within 500 miles of the project site must have raw materials extracted/harvested within 500 miles of the project site.

K. 2” ROUND STEEL PIPE COPING- O.D. 2.375, Thickness .154: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi).

L. 2” ROUND STEEL TUBING- O.D. 2.375 Thickness .154: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi).

M. 2”x6” RECTANGULAR STEEL TUBING- Thickness .188: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi).

N. 6”X1/4”X1-7/8” STEEL C6 C-CHANNEL- Thickness .188: ASTM A-53, Type E or S (Fy=35 ksi), Grade B or A-501 (Fy=36 ksi).

O. WELDING RODS: E-70 series low hydrogen unless otherwise noted on drawings.

2.2 GROUT

A. Embeco ® 636 Plus Grout Non-Shrink Mortar Metallic-Aggregate Grout by Degussa Building Systems, Phone (800) 433-9517; Ferrolith ® G Redi-Mix Grout by Sonneborn Building Products.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 50 00-4 METAL FABRICATIONS

2.3 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Fit and shop assemble in largest practical sections, for delivery to site.

B. Fabricate items with joints tightly fitted and secured.

C. Continuously seal joined members by continuous welds unless indicated otherwise.

D. Grind exposed joints flush and smooth with adjacent finish surface. Make exposed joints butt tight, flush, and hairline. Ease exposed edges to small uniform radius.

E. Exposed Mechanical Fastenings: Flush countersunk screws or bolts; unobtrusively located; consistent with design of component, except where specifically noted otherwise.

F. Supply components required for anchorage of fabrications. Fabricate anchors and related components of same material and finish as fabrication, except where specifically noted otherwise.

2.4 OTHER MATERIALS

A. All other materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper installation of miscellaneous metals, shall be new, first quality of their respective kinds and subject to the approval of the Owner’s Representative.

2.5 FINISHES

A. Clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease, and foreign matter prior to finishing.

B. Do not prime surfaces in direct contact with concrete or where field welding is required.

C. Prime paint items with one coat.

D. Galvanize assembled items to minimum 1.25 oz/sq ft zinc coating in accordance with ASTM A123.

E. Repair damaged galvanized surfaces in accordance with ASTM A780 Method A2.

F. Finish: Site paint exposed to view prime painted and galvanized items under provisions of Section - 09 90 00 – Painting.

2.6 GROUT

A. Embeco ® 636 Plus Grout Non-Shrink Mortar Metallic-Aggregate Grout by Degussa Building Systems, Phone (800) 433-9517; Ferrolith ® G Redi-Mix Grout by Sonneborn Building Products.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXISTING CONDITIONS

A. Inspection

1. Prior to all work of this Section, carefully inspect the installed work of all other trades and verify that all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-5
B. Discrepancies

1. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Owner's Representative.

3.2 COORDINATION

A. General: Carefully coordinate with all other trades to insure proper and adequate interface of the work of other trades with the work of this Section.

B. Delivery: Ensure timely delivery of all metal fabrications which must be installed in other work so as not to delay that work.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. General

1. Install metal fabrications in strict accordance with the Drawings, the approved Shop Drawings, and all pertinent codes, regulations, and standards.

2. Obtain Owner’s Representative review prior to site cutting or adjusting which are not part of scheduled work.

3. Install items square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects.

4. Align all metal fabrications as shown on the Drawings, and where vertical or horizontal members are shown, align them straight, plumb and level within a tolerance of one in 500.

5. Make provisions for erection stresses by temporary bracing. Keep work in alignment.

6. Replace items damaged in course of installation.

7. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1

8. After installation, grind, and touch-up field welds.

3.4 WORKMANSHIP

A. Layout

1. Set all work plumb, true, rigid, and neatly trimmed out. Miter corners and angles of exposed molding and frames unless otherwise noted.

B. Fitting

1. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form tight hairline joints.

C. Labor

1. Employ only workmen specifically skilled in such work.

3.5 FABRICATION

A. Shop assembles in largest practicable dimensions, making members true to length so assembling may be done without fillers.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

05 50 00-6 METAL FABRICATIONS

B. Provide all surfaces free of file marks, dents, hammer marks, wire edges or any unsightly surface defects.

C. Steel Pipe Coping

1. Roll pipe to conform to top radius curve of each bowl and ledge as shown on drawings. Refer to drawings for relational tolerance to concrete surface and other steel.

3.6 ATTACHMENTS AND REINFORCEMENTS

A. Do all cutting, shearing, drilling, punching, threading, tapping, etc., required for site metalwork or for attachment of adjacent work. If applicable, drill or punch holes; do not use cutting torch.

3.7 OTHER CONNECTORS

A. Make all permanent connections in ferrous metal surfaces using welds where at all possible; do not use bolts or screws.

3.8 WELDING

A. Preparation

1. Remove all rust, paint, scale, and other foreign matter. Wire brush all flame-cut edges. Clamp members as required and alternate welds, all as necessary to prevent warping or misalignment.

B. Exposed Welds

1. Uniformly grind smooth (no tolerance) all welds normally exposed to view and touch in the finished work.

C. Faulty and Defective Welding

1. Chip out and replace all welding showing cracks, slag inclusion, lack of fusion, bad undercut or other defects ascertained by visual or other means of inspection. Replace and re-weld at no cost to Owner.

D. Field Welding

1. Procedure

a. Comply with AWS code of manual shielded metal-arc welding, appearance and quality of welds made, and methods used in correcting welding work. Spot welding is not acceptable, all field welds to be continuous.

2. Protection

a. Protect all adjacent surfaces from damage due to weld sparks, spatter, or tramp metal.

3.9 SURFACE TREATMENT AND PROTECTIVE COATINGS

A. Cleaning

1. Thoroughly clean all mill scale, rust, dirt, grease, and other foreign matter from ferrous metal prior to any galvanizing and painting.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00-7

2. Conditions which are too severe to be removed by hand cleaning, shall be cleaned using appropriate methods for solvent cleaning, power tool cleaning and brush-off blast cleaning.

B. Exterior Ferrous Metal

1. Grind smooth all welds, burrs, and rough surfaces. Clean and hot - phosphate treat completed assembly. Hot phosphate treatment not required on items which are not exposed in the finish work or on those items where size prohibits such treatment.

2. Galvanize all ferrous metal items.

3. Indicate on Shop Drawings where treatment is proposed to be omitted, if any.

3.10 CLEAN-UP

A. Keep all areas of work clean, neat, and orderly always. Keep paved areas clean during installation.

B. Clean up and remove all debris from the entire work area prior to Final Acceptance to standards of Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

WATER REPELLENTS 07 19 00-1
SECTION 07 19 00

WATER REPELLENTS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Water repellent coating.

B. Application schedule.

1.2 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Perform work in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions.

B. Maintain one copy of document on site.

1.3 QUALIFICATIONS

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacture of water repellent coatings with five years minimum experience.

B. Applicator: Acceptable to manufacturer.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data under applicable provisions.

B. Include details of product description, tests performed, limitations to coating, cautionary procedures required during application, and chemical properties, including percentage of solids.

C. Submit manufacturer's installation instructions under applicable provisions.

D. Submit manufacturer's certificate under applicable provisions that products meet or exceed specified requirements and that their application was according to manufacturer's recommendation.

E. Submit manufacturer's certificate that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling the use of volatile organic compounds (VOC).

F. Submit manufacturer's test and inspection reports under applicable provisions.

1.5 PRE-INSTALLATION CONFERENCE

A. Convene a pre-installation conference two weeks prior to commencing work of this Section, under applicable provisions.

B. Review installation procedures and coordination required with related work.

1.6 FIELD SAMPLE

A. Apply coating to 24 sf area of each surface to be waterproofed where directed by Owner’s Representative.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

07 19 00-2 WATER REPELLENTS
B. Apply number of coats specified. Color change or surface sheen is cause for rejection of product.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Provide manufacturer's 5 year warranty for materials and their installation.

B. Warranty: Maintain treated surface free from penetration of moisture. Repair damage to interior surface of walls that moisture has penetrated.

1.8 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with all current federal, state, and local volatile organic compound (VOC) regulations.

1.9 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not apply coating when ambient temperature is lower than 50 degrees F or higher than 100 degrees F.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS

A. Degussa, www.protectosil.com.

B. Hydrozo, Inc., www.chemrex.com.

C. Monopole International, Inc., www.monopoleinc.com.

D. Okon, Inc., www.okoninc.com.

E. Pecora Corp., www.pecora.com.

F. Pro So Co., Inc. www.prosoco.com.

G. Substitutions: Under appliable provisions.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Coatings: Clear, non-yellowing formulations containing no silicones.

B. Degussa, Aqua-trete Concentrate.

C. Hydrozo, Inc., Enviroseal Double 7HD.

D. Monopole International, Inc., Aquaseal Micro Emulsion.

E. Okon, Inc., Block Plugger/W2 Sealer.

F. Pecora Corp., Klere-Seal 920-W Silane/Siloxane.

G. Pro So Co., Sure Kleen Weather Seal Siloxane WB.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSPECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

WATER REPELLENTS 07 19 00-3
A. Verify joint sealants are installed and cured.

B. Verify surfaces to be coated are dry, clean, and free of efflorescence, oil, or other matter detrimental to application of coating.

C. Beginning of installation means acceptance of substrate.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Remove loose particles and foreign matter.

B. Remove oil or foreign substance with a chemical solvent which will not affect coating.

C. Protect adjacent surfaces not scheduled to receive coating.

D. If applied on unscheduled surfaces, remove immediately, by approved method.

3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field inspection and testing will be performed under provisions of Section 01 45 00 – Quality Control.

B. Manufacturer of water repellant coating shall provide the following inspection services:

1. Application start-up inspection.

2. Periodic inspections during application.

3. Certification of materials and application.

3.4 APPLICATION

A. Delay work until substrate is cured a minimum of 30 days.

B. Apply coating in two continuous successive wet-on-wet applications in accordance with manufacturer's instructions, using airless spray with coverage, recommended by manufacturer for substrate being coated.

3.5 PROTECTION AND CLEANING

A. Protect adjacent surfaces from damages and stains.

B. Clean materials from surfaces where inadvertently applied.

C. Protect finished installation under applicable provisions.

3.6 SCHEDULE

A. Exposed surfaces of exterior concrete walls.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00-1
SECTION 07 90 00

JOINT PROTECTION

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Preparing sealant substrate surfaces.

B. Sealant and backing.

1.2 SUMMARY OF SEALANT LOCATIONS

A. Joints in horizontal surfaces.

1. Expansion and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete slabs.

2. Expansion and isolation joints in masonry paving.

3. Joints in precast concrete paving units.

4. Joints in stone paving units.

5. Control and expansion joints in ceramic and quarry tile.

6. Control and expansion joints in soffits, ceilings, and overhead surfaces.

7. Joints on underside of precast beams and planks.

8. Perimeter joints in exterior openings.

9. Joints between ceiling surfaces and frames for doors and windows.

10. Joints in flashing and sheet metal.

11. Perimeter joints of plumbing fixtures.

12. Acoustical isolation joints between head and sill of walls and floor and ceiling surfaces.

13. Joints between countertops and wall surfaces.

14. Joints in skylights and framing.

15. Joints between thresholds and floors.

16. Isolation joints in plaster soffits and ceilings.

17. Joints between dissimilar materials and those listed above.

18. Other joints as indicated.

B. Joints in vertical surfaces:

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

07 90 00-2 JOINT PROTECTION

1. Expansion and isolation joints in cast-in-place concrete.

2. E x
pansion and isolation joints in masonry.

3. Joints in precast concrete.

4. Expansion and isolation joints in stonework.

5. Control and expansion joints in ceramic and quarry tile.

6. Perimeter joints in exterior openings.

7. Joints in flashing and sheet metal.

8. Perimeter joints of plumbing fixtures.

9. Acoustical isolation joints of walls.

10. Joints between cabinets and walls.

11. Joints between wall surfaces and door and window frames.

12. Joints in skylights and framing.

13. Isolation joints in plaster walls.

14. Joints between dissimilar materials and those listed above.

15. Other joints as indicated.

1.3 REFERENCES

A. ASTM C834 – Latex Sealing Compounds.

B. ASTM C919 – Practices for Use of Sealants in Acoustical Applications.

C. ASTM C920 – Elastomeric Joint Sealants.

D. ASTM C1193 – Standard Guide for Use of Joint Sealants.

E. ASTM D1056 – Flexible Cellular Materials - Sponge or Expanded Rubber.

F. FS TT-S-001657 – Sealing Compound, Single Component, Butyl Rubber Based, Solvent Release Type.

G. SWRI – (Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute) - Sealant and Caulking Guide Specification.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data under applicable provisions.

B. Submit product data indicating sealant chemical characteristics, performance criteria, limitations, and color availability.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00-3
C. Submit samples under applicable provisions.

D. Submit two samples 4 inches long in size illustrating colors selected.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer: Company specializing in manufacturing the products specified in this Section with minimum five years documented experience.

B. Applicator: Company specializing in applying the Work of this Section with minimum three years documented experience, approved by sealant manufacturer.

C. Conform to Sealant, Waterproofing, and Restoration Institute (SWRI) requirements for materials and installation.

D. Perform Work in accordance with ASTM C1193.

E. Perform acoustical sealant application work to provide maximum STC values in accordance with ASTM C919.

1.6 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Do not install solvent curing sealants in enclosed building spaces.

B. Do not install sealant when temperature is less than 40 degrees F.

C. Maintain temperature and humidity recommended by the sealant manufacturer during and after installation.

1.7 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit maintenance data under the applicable provisions.

B. Submit recommended inspection intervals for sealant joints.

C. Submit instructions for repairing and replacing failed sealant joints.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Provide 5 year warranty under applicable provisions.

B. Include coverage for installed sealants and accessories which fail to achieve air and water seal and exhibit loss of adhesion or cohesion or do not cure.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. VOC Content of Interior Sealants: Provide interior sealants and sealant primers that comply with the following limits for VOC content limits when calculated according to San Diego County Air Pollution

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

07 90 00-4 JOINT PROTECTION
Control District (SDAPCD).

1. S e
alants: 250 g/L.

2. Sealant Primers for Nonporous Substrates: 250 g/L.

3. Sealant Primers for Porous Substrates: 775 g/L.

2.2 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers and their products are listed for each type of sealant. Acceptable manufacturers include the following:

1. Dow Corning Corp., www.dowcorning.com.

2. General Electric Co., www.gesealants.com.

3. Pecora Corp., www.pecora.com.

4. Sika Corp., www.sikausa.com.

5. Sonneborn/ChemRex, www.chemrex.com.

6. Tremco, Inc., www.tremcosealants.com.

7. United States Gypsum Co., www.usg.com.

8. W.R. Meadows, Inc., www.wrmeadows.com.

B. Substitutions: Under applicable provisions.

2.3 SEALANTS

A. Type A - Acrylic Latex: One-part, non-sag, mildew resistant acrylic emulsion compound complying with ASTM C834, Type S, Grade NS, formulated to be paintable.

1. Tremco, Inc., Acrylic Latex Caulk.

2. Pecora Corporation, AC-20.

3. Sonneborn, Chemrex, Sonolac.

B. Type B - Butyl Sealant: One-part, non-sag solvent-release-curing sealant complying with FS TT-S- 001657 for Type 1 and formulated with a minimum of 75 percent solids.

1. Tremco, Inc., Tremco Butyl Sealant.

2. Pecora Corporation, BC-158.

3. Sonneborn, Chemrex, Multi-Purpose Sealant.

C. Type C - Silicone Sealant: One-part nonacid-curing silicone sealant complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25.

1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 790.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00-5

2. General Electric Co., Silpruf.

3. Tremco, Inc., Spectrum 1.

4. Pecora Corp., 864 or 890.

5. Sonneborn/Chemrex, Omniseal.

D. Type E - Neutral-Curing Silicone Sealant: One part medium modulus neutral-curing silicone sealant complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25.

1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 795.

2. General Electric Co., Ultraglaze 4000.

3. Tremco, Inc., Spectrem 3.

4. Pecora Corp., 895.

E. Type F – One-Part Mildew-Resistant Silicone Sealant: Complying with ASTM C920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 25.

1. Dow Corning Corp., Dow Corning 786.

2. General Electric Co., Sanitary 1700.

3. Tremco, Inc., Tremsil 200.

4. Pecora Corp., 863 or 898 White.

F. Type G – Multi-Part Pourable Sealant: Complying with ASTM C920, Type M, Grade P, Class 25.

Shore A hardness +40.

1. Tremco, Inc., THC900/901.

2. Pecora Corp., Dynatred or Urexpan NR-200.

3. Sika Corporation, Sikaflex 2c NS TG.

4. W.R. Meadows, Pourthane NS/SL.

G. Type H – Acoustical Sealant: Nondrying, nonhardening permanently flexible conforming to ASTM C834.

1. Pecora Corp., AIS-919 Acoustical Sealant.

2. Tremco, Inc., Tremco Acoustical Sealant.

3. United States Gypsum Co., Sheetrock Acoustical Sealant.

2.4 ACCESSORIES

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

07 90 00-6 JOINT PROTECTION

A. P
rimer: Non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

B. Joint Cleaner: Non-corrosive and non-staining type, recommended by sealant manufacturer; compatible with joint forming materials.

C. Joint Backing: ASTM D1056; round, closed cell polyethylene foam rod; oversized 30 to 50 percent larger than joint width.

D. Bond Breaker: Pressure sensitive tape recommended by sealant manufacturer to suit application.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that joint openings are ready to receive Work and field measurements are as shown on Drawings and recommended by the manufacturer.

B. Beginning of installation means installer accepts existing substrate.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean and prime joints in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Prime if recommended by manufacturer.

B. Remove loose materials and foreign matter which might impair adhesion of sealant.

C. Verify that joint backing and release tapes are compatible with sealant.

D. Perform preparation in accordance with ASTM C1193.

E. Protect elements surrounding the Work of this Section from damage or disfiguration.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. Install sealant in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.

B. Measure joint dimensions and size materials to achieve required width/depth ratios.

C. Install joint backing to achieve a neck dimension no greater than 1/3 the joint width.

D. Install bond breaker where joint backing is not used.

E. Apply sealant within recommended application temperature ranges. Consult manufacturer when sealant cannot be applied within these temperature ranges.

F. Install sealant free of air pockets, foreign embedded matter, ridges, and sags.

G. Tool joints concave unless otherwise detailed.

3.4 CLEANING AND REPAIRING

A. Clean work under applicable provisions.

B. Clean adjacent soiled surfaces.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/25

JOINT PROTECTION 07 90 00-7

C. Repair or replace defaced or disfigured finishes caused by Work of this Section.

3.5 PROTECTION OF FINISHED WORK

A. Protect sealants until cured.

3.6 SCHEDULE

Type
Location

Color
Type A – Acrylic Latex Cure All interior joints not otherwise scheduled

To match adjacent surfaces
Type B – Butyl Under thresholds

Black
Type C – One-Part Nonacid
Curing Silicone
Exterior door, entrance, and
window frames. Exterior and
Interior vertical joints in natural
colored concrete and integral
colored masonry. Prefinished
metal flashing.

To match adjacent material
Type E - Neutral-Curing Silicone Joints within skylight framing system, aluminum window
system, glass, and glazing.

To match adjacent surface.

Type F - Mildew-Resistant
Silicone
Interior joints in ceramic tile and
at plumbing fixtures.

White
Type G - Multi-part Pourable
Urethane.

Exterior and interior joints in
horizontal surfaces of concrete.

To match adjacent material
Type H - Acoustical Sealant Interior walls between stud track/runner and adjacent
construction. Between outlet
boxes and gypsum board.

White

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

PAINTING 09 90 00-1
SECTION 09 90 00

PAINTING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 GENERAL CONDITIONS

A. Requirements of the Contract Documents, including but not limited to, the General, Special, and Technical Provisions, apply to work in this Section with the same force and effect as though repeated in full herein.

1.2 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Furnish materials, labor, transportation, services, and equipment necessary to install all Painting for the Park, Bike Park and Pump Track as indicated on scope of work contract and shown on drawings and as specified herein.

B. This Section includes surface preparation and field painting of miscellaneous exposed exterior items and surfaces.

C. Paint exposed surfaces, except where the paint schedules indicate that a surface or material is not to be painted or is to remain natural. If the paint schedules do not specifically mention an item or a surface, paint the item or surface the same as similar adjacent materials or surfaces whether schedules indicate colors. If the schedules do not indicate color or finish, Contractor, Bike Park, or Pump Track Designer, or Owner or Owner’s Representative shall select from standard colors and finishes available.

1. Painting includes field painting of exposed galvanized steel and iron work, and primed metal surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Contractor to prime metal surfaces only if specified on plans.

D. Do not paint prefinished items, concealed surfaces, finished metal surfaces, operating parts, and labels.

1. Finished metal surfaces include the following if used:

a. Stainless steel.

b. Bronze and brass.

c. Iron

2. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories (UL), Factory Mutual (FM), or other code- required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

E. Related Work

1. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications

1.3 REFERENCES

A. Comply with the applicable reference specifications as specified in the GENERAL PROVISIONS and in accordance with applicable laws, codes and regulations required by the City or County.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 90 00-2 PAINTING
Comply with the current provisions of the following Codes and Standards.

1. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials

2. IBC – International Building Code

3. SSPC – Society for Protective Coatings: “Steel Structures Painting Manual,” latest edition.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Standard coating terms defined in ASTM D 16 apply to this Section.

1. Flat refers to a lusterless or matte finish with a gloss range below 15 when measured at an 85- degree meter.

2. Eggshell refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 5 and 20 when measured at a 60-degree meter.

3. Satin refers to low-sheen finish with a gloss range between 15 and 35 when measured at a 60- degree meter.

4. Semi-gloss refers to medium-sheen finish with a gloss range between 30 and 65 when measured at a 60-degree meter.

5. Full gloss refers to high-sheen finish with a gloss range more than 65 when measured at a 60- degree meter.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each paint system specified. Include block fillers.

1. Material List: Provide an inclusive list of required coating materials. Indicate each material and cross-reference specific coating, finish system, and application. Identify each material by manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

2. Manufacturer's Information: Provide manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each coating material proposed for use.

3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts showing the full range of colors available for each type of finish-coat material indicated.

1. After color selection, Contractor will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.

C. Samples for Verification: Of each color and material to be applied, with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative Samples of the actual substrate.

1. Provide stepped Samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers. Use representative colors when preparing Samples for review. Resubmit until required, color, and texture are achieved.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

PAINTING 09 90 00-3

2. Provide a list of materials and applications for each coat of each sample. Label each sample for location and application.

3. Submit Samples on the following substrates for Bike Park and Pump Track Designer review of color and texture only:

a. Ferrous Metal: Provide two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8 inch-long of solid metal for each color and finish.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced Applicator who has completed painting system applications similar in material and extent to that indicated for this Project with a record of successful in-service performance.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to the Project Site in manufacturer's original, unopened packages and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:

1. Product name or title of material.

2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).

3. Manufacturer's stock number and date of manufacture.

4. Contents by volume, for pigment and vehicle constituents.

5. Thinning instructions.

6. Application instructions.

7. Color name and number.

B. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean, free of foreign materials and residue.

C. Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily. Take necessary measures to ensure that workers and work areas are protected from fire and health hazards resulting from handling, mixing, and application.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 50 and 90 deg F (10 and 32 deg C).

B. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and surrounding air temperatures are between 45 and 95 deg F (7.2 and 35 deg C).

C. Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist; or when the relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 90 00-4 PAINTING

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Available Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, products listed in the paint schedules.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Material Compatibility: Provide fillers and finish-coat materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

B. Material Quality: Provide manufacturer's best-quality paint material of the various coating types specified. Paint-material containers not displaying manufacturer's product identification will not be acceptable.

1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish manufacturer's material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.

C. Colors: Provide color selections made by Owner’s Representative.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with the Applicator present, under which painting will be performed for compliance with application requirements.

1. Do not begin to apply paint until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and surfaces receiving paint are thoroughly dry.

2. Start of painting will be construed as the Applicator's acceptance of surfaces and conditions within an area.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. General: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of the size or weight of the item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations in each space or area, reinstall items removed using workers skilled in the trades involved.

B. Cleaning: Before applying paint or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease before cleaning.

1. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

C. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to manufacturer’s written instructions for each substrate condition and as specified.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

PAINTING 09 90 00-5

1. If specified, provide barrier coats over incompatible primer, or remove and re-prime.

2. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.

a. Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots, and apply a thin coat of white shellac or other recommended knot sealer before applying primer. After priming, fill holes and imperfections in finish surfaces with putty or plastic wood filler. Sand smooth when dried.

3. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the Steel Structures Painting Council's (SSPC) recommendations.

a. if applicable, touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged.

Wire- brush, clean with solvents recommended by paint manufacturer, and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.

D. Materials Preparation: Mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Maintain containers used in mixing and applying paint in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density. Stir as required during application. Do not surface film into material. If necessary, remove surface film and strain material before using.

3. Use only thinners approved by paint manufacturer and only within recommended limits.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. General: Apply paint according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use applicators and techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied.

1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.

2. Do not paint over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a durable paint film.

3. If specified, provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.

4. The term "exposed surfaces" includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures, covers, and similar components are in place. Extend coatings in these areas, as required, to maintain the system integrity and provide desired protection.

5. Sand lightly between each succeeding enamel or varnish coat.

B. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

1. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 90 00-6 PAINTING
the manufacturer. If sanding is required to produce a smooth, even surface according to manufacturer's instructions, sand between applications.

2. Omit primer on metal surfaces that have been galvanized or shop primed and touch-up painted.

3. If undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of paint, apply additional coats until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to ensure edges, corners, crevices, welds, and exposed fasteners receive a dry film thickness equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

4. Allow enough time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not recoat surfaces until paint has dried to where it feels firm, does not deform, or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure, and where application of another coat of paint does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.

C. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the type of material applied. Use brush of appropriate size for the surface or item being painted.

2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

D. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply paint materials no thinner than manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the manufacturer.

E. Fillers: Apply fillers at a rate to ensure complete coverage of pores filled.

F. Pigmented (Opaque) Finishes: Completely cover surfaces as to provide a smooth, opaque surface of uniform finish, color, appearance, and coverage. Cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections will not be acceptable.

G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or repaint work not complying with requirements.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Cleanup: At the end of each workday, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other discarded paint materials from the site.

B. After completing painting, clean paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, or replacing, and repainting, as approved by City or County and/or.

B. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

PAINTING 09 90 00-7
provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations.

1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces. Comply with procedures specified in PDCA P1.

3.6 EXTERIOR PAINT SCHEDULE

A. Ferrous Metal: Provide the following finish systems over exterior ferrous metal.

1. Semigloss, Acrylic-Enamel Finish: 2 finish coats over a rust-inhibitive primer, if specified on plans.

a. First and Second Coats: Semigloss, exterior, acrylic-latex enamel applied at spreading rate recommended by the manufacturer to achieve a total dry film thickness of not less 2.6 mils (0.066 mm).

1) Devoe: 17XX Wonder-Shield Semi-Gloss Exterior Acrylic Latex House and Trim Paint.

2) Fuller: 664-XX Weather King II Semi-Gloss House & Trim Paint.

3) Glidden:6600 Series Spred Ultra Exterior Gloss Latex House & Trim Paint.

4) Moore: MoorGlo Latex House & Trim Paint #096.

5) PPG: 78 Line Sun-Proof Semi-Gloss Acrylic Latex House and Trim Paint.

6) P & L: Z/F 3100 Series Aqua Royal Latex House & Trim Finish.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

POWDER COATING 09 94 00-1
SECTION 09 94 00

POWDER COATING

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Powder coating applied to aluminum surfaces.

B. Refer to Schedule at end of this section.

1.2 REFERENCES

A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

1. ASTM B117 – Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) Apparatus.

2. ASTM D522 – Test Methods for Mandrel Bend Test of Attached Organic Coatings.

3. ASTM D523 – Test Method for Specular Gloss.

4. ASTM D714 – Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Blistering of Paints.

5. ASTM D968 – Test Methods for Abrasion Resistance of Organic Coatings by Falling Abrasive.

6. ASTM D1400 – Test Method for Nondestructive Measurement of Dry Film Thickness of Nonconductive Coatings Applied to a Nonferrous Metal Base.

7. ASTM D1654 – Test Method for Evaluation of Painted or Coated Specimens Subjected to Corrosive Environments.

8. ASTM D1730 – Practices for Preparation of Aluminum and Aluminum-Alloy Surfaces for Painting.

9. ASTM D2247 – Practice for Testing Water Resistance of Coatings in 100% Relative Humidity.

10. ASTM D2794 – Test Method for Resistance of Organic Coatings to the Effects of Rapid Deformation (Impact).

11. ASTM D3359 – Test Methods for Measuring Adhesion by Tape Test.

12. ASTM D3363 – Test Method for Film Hardness by Pencil Test.

13. ASTM D3451 – Practices for Testing Polymeric Powders and Powder Coatings.

14. ASTM D4214 – Test Method for Evaluating Degree of Chalking of Exterior Paint Films.

15. ASTM D5382 – A Guide to Evaluation of Optical Properties of Powder Coatings.

16. ASTM D5861 – Guide to Significance or Particle Size Measurements of Coating Powders.

17. ASTM D6441 – Test Methods for Measuring the Hiding Power of Powder Coatings.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 94 00-2 POWDER COATING
B. American Architectural Manufacturer’s Association (AAMA)

1. AAMA 2604-05 – Voluntary Specification, Performance Requirements and Test Procedures for High Performance Organic Coatings on Aluminum Extrusions and Panels.

C. International Organization for Standardization (ISO)

1. ISO 1519 – Paints and varnishes - Bend test (cylindrical mandrel).

2. ISO 1520 – Paints and varnishes - Cupping test.

3. ISO 2409 – Paints and varnishes - Cross-cut test.

4. ISO 2815 – Paints and varnishes - Buchholz indentation test.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit product data and colors to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval.

B. Submit full records of all products used. List each product in relation to finish formula and include the following:

1. Product type and use.

2. Manufacturer's product number.

3. Color numbers or descriptions.

4. Manufacturer's Material Safety Data Sheets (MSDS).

C. Submit manufacturer's application instructions for each product specified.

D. Submit certification that all materials have been applied in accordance with the coating manufacturer’s recommendations.

1.4 SAMPLES

A. Submit 6 samples (81/2 x 11 size) of the color and finish of all powder coated products to the Owner’s Representative for review and approval.

B. Submit full range of available colors where color availability is restricted.

C. Use 1.5 mm (14 gage) aluminum or steel q-panels for sample finish.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standard of Acceptance:

1. Final coat to exhibit uniformity of color and uniformity of gloss across full surface area.

2. Quality of coated products to conform to specified requirements.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, handle and protect coated materials in accordance with applicable Section.

B. Deliver and store materials in original packaging, sealed, with labels intact. (see Product Descriptions).

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

POWDER COATING 09 94 00-3

C. Indicate on containers or wrappings:

1. Manufacturer's name and address.

2. Type of coating.

3. Color number in accordance with established color schedule.

4. Batch number.

D. Provide and maintain dry, temperature controlled, secure storage.

1.7 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Maintain substrate and ambient temperature limits required by coating manufacturer.

B. Apply coating only when surface to be coated is dry and adequately pre-treated.

1.8 SCHEDULING

A. Submit work schedule for various stages of coating application.

B. Submit schedule minimum 48 hours in advance of operations.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURER

A. TIGER Drylac® U.S.A., Inc., 1261 East Belmont Street, Ontario, California 91761; Phone (909)- 930-9100, Fax (909) 930-9111; E-mail address: [email protected]. Web site address:
www.tigerdrylac.com

B. Substitutions: [Refer to Section 01600.] [Not permitted.]

C. Coating to be applied only by a TIGER Drylac Series 44 Approved Applicator. Proof of current certification required for a valid TIGER Drylac 20 year warranty to go into effect.

2.2 MATERIALS

A. Powder Coating: TIGER Drylac Series 44 Anti-Graffiti polyurethane-based coating.

2.3 COLORS

A. See Drawings for specific colors and locations.

2.4 COATING FINISHES

A. Aluminum surfaces:

1. Pre-treat to ASTM D1730 Type B, Method 5 using a multi-stage chromate process or an approved chrome-free pretreatment process approved by powder coating manufacturer.

2. Thermosetting Polyester Resin-based Powder, Finish coat: smooth glossy.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 94 00-4 POWDER COATING

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Grind fabrication welds smooth.

B. Clean surfaces prior to pretreatment coating.

C. Surfaces to Receive Finishes: Dry and free of debris, oils, dust, or other deleterious materials.

3.2 CLEANING

A. Clean surfaces to be coated as follows:

Remove all dust, dirt, and other surface debris by vacuuming, wiping dry with clean cloths or compressed air.

B. Rinse scrubbed surfaces with clean water until foreign matter is flushed from S Surface.

C. Allow surfaces to drain completely and allow to thoroughly dry.

D. If the above procedures do not clean the substrate surfaces, clean the surfaces with high pressure water washing.

E. Apply pretreatment as soon as possible after cleaning and before surface deterioration occurs.

F. Pre-treat iron phosphate for steel, zinc phosphate for galvanized or steel structures and yellow green chromating, or approved chrome-free for aluminum substrates.

3.3 APPLICATION

A. Apply coating to requirements of coating manufacturer’s written application instructions.

B. Method of Application: [Electrostatic manual spraying.] [Electrostatic automatic spraying.] [Tribo/Airstatic manual spraying.] [Tribo/Airstatic automatic spraying.]. [Metallic powder coating by electrostatic processing.]

C. Spray application.

1. Provide and maintain equipment that is suitable for intended purpose, capable of properly fluidizing powder coating to be applied.

2. Apply coating materials to clean surfaces to minimum 2.5 - 3.5 mil dry film thickness or as specified by manufacturer.

3. Ensure coating adheres to internal corners and recessed areas.

D. Allow surfaces to cure for minimum time period as required by manufacturer.

E. Cure in accordance with manufacturer’s cure curves.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

STEEL COATINGS 09 97 13-1
SECTION 09 97 13

STEEL COATINGS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SECTION INCLUDES

A. Coating system of urethane zinc rich primer two-component epoxy primer and intermediate coats and two-component hybrid polyurethane finish coating, for shop- and field-finishing of:

1. Exposed exterior structural steel framing and decking.

2. Miscellaneous steel fabrications.

3. Exterior formed steel (hollow metal) door frames and exterior face and edges of steel doors.

1.2 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications: Coordination of shop priming requirements, for exterior metal fabrications to receive field-applied hybrid polyurethane coating system.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Provide the manufacturer's technical information, including label analysis and instructions for handling, storing, and applying each material proposed for use.

2. List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and application.

Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general classification.

3. Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).

B. Samples: For verification purposes, provide samples of each color and material to be applied with texture to simulate actual conditions on representative samples of the actual substrate.

1. Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including primers, intermediate coats, and finish coats. Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until the required sheen, color, and texture are achieved.

2. Provide a list of material and application for each coat of each sample. Label each sample as to location and application.

3. Sample (draw-down) of finish coating indicating match to specified color.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has successfully completed coating system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project.

B. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat material produced by the same manufacturer as the finish coats for each type of coating. Use only thinners recommended by the

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 13-2 STEEL COATINGS
manufacturer and only within recommended limits.

C. Coordination: Coordinate shop application of special primers for steel products with Work specified in Section 05 12 00 – Structural Steel Framing, Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications. Shop- or field- applied primers and paints shall be compatible with field-applied coatings on steel products.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Delivery: Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, new, unopened packages, and containers bearing manufacturer's name and label, and the following information:

1. Name or title of material.

2. Product description (generic classification or binder type).

3. Manufacturer's name, stock number and date of manufacture.

4. Contents by volume, for major pigment and vehicle constituents.

5. Thinning instructions.

6. Application instructions.

7. Color name and number.

8. Handling instructions and precautions.

B. Storage: Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Maintain containers used in storage in a clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Project Conditions: Comply with coating manufacturer's requirements for ambient temperature, surface temperature and humidity conditions.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

1.7 MANUFACTURERS

A. Specified Manufacturer: Tnemec Company, Inc., North Kansas City, MO (816/474-3400; regional representative, TPC Consultants, Inc., Compton, CA, 310/637-2363; local representative, Jody Cochran, 909/241-7230).

B. Acceptable Manufacturers: Equivalent products of other manufacturers, including those listed below, will be acceptable in accordance with the "or equal" provision specified in applicable Section.

1. Carboline Company, St. Louis, MO (314/644-1000 or 800/849-4645).

2. International Protective Coatings Corp., San Diego, CA (858/547-8810).

1.8 POLYURETHANE COATING SYSTEM FOR STEEL, SOLID COLOR FINISH

A. Polyurethane Coating System of Steel, Solid Color Finish: For application to exterior steel products indicated on the Drawings to receive field-applied solid color finish coating. Steel shall be

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

STEEL COATINGS 09 97 13-3
ungalvanized plain steel or, if galvanized steel is used, zinc coating shall be removed or treated in compliance with coating manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

B. Primer Coatings: Coordinate with shop priming requirements specified in Section 05 50 00 – Miscellaneous Metal Fabrications and other applicable Section.

1. Primer for shop application, upon completion of fabrication of steel products, two-component Zinc Rich Urethane coating: Tnemec Series 94 H2O Tneme-Zinc.

2. Spot Primer Coating: For field application where shop-applied primer coating is damaged due to erection, cutting, welding and installation of steel products, two-component Zinc Rich Urethane coating: Tnemec Series 94 H2O Tneme-Zinc.

C. Intermediate Coating: For field application over all surfaces of steel products after erection, cutting, welding and installation, Tnemec Series L69 Epoxoline, two-component catalyzed epoxy coating.

D. Finish Coating, Solid Color: Tnemec Series750 UVX, solid color pigment, Hybrid polyurethane coating, semi-gloss sheen.

E. Finish Colors: As indicated on the Drawings or, if not indicated, as directed by the Owner’s Representative.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

1.9 PREPARATION

A. Cleaning: Before applying coatings or other surface treatments, clean the substrates of substances that could impair bond of the various coatings. Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and coating application so dust and other contaminates from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly coated surfaces.

B. Surface Preparation, General: Clean and prepare surfaces to be coated according to the manufacturer's instructions for each particular substrate condition and as specified. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers, or remove and reprime. Notify the Owner’s Representative in writing of problems anticipated when using the specified finish-coat material with substrates primed by others.

C. Ferrous Metal Surface Preparation: Clean ungalvanized ferrous metal surfaces that have not been shop-coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale and other foreign substances. Use solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council.

1. Blast-clean steel surfaces as recommended by the coating system manufacturer and according to the requirements of SSPC Specification SSPC-SP 6.

2. Prior to priming, treat bare and sandblasted or pickled-clean metal with a metal-treatment wash coat in accordance with coating manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

3. Field touch-up shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged and bare areas. Prepare surface in accordance with SSPC SP-11 Power Tool Clean to bare metal, solvent clean, and touch-up with specified spot primer, at 2-3 mils DFT.

D. Passivated Galvanized Steel Surface Preparation and Coating system Recommendation: Prepare galvanized surfaces in accordance with ASTM D 6386 and according to the manufacturer's

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 13-4 STEEL COATINGS
instructions for the type of service, metal substrate, and application required. Remove all soluble and insoluble contaminants and corrosion. Sweep (Abrasive) Blasting per ASTM D 6386 to achieve a uniform anchor profile (1.0 - 2.0 mils).

Prime Coat: Tnemec Series L69 @ 2.0-3.0 mils DFT.

Solid Finish Coat: Tnemec Series 750 UVX at 2.0 to 3.0 mils DFT.*

E. Previously-Painted Steel Preparation: Determine whether existing paint is suitable substrate for application of primer and finish coats of polyurethane coating system, according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. Clean and prepare surfaces according to coating manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.

1. If existing paint is not suitable, remove all paint to bare metal, prepare steel surface and apply primer and finish coats as for unpainted steel.

2. If existing paint is suitable, prepare surface according to manufacturer's instructions and recommendations and apply primer and finish coats as for unpainted steel.

3. Remove all corrosion (rust). Media blast as necessary.

4. Fill all depressions and voids with epoxy-type automotive body filler and sand smooth.

F. Material Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare materials according to the coating manufacturer's directions.

1. Maintain containers used in mixing and application of coatings according to the manufacturer's directions.

2. Stir materials before applying to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required during application. Do not stir surface film into the material. Remove film and, if necessary, strain the coating material before using.

3. Use only the type of thinners approved by the manufacturer and only within recommended limits.

G. Tinting: Tint each primer and intermediate coat to facilitate identifying each coat where multiple coats of the same material are to be applied. Tint undercoats to match the color of the finish coat, but provide sufficient difference in shade of undercoats to distinguish each separate coat.

1.10 APPLICATION

A. Application, General: Apply special coatings by brush, roller, spray, squeegee, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions. Use brushes best suited for the material being applied.

Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

1. Do not apply coatings over dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to forming a durable coating film.

2. Coating colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the Schedules.

3. Provide finish coats compatible with the primers used.

4. The number of coats and film thickness required shall be the same regardless of the application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until the previous coat has cured as recommended by the manufacturer. Where sanding is required, according to the manufacturer's directions, sand between applications to produce a smooth, even surface.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

STEEL COATINGS 09 97 13-5

5. When undercoats or other conditions show through the final coat, apply additional coats until the cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance. Give special attention to edges, corners, crevices, welds, exposed fasteners, and similar surfaces to ensure that they receive minimum dry film thickness (DFT) equivalent to that of flat surfaces.

6. The term "exposed surfaces" refers to exposure to exterior moisture and interior swimming pool conditions. Coatings shall extend behind applied components, such as lighting fixtures and piping and conduit, as necessary to maintain coating system integrity and to provide desired corrosion protection.

a. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed surfaces.
b. Coat the back sides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.
c. Omit field primer coat on metal surfaces that have been factory- or shop-primed with specified primer for coating system. Otherwise, remove non-conforming primer and prepare steel using solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with the recommendations of the Steel Structures Painting Council and requirements of coating system manufacturer.

B. Scheduling Coating: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or otherwise prepared for coating as soon as practicable after preparation and before subsequent surface deterioration.

1. Allow sufficient drying time between successive coats.

2. Do not recoat until the coating has dried so it feels firm and does not deform or feel sticky under moderate thumb pressure and where applying another coat does not cause the undercoat to lift or lose adhesion.

C. Application Procedures: Apply coatings by brush, roller, spray, or other applicators according to the manufacturer's directions.

1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied.

2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

3. Spray Equipment: Use spray equipment with orifice size as recommended by the manufacturer for the material and texture required.

D. Field Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat of material, as recommended by the manufacturer, to the material required to be coated or finished that has not been shop primed.

Recoat primed and sealed substrates where there is evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in the first coat to ensure a finish coat with no burn-through or other defects caused by insufficient sealing.

E. Coating Application, General: Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for application of primer, intermediate and finish coats. Finish shall be free from cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, runs, sags, ropiness, and other surface imperfections.

1. Primer and Finish Coating, Solid Color Finish: Brush, roller or spray application using procedures as necessary to achieve consistent, smooth finish free of brush and roller marks.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 13-6 STEEL COATINGS

2. Should recoating be necessary, comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for surface preparation and recoat procedures.

F. Minimum Coating Thicknesses: Apply each material no thinner than the manufacturer's recommended spreading rate. Provide total dry film thickness of the entire system not less than as recommended by the manufacturer. Minimum dry film thickness (DFT) shall be:

1. Primer coating: 2.5 to 3.5 mils DFT.

2. Spot primer coating: 3 mils DFT minimum over prepared metal.

3. Intermediate coating: 4 to 6 mils DFT.

4. Finish coating, solid color: 3 mils DFT minimum.

G. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove, refinish, or recoat Work not complying with specified requirements.

1.11 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Cleanup: After completing coating application, clean surrounding surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

B. Protection: Protect surrounding surfaces, whether being coated or not, against damage from coating operations. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as acceptable to the Owner’s Representative. Leave surfaces in undamaged condition.

1. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly coated finishes. Remove temporary protective wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing coating operations.

2. At completion of Work specified in other Sections, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces.

END OF SECTION
City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS 09 97 26-1
SECTION 09 97 26

CEMENTITIOUS COATING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Under these items, the Contractor shall apply a color seal coat system and painted lines to the asphaltic pavements in accordance with the Drawings, Specifications and at the direction of the Engineer.

1. Tennis court and basketball court layouts shall conform to the Drawings as indicated.

2. Each tennis court and basketball court color seal coat system applied and accepted shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidental expenses necessary to complete the work, including preparation of surfaces, patching mix, resurfacer coats, intermediate coats, wearing coats and painted lines, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

3. Painted tennis court lines and basketball court lines applied and accepted shall include the cost of furnishing all labor, materials, equipment and incidental expenses necessary to complete the work, including preparation of the surface and the application of painted court lines and numbers, in accordance with the Drawings and Specifications to the satisfaction of the Engineer.

1.3 RELATED SECTIONS

A. Section 32 12 16 – Asphalt Paving

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit complete details of the color seal coat system proposed to be used for approval. The specifications and information (products or systems, manufacturer's names, product description, technical and laboratory data, mixing information, methods of application, rates and all other data) as may be required to demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer that the color seal coat system proposed for use meets the requirements of these specifications.

B. Submit three (3) color paint chips/samples for each color paint required for approval. Final color selection shall be made by the Engineer after review with the Owner.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All materials shall be manufactured by a nationally recognized producer of these products and installation shall be in accordance with the manufacturer’s current printed recommendations.

B. Include on Label and all Containers:

1. Manufacturer’s name
City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 26-2 CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS

2. Type of coating

3. Manufacturer’s stock number

4. Color (if applicable)

5. Instructions for reducing (where applicable)

6. Applicable Federal specification number

C. The contractor shall furnish a technical advisor, who shall be fully knowledgeable of all equipment operations and application and cleaning techniques, to oversee painting and color seal coat operations.

D. Regulatory Requirements

1. All paint coatings shall be certified lead-free and comply with current State and Federal VOC regulations/restrictions.

2. All paint coatings in public and fire protected areas shall have a Flame Spread Classification in compliance with State Building Codes and/or Regulations.

1.6 USE OF PREMISES

A. Use of Site: Limit use of premises to work in areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.

1. Limits: Confine paint operations to areas indicated on the Drawing for color seal coat system, and court lines.

2. Access to Site: Keep driveways and entrances serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owner's employees, and emergency vehicles at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of access routes.

b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on-site.

1.7 PAINT SUBSTITUTION

A written request for paint substitution, along with manufacturer’s data sheets shall be submitted for approval a minimum of two (2) weeks prior to the intended date of paint application. All paint substitutions must be approved in writing prior to ordering and delivery.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Deliver products to site in sealed and labeled containers; inspect to verify acceptance.

B. Store materials at temperatures between 45 and 90 degrees Fahrenheit in a well-ventilated area, out of direct sunlight. Protect from freezing.

C. Comply with health and fire regulations.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS 09 97 26-3
D. Take precautionary measures to prevent fire hazards and spontaneous combustion.

E. Comply with manufacturer’s current specifications.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

2.1 COLOR SEAL COAT SYSTEM

A. Materials: The color seal coat system consists of multiple resurfacer coats, two (2) intermediate coats and two (2) wearing coats. Patching mix shall be installed as necessary and as described under Item

3.02D.

B. Patching Mix: (also known as Leveling Mixture) The patching mix shall be combined in the following proportions:

• 2 gal. Silica Sand
• 2 gal. Asphaltic Emulsion Resurfacer (non-asbestos) – undiluted • 1/2 gal. Asphaltic Emulsion Tack Coat - undiluted or • “Acrylic Patch Binder 920-39" as manufactured by California Products Corp

C. Resurfacer Coats (also known as Filler Coat)

1. Resurfacer coats shall consist of a mixture of black fibrated asphalt emulsion resurfacer and No. 40-60 mesh Silica sand. The resurfacer shall be "Acrylic Resurfacer 920-29" as manufactured by California Products Corp.; "Laykold Resurfacer" as manufactured by Advanced Polymer Technology; or approved equal.

2. The sand shall be mixed with the resurfacer at the rate of 600 pounds of sand to 55 gallons of undiluted resurfacer, or at such other rate as the manufacturer shall require to meet job conditions. Water shall be added per manufacturer's specifications.

D. Intermediate Coats

1. The intermediate coats shall be full color acrylic filler coatings consisting of colored acrylic latex emulsion compounded with Silica sand. The intermediate coats shall be "DecoColor Plus with sand 920-37" as manufactured by California Products Corp.; Laykold "Cushioncoat" as manufactured by Advanced Polymer Technology; or approved equal.

2. Sand shall be No. 80-100 mesh Silica sand. Sand and water shall be added per manufacturer’s specifications.

E. Wearing Coats

1. The wearing coats shall be full color acrylic latex emulsion. The wearing coats shall be either "Plexicrome Acrylic Finish Coat" or "DecoColor MP 920-27" as manufactured by California Products Corp.; "Laykold Colorcoat" as manufactured by Advanced Polymer Technology; or approved equal.

a. Water shall be added per manufacturer's specifications.

F. Colors: Colors for intermediate and wearing coats shall be standard "tan" and a “blue” as selected and approved by Owner and Engineer.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 26-4 CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS

2.2 PAINTED COURT LINES ON COLOR SEAL COAT

A. Line paint to be installed on the color seal coat shall be equal to Fed. Spec. TT-P19a. The paint shall be a 100% acrylic emulsion. The line paint shall be thinned with water only. The paint shall be suitable for application by brush, spray or roller.

B. The paint shall be equal to:

1. "Striping Paint 920-22" as manufactured by California Products Corporation, Cambridge, MA, Phone: (800) 225-1141.

2. Laykold Line Paint as manufactured by Advanced Polymer Technology, Phone: (724) 452-1330

3. Or approved equal.

C. Line color shall be white.

2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

Linseed oil, shellac, turpentine, paint thinners and other materials not specifically indicated but required to achieve the finish specified shall be of commercial quality.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Applicators shall be approved and authorized by the respective product manufacturers.

B. Field Samples: The initial application area of each coating system color shall be prepared for the Engineer’s approval of color, texture and workmanship. Do not proceed with subsequent areas until initial application is approved.

C. Thoroughly examine surfaces scheduled to be finished prior to commencement of work. Report in writing any condition that may potentially affect proper application. Do not commence work until such defects have been corrected. Beginning of finish installation means acceptance of existing conditions.

D. Prepare all surfaces in accordance with product/coating manufacturer’s recommendations and the requirements in this Specification.

E. Protect elements surrounding the work of this Section from damage or disfiguration. Repair damage to other surfaces caused by the work of this Section.

F. Provide drop cloths, shields, and protective methods to prevent spray or drippings from disfiguring other surfaces.

G. Do not apply finishes in areas where dust is being generated.

H. No painting shall be done when the temperature is below 55° Fahrenheit or if rain is expected within 24 hours. Painting shall also conform to the Dew Point Chart as indicated below.

I. Dew Point: Temperature at which moisture will condense on surface. No coatings should be applied unless surface temperature is a minimum of 5 degrees Fahrenheit above the dew point. Temperature City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS 09 97 26-5

PERCENT RELATIVE HUMIDITY
must be maintained during curing. To calculate the proper surface temperature, use the chart below as follows:

Example: If air temperature is 70 degrees Fahrenheit and relative humidity is 65%, the dew point is 57 degrees Fahrenheit. No coating should be applied unless the surface temperature is 62 degrees Fahrenheit minimum.

The following chart shall serve as a guide in finding the minimum allowable temperature for paint application under the various items of this contract.

DEW POINT CHART (FAHRENHEIT)

AMBIENT AIR TEMPERATURE IN DEGREES F

20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110
90 18 28 37 47 57 67 77 87 97 107
85 17 26 36 45 55 65 75 84 95 104
80 16 25 34 44 54 63 73 82 93 102
75 15 24 33 42 52 62 71 80 91 100
70 13 22 31 40 50 60 68 78 88 96
65 12 20 29 38 47 57 66 76 85 93
60 11 19 27 36 45 55 64 73 83 92
55 9 17 25 34 43 53 61 70 80 89
50 6 15 23 31 40 50 59 67 77 86
45 4 13 21 29 37 47 56 64 73 82
40 1 11 18 26 35 43 52 61 69 78
35 -2 8 16 23 31 40 48 57 65 74
30 -6 4 13 20 28 36 44 52 61 69

3.2 COLOR SEAL COAT SYSTEM

A. Restrictions

1. Before the color seal coat system is applied, the asphaltic surface to receive the system shall have cured for a minimum of thirty (30) days.

2. The surface temperature shall be taken using a surface thermometer. The Contractor shall take readings every sixty (60) feet in all directions. If the average surface temperature is below fifty- five degrees Fahrenheit (55° F.) application will not be permitted. If the average surface temperature is above eighty degrees Fahrenheit (80° F.), the surface shall be waterfogged before application will be permitted.

B. Surface Cleaning and Preparation

1. The surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, loose sand, and stone. The Contractor shall power wash the surface clean to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to applying the color seal coat system.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

09 97 26-6 CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS

2. Before application of each coat, the surface shall be blown free of all dirt and foreign matter and shall be free from standing water and oils.

C. Application of Materials

1. All painted areas of color seal coat shall be carefully laid out as indicated on the Drawings and defined on the surface by chalk markings before being painted.

2. All materials shall be mixed at the site unless otherwise permitted by the Engineer. If the Contractor is granted permission to mix any material off the site he shall arrange with the Engineer to have a representative of the Engineer present during the mixing operations. The mixed materials shall be homogeneous, segregation before or during application will not be permitted.

3. All materials shall be applied by approved hand or mechanical squeegees. Each completed application shall be smooth, even textured, and free from ridges, valleys and tool marks.

4. All painting shall be performed in a neat and workmanlike manner. Precautions shall be taken to prevent tracking by tires of the Contractors equipment and/or tracking by workers. Containers and brushes shall be protected in warm weather, to prevent damage to paint and brushes.

5. After application of the each coat, the paint shall be protected from tires of the Contractor’s equipment and/or tracking by workers for a time at least equivalent to the drying time of the paint.

D. Resurfacer Coats (also known as Filler Coats)

1. The purpose of the resurfacer coats is to fill the surface voids of the asphalt pavement. To this end the resurfacer coat material shall be applied in multiple coats until the surface of the asphalt is free of voids and no telegraphing of the aggregate in the asphalt is visible. A minimum of two coats shall be applied. However, the Contractor shall apply as many additional coats as may be required to fulfill the above requirements. The resurfacer may be diluted with water in accordance with the manufacturer's specifications to obtain workability.

2. The application of the resurfacing coat shall be parallel in one direction of the courts; a second application may be made at ninety (90) degrees to the first coat.

3. Prior to the application of the resurfacer coats, the entire area shall be flooded with water and allowed to drain. Any areas holding over one-sixteenth inch (1/16") (thickness of a nickel) depth of water shall be leveled with a PATCHING MIX and allowed to thoroughly cure. Patching mix shall be applied in a maximum of (1/4") one- quarter inch lifts. A maximum of (1/2") one-half inch total patch (2 lifts) shall be allowed. This process of water flooding and leveling shall be repeated until all depressions over one-sixteenth inch (1/16") have been eliminated.

E. Intermediate Coats

Two intermediate coats shall be applied. The total amount of material to be applied shall be 0.10 to

0.16 gallons per square yard based on the material prior to any dilution. The acrylic resurfacer may be diluted as recommended by the manufacturer to obtain workability.

F. Wearing Coats

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CEMENTITIOUS COATINGS 09 97 26-7

1. Two wearing coats shall be applied perpendicular to each other. The total amount of material to be applied shall be 0.18 to 0.30 gallons per square yard prior to any dilution. The material may be diluted as recommended by the manufacturer to obtain workability.

2. Sand shall not be added to the wearing coats.

3.3 PAINTED COURT LINES OVER COLOR SEAL COAT

A. Surface Cleaning and Preparation

1. The surface shall be cleaned of all dirt, loose sand, and stone. The Contractor shall power wash the surface clean to the satisfaction of the Engineer prior to applying the line paint over color seal coat.

2. Before application of each coat of line paint, the surface shall be blown free of all dirt and foreign matter and shall be free from standing water and oils.

B. Paint Application

1. All painted lines shall be carefully laid out as indicated on the Drawings and defined on the surface by chalk markings before being painted. Line widths and dimensions shall be as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Two (2) coats of line paint shall be applied. At least two (2) hours shall elapse between the painting of the first and second coats. All painted lines shall be accurately painted within the limits shown on the plans. Lines shall be clear and distinct with sharply defined edges.

3.4 INSPECTION

A. Each coat is subject to inspection. Do not apply additional coats until completed coat has been approved by the Engineer.

B. Only inspected coats of paint will be considered in determining number of coats applied.

C. Guarantee Inspection: At the guarantee inspection if the color seal coat is found to be peeling or fading due to improper installation the contractor shall be responsible to re-apply at his own expense.

D. Refinish entire section where portion of finish has been damaged or is not acceptable.

3.5 TOUCH-UP PAINTING

A. All touch up painting must be identical in color and finish to the originally prepared field- applied finish.

Apply in strict accordance with paint manufacturer’s recommendations and these specifications.

3.6 PROTECTION/CLEAN-UP

A. Protect work completed until acceptance of project. Repair or touch-up color seal coat and/or court lines if defaced or damaged prior to acceptance.

B. As work proceeds, maintain premises free of unnecessary accumulation of tools, equipment, surplus materials and debris related to this work. Repair damage to other areas as a result of painting and color seal coat operations.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/9/2025

EXERCISE EQUIPMENT 11 66 13-1
SECTION 11 66 13

EXERCISE EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

DESCRIPTION AND GENERAL SPECS:

1.1 STEEL STRUCTURE AND COMPONENTS

A. Steel Structure: Carbon steel tubes with thickness ∅ 48.3 x 4mm with a hot-dip galvanized surface according to ISO12944-2. Lead content for surfaces must be below 99ppm, and below 100ppm for base material.

B. Steel Components: Bars to be hot dip galvanized sold steel and be 1420mm long with a ∅ 32mm diameter.

C. Screws: Heavy duty hexagonal head wood screws with delta treatment, and an electro galvanized Zinc and Nickel-plated wood screws with Torx drive.

D. Steel Footing Posts: For posts longer than 1m, must have a footing of a hot dip galvanized 100x100mm steel H-bar, fixed with M10 steel bolts with delta treatment. Lower posts must have a footing from a steel tube with a diameter of 101.6mm. Footing must be connected to the post with three M10 threaded rods that glued into the end of the Robinia wood log.

1.2 COATING SYSTEM

A. Galvanization: In accordance with ASTMB633-07 standard, electro galvanization provides surface rust protection and superior color adhesion.

1.3 COMPOSITES

A. Recycled SBR (Stryrene Butadiene Monomer, Synthetic Rubber): UV Stabilized to a maximum without use of heavy metal stabilities, for optimal grip during jumping and step on step off exercises under all weather circumstances. A 5mm hot-dip galvanized carbon steel plate must be moulded inside the SBR to offer optimal stability and optimize the mounting of the step to the frame.

1.4 WOOD PRODUCTS

A. Robinia Wood: Posts must be made of ∅ 150-165 ± 10mm FSC certified Robinia Wood. Posts, crossbars, and other un-fabricated parts are made from de-barked and sap-free Robinia trunks.

Transparent brown pigmented and colored parts are coated with water-based paint and pigment that is environmentally friendly with UV resistance. Paint and pigment shall be compliant with EN 71 Part

3. END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13-1
SECTION 11 68 13

PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 SCOPE

A. Furnish labor, material, and equipment necessary for the furnishing and installation of the playground equipment, structure or modular unit as shown on the drawings and specified herein.

B. Work shall include but not limited to the following: excavation, layout, and the furnishing and installing of playground equipment in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation specifications, certification including all appurtenances and accessories as required for a full and complete installation.

1.2 RELATED WORK IN OTHER SECTIONS

A. Section 33 40 30 – Stormwater Utilities

B. Section 32 13 00 – Rigid Paving

C. Section 32 18 00 – Athletic and Recreational Surfacing

1.3 LICENSES

Contractor shall have a California State Contractor’s License C61 (D34). Limited Specialty, Prefabricated Equipment.

1.4 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

The Contractor shall obtain the manufacturer’s instructions and procedures for the installation, including a complete parts list. Installer shall be certified by the National Playground Safety Institute.

Install per manufacturer’s specifications.

1.5 FIELD TECHNICIAN ON-SITE VISIT

The Contractor shall arrange with the playground equipment manufacturer to provide an on-site visit by a factory technician during the playground equipment installations. The factory technician shall make any necessary recommendations for proper and safe playground equipment installation. This service shall be considered as included in the lump sum bid for furnishing and installing new playground equipment, and no additional payment will be made therefore.

1.6 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: The Contractor shall submit within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, five (5) complete sets of the material and equipment submittals, including:

1. Play Equipment Manufacturer and Manufacturer’s Representative’s name(s) and address(s).

2. Plan view drawings with model numbers; descriptive labels (including component names,) deck heights, and notations of compliance with CPSC, ASTM F1487-01 and ADA.

3. Detailed component list with model numbers and catalog descriptions.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

11 68 13-2 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT

4. Color Chart.

5. Written material specifications for all components.

6. IPEMA certification certificate from the IPEMA Website.

7. Copy of Manufacturer Warranty in Certificate format.

8. Copy of Manufacturer’s ISO 9001 Certification.

B. Approval of the submittals shall be the Contractor’s authorization to order the required material and equipment. There will be no deviation from the approved submittals without the written authorization of the Owner’s Representative.

1.7 PRODUCTS

A. Products: The layout shown in the plan view is based upon equipment and measurements from the play equipment manufacturer and/or their sales representative responsible for the project.

B. Design and Fabrication: Playground equipment, structure and modular units submitted for consideration shall be equivalent in design, layout, deck size, post size, clamping/fastening system, deck/slide/climber height, ADA accessibility, appearance, color and construction detail of the playground equipment, structure, or modular unit, specified in the drawings. Reasonable variations in size/height (no more than +/- 5%) and manufacturer’s standard colors may be allowed at the Owner’s Representative’s discretion. Color schemes are to match as closely as possible to the original specified colors. Play value and safety features of components must be equal or superior to specified design as judged by the Owner’s Representative.

C. Modification: Any expense of modification, adjustment or revision required to ensure compliance of furnished equipment to specified equipment and playground design shall be the sole expense and responsibility of the Contractor.

1.8 PLAYGROUND SAFETY STANDARDS AND QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. All public playground equipment supplied shall meet all applicable provisions of the current "Handbook for Public Playground Safety" published by the Consumer Product Safety Commission (CPSC) latest Edition, and ASTM F1487-01 "Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use," published by the American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM). All products shall bear the certification seal of the International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA). All designs shall meet or exceed the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) “Final Accessibility Guidelines for Play Areas” regulations latest edition. All manufacturers must be ISO 9001 certified.

1.9 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS

A. ASTM: as defined in Section 31 10 00 – Site Clearing

B. CPSC: Consumer Product Safety Commission

C. IPEMA: International Playground Equipment Manufacturers Association

D. ADA: Americans with Disabilities Act

E. ISO: International Organization for Standardization

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/06/2025

PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13-3
F. CPSI: Certified Playground Safety Inspector

G. General Liability Insurance coverage

H. The equipment manufacturer shall provide General Liability Insurance coverage in the following manner.

1. $1,000,000 in General Liability coverage

2. $1,000,000 per occurrence

3. $2,000,000 in the aggregate

4. 50,000,000 in Excess Coverage

1.10 WARRANTY/GUARANTEE

A. The equipment manufacturer shall warrant material and workmanship against defects, from the date of manufacturer’s invoice, for the period of time as follows:

1. 100-Year Limited Warranty for all stainless steel fasteners, aluminum posts, clamps, beams and caps, against structural failure due to corrosion/natural deterioration or manufacturing defects.

This warranty does not include any cosmetic issues or wear and tear from normal use.

2. The warranty stated above is valid only if the structures and/or equipment are erected in conformance with Manufacturer’s installation instructions and maintained according to the maintenance procedures furnished by manufacturer for a full text of the warranty, contact your local sales representative.

B. The Contractor shall guarantee installation workmanship for a period of one year from the date of Substantial Completion of the Project. The Contractor shall be responsible for coordinating manufacturer material warranty items with the manufacturer/distributor and for the installation of replacement material(s) at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Provide copy of contractor’s installation warranty on company letterhead.

D. A written guarantee from the playground equipment manufacturer of the availability of replacement parts or components for a period of 25 years from the date of acceptance of the work.

E. Certificate of compliance that all playground equipment meets or exceeds the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission Standards and the Standard Consumer Performance Specification for Playground Equipment for Public Use.

F. The contractor shall also supply to the Owner’s Representative a letter from the playground manufacturer stating that all installed equipment has been installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s specifications and complies with ADA and CPSC Guidelines and Standards.

Playground manufacturer to provide insurance certificate naming the “City of Carlsbad, its agents and employees as additionally insured with respect to the manufacturing and installation of Veterans Memorial Park play equipment.”

G. Certificates and warranties shall be submitted prior to release of final payment.

PART 2 – MATERIALS

2.1 EQUIPMENT

See drawings for type, style, configuration, size and height of playground equipment, structure,

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

11 68 13-4 PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
modular units, and components of the playground equipment to be provided and installed.

2.2 COLOR SCHEDULES

See drawings for the color schedules of the various elements of the playground equipment to be provided.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION OF PLAY EQUIPMENT

A. Instructions: Explicit installation instructions shall be provided by the manufacturer, which shall include detailed, scaled plan views; elevations, footing drawings and details; as well as, sequential instructions to assure proper installation of the playground equipment, structure or modular unit.

B. Playground equipment must be installed by a manufacturer certified installer and shall be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation specifications. Installation crew leader must be CPSI certified. A Manufacturer’s Representative must inspect the final installation prior to acceptance. Manufacturer’s representative must not employed by the installer and will provide a letter certifying proper installation.

C. Close Out: Contractor shall provide the Owner’s Representative with one copy of complete manufacturer’s installation instructions and maintenance kit. Submit three sets of installation manuals with each order. It is the contractor’s responsibility to secure the installation instructions from the installer.

D. Clean up: The site shall be kept clean and free of tools, trash, debris, and installation materials on a daily basis. Material may be stored on site during installation with appropriate protective measures and approval by the Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-1
SECTION 12 93 00

SITE FURNISHINGS

PART 1 – GENERAL

1.1 DESCRIPTION

A. All labor, materials equipment necessary for and incidental to performing all operations of work for this Section, complete as shown on the Plans or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Drinking Fountains.

2. Bicycle Racks.

3. Picnic Tables.

4. Benches.

5. Shade Systems.

6. Bleacher.

7. Chairs.

8. End Tables.

9. Bollards.

10. Landfill / Recycling / Compostable Receptacles.

11. Light Fixtures.

12. Flagpole.

13. Trailhead Kiosk

1.2 RELATED WORK SPECIFIED ELSEWHERE

1.3 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. General:

1. Examine Plans and Specifications and include all miscellaneous metal, which is specified in other Sections. Provide all connections, anchors, bolts, and other fastenings as required.

Perform all cutting, punching, drilling, and tapping required for proper assembly of the work. All installations shall be done in accordance to manufacturer’s specifications.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Submit shop drawings of all work herein showing layouts, quantities, materials, sizes, and methods of construction and installation, including sizes and types of all fastening devices.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

12 93 00-2 SITE FURNISHINGS
Submit color renderings of each of the pre-cast concrete product elements to include a 12” x 12” sample board of each color combination of stains to be used for review and approval.

C. Codes:

1. Materials and work shall conform to the governing Building Code. In case of conflict between these Specifications and the Building Code, the more stringent shall govern.

D. Delivery:

1. Ensure that items to be set in concrete are delivered at the proper time.

E. Measurements:

1. Verify all dimensions by taking field measurements. Proper fit and attachment of all items is required. All required fall zones shall be measured prior to installation of the elements.

F. Coordination:

1. Coordinate with other trades to effect prompt delivery of all materials needed for erection or installation. Identify all bolts or other loose materials.

G. Storage:

1. Store materials in dry, protected areas. Protect from rusting, bleaching, and other damage.

Remove any damaged items from site and replace at no cost to the Owner.

H. Certifications:

1. Furnish to the Owner’s Representative copies of all material certifications.

I. Trade Names or Equals:

1. Approval of equipment and materials offered as equivalents to those specified will be as set forth under Section 4, paragraph 4-1.6 of the Standard Specifications.

J. Submit 6” x 6” color and finish sample for each site furnishing specified, except where noted under item B.

PART 2 – PRODUCTS

Quantities as shown on plans.

2.1 DRINKING FOUNTAINS

A. Drinking fountain/bottle filler

1. “ADA Vandal-Resistant Outdoor Filtered Bottle Filler and Fountain” by Haws; (775) 359-4712.

a. Model No: 3612, hose bib Model No: 3660.
b. Powder-coated ‘Bronze Mist’ in color.
c. Dimensions: 52” width x 61-5/8” height
d. Concrete anchor mount.

2.2 BICYCLE RACKS

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-3

A. Custom Carlsbad bicycle rack

1. “Hoop Bike Rack” by Dero Bike Rack Co.; (415) 425-7562.

a. Drawing No: 1002574-A
b. Powder-coated ‘Black’ in color.
c. In-ground mount.
d. Setbacks:
1) Rack legs 30” minimum from walls and 59” from streets; front and back. 2) Rack body 36” minimum from walls and streets; side-by-side.

B. Bike Park bicycle rack

1. “Handle Bar Bike Park Rack FT Weldment” by Dero Bike Rack Co.; (415) 425-7562.

a. Powder-coated ‘Black’ in color.
b. In-ground mount.

2.3 PICNIC TABLES

A. Standard picnic tables

1. “LMR Picnic” by QCP; (951) 256-3221.

a. Model No: QLMR96PT
b. ‘Latte’ in color with ‘Craftsman’s Etch’ finish.
c. Dimensions: 72” width x 96” length.

B. Accessible picnic tables

1. “LMR Picnic ADA” by QCP; (951) 256-3221.

a. Model No: QLMR10PTADA
b. ‘Latte’ in color with ‘Craftsman’s Etch’ finish.
c. Dimensions: 72” width x 102” length.

C. Plaza ADA Picnic Tables

1. “Sid Outdoor Picnic Table (ADA)” by Emu Americas, LLC; (310) 544-6098.

a. Model No: A1821A-22-404
b. ’22 Iron + 404 Walnut’ in color.
c. Dimensions: 70” width x 96” length x 30” height, table surface: 96” x 32”.

2.4 BENCHES

A. City Standard Park Bench

1. “El Monte” by QCP; (951) 256-3221.

a. Model No: Q1EM84B
b. ‘Latte’ in color with ‘Craftsman’s Etch’ finish.
c. Dimensions: 24-5/8” width x 84” length.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

12 93 00-4 SITE FURNISHINGS

B. Play Area Bench

1. “Classic Lounge Bench” by Wells Concrete Works; (805) 215-8302.

a. Concrete colors:
1) Green
2) Wine Red
3) Blue
4) Bamboo
b. Precast polished concrete, medium sand exposed, with recycled lumber slats. c. Dimensions: 33.5” depth x 64” width x 29” height.

2.5 SHADE SYSTEMS

A. Bike Park Shade Structure

1. “Hexagonal Shade Systems Structure” by Shade Systems; (800) 264-7225.

a. Model No: H5010
b. Dimensions: 50’ diameter, 10’ eave.
c. In-ground bury mount columns.

B. Shade Sails

1. “Custom Sails” by Shade Systems; (800) 264-7225.

a. Quote No: Q-07646
b. Sail Type Configurations:
1) Type ‘A’
• Column heights: 15’ (2 Qty.) and 18’ (1 Qty.)
• 1 fabric canopy
2) Types ‘B, C, D’
• Column heights: 10’ (6 Qty.) and 12’ (3 Qty.)
• 3 fabric canopies
3) Types ‘E & F’
• Column heights: 10’ (4 Qty.) and 12’ (2 Qty.)
• 2 fabric canopies
4) Types ‘G & H’
• Column heights: 10’ (4 Qty.) and 12’ (2 Qty.)
• 2 fabric canopies
c. Pier mounted columns.

2.6 BLEACHER

A. Bike Park Bleacher

1. “Non-Elevated 5-Row ADA Bleacher” by National Recreation Systems; (888) 568-9064.

a. Model No: NA-0159.5ADA_VP
b. Dimensions: 19’-6” length, 5 rows in height, 1280 lb. weight c. Aluminum alloy with picket guardrail
d. 45 seats and 2 ADA seating areas with companion seats

2.7 CHAIRS

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-5

A. Play Area Chair

1. “Classic Lounge Chair” by Wells Concrete Works; (805) 215-8302.

a. Colors:
1) Green
2) Wine Red
3) Blue
4) Bamboo
b. Precast polished concrete, medium sand exposed, with recycled lumber slats. c. Dimensions: 33.5” depth x 27” width x 29” height.

2.8 END TABLES

A. Play Area End Table

1. “Trapezoidal End Table” by Wells Concrete Works; (805) 215-8302.

a. ‘Light Tan’ in color.
b. Precast polished concrete, medium sand exposed, with recycled lumber slats.

2.9 BOLLARDS

A. Light Bollards

1. “Beacon 42” concrete bollard by QCP; (951) 256-3221.

a. Model No: ST-BOL-A42-BG
b. ‘Latte’ in color with ‘Strata’ finish.
c. Dimensions: 8-3/8” width x 6-1/2” depth x 42” height.

2.10 LANDFILL / RECYCLING / COMPOSTABLE RECEPTACLES

A. Receptacles

1. “California Circle” by QCP; (951) 256-3221.

a. Model No: QR-CAL2832W-A24
b. ‘Latte’ in color with ‘Light Sandblast (LSB)’ finish. c. Dimensions: 28” outside diameter x 32” height.
d. Custom plastic dome lid:
1) Landfill to be ‘Gray’ in color.
2) Recycling to be ‘Blue’ in color.
3) Compost to be ‘Green’ in color.
e. Custom icons and lettering (colors to match lid):
1) Landfill to say “LANDFILL” under a dump truck symbol. 2) Recycling to say “RECYCLING” under a standard recycling symbol. 3) Compost to say “COMPOST” under a plant sprout symbol.

2.11 LIGHT FIXTURES

A. LED Downlight Fixtures

1. “Bay” Series Single Crossarm Light Fixture by Environmental Lighting for Architecture, Inc.;

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

12 93 00-6 SITE FURNISHINGS
(626) 965-0821.

a. Model No:
1) Downlight: BAY22-CR-H2-69LED-40-CG
2) Crossarm: CR-42A; configuration ‘A’
3) Pole base: P-1012
b. ‘Wood’ concrete light pole color; ‘Clear’ tempered glass lens. c. Single crossarm; pole mounted; full cut-off optics.
d. Dimensions:
1) Downlight: 22” diameter x 15.5” height; 14’ height from ground to bottom of fixture. 2) Crossarm: 20” width x 30” height.
3) Pole base: 14.5” diameter x 4” height.
4) Pole shaft: 3-4” diameter.
e. In-ground, on pier footing.

2. “Bay” Series Twin Arms Light Fixture by Environmental Lighting for Architecture, Inc.; (626) 965- 0821.

a. Model No:
1) Downlight: BAY22-CR-H3-135LED-40-CG
2) Crossarm: CR-42B; configuration ‘B’
3) Pole base: P-1012
b. ‘Wood’ concrete light pole color; ‘Clear’ tempered glass lens. c. Twin arm; pole mounted; full cut-off optics.
d. Dimensions:
1) Downlight: 22” diameter x 15.5” height; 14’ height from ground to bottom of fixture. 2) Crossarm: 40” width x 30” height.
3) Pole base: 14.5” diameter x 4” height.
4) Pole shaft: 3-4” diameter.
e. In-ground, on pier footing.

2.12 FLAGPOLE

A. Memorial Plaza Flagpole

1. “45ft External Halyard Aluminum Flagpole” by The Flagpole Company; (800) 805-9728.

a. Model No: EH-458188
b. Commercial grade aluminum; standard natural satin finish. c. Dimensions: 8” butt diameter x 3.5” top diameter x 45’ height maximum; 0.188 wall thickness.
d. Maximum flag size to be 8’ x 12’.
e. Gold anodized aluminum ball; Model No: BAL-0812-GLD.

2.13 TRAILHEAD KIOSK

A. South Parking Lot Trailhead Kiosk

1. “ ‘A’ Timber Frame Trailhead Kiosk” by Timberhomes Vermot; Contact Miracle Playground (800) 264-7225.

a. Model No: SSG 8x9; display case Model No: E1W
b. Color: Roof in ‘Standard Brown’, lockable door framed in ‘Cherry’. c. Custom options: 42” x 32” lockable top-swinging door.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-7
d. Dimensions: 5’-8-1/2” width x 3’-8” depth x 8’-3” height.

PART 3 – EXECUTION

3.1 SURFACE CONDITIONS

A. Prior to work of this Section, carefully inspect previously installed work. Verify all such work is complete to the point where this installation may properly commence.

B. Verify that work of this Section may be installed in strict accordance with the original design, all pertinent codes and regulations, and all pertinent portions of the referenced standards.

C. In the event of discrepancy, immediately notify the Engineer.

D. Do not proceed with installation in areas of discrepancy until all such discrepancies have been fully resolved.

3.2 INSTALLATION

A. Dimensions upon which Work of this Section may be contingent are to be verified by the Contractor at the work site to ensure proper placement and fit of equipment in the allotted areas.

B. Comply with manufacturer’s written installation instructions unless more stringent requirements are indicated. Complete field assembly of site furnishings where required.

C. Set and install site furnishings plumb, level, and true to line with a neat and finished appearance and in accordance with approved submittal and manufacturer’s printed instructions.

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS 13 31 23.1-1
SECTION 13 31 23.1

FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.1 SUMMARY

The shade structure manufacturer shall be responsible for the design, engineering, fabrication and supply of the work specified herein.

1.2 SUBMITTALS

A. Provide proof of installed reference sites with structures for similar scope of a project and installation that are engineered to the latest IBC specifications. Include in reference; list of structure dimensions with install dates and project locations.

B. Provide fabric samples to demonstrate fabric color range and paint color selections.

C. Provide wet sealed structural engineering drawings and calculations as deferred submittal for approval by Construction Manager

1.3 PROJECT CONDITIONS

Field Measurements: Verify layout information for shade structures shown on the drawings in relation to the property survey and existing structures including all utilities and easements. Verify locations by field measurements prior to construction.

1.4 WARRANTY

A. Shade Systems, Inc. warrants that the equipment sold will conform in kind and quality to the specifications listed in the Order Acknowledgment and will be free of defects in workmanship or materials. Shade Systems further warrants:

1. LIMITED 20 YEAR WARRANTY on all upright posts, cables, and tensioning plates against failure due to rust-through corrosion.

2. LIMITED 10 YEAR WARRANTY on all CoolNetTM fabric and GORETM TENARA® stitching thread against degradation, cracking or material breakdown resulting from ultra-violet exposure.

This warranty excludes failure of fabric due to chemical erosion or as a result of flying objects.

3. LIMITED 1 YEAR WARRANTY on powder-coating, or any other product or part not covered by one of the above warranties.

1.5 MANUFACTURER EXPERIENCE

A. Bidder must show evidence of at least six (6) public municipal installations where manufacturer’s product as proposed pursuant to this bid has been installed and has been in continuous use for a minimum of five (5) years each.

1.6 MANUFACTURING FACILITY

A. Bidder’s products must be completely manufactured entirely in its own factory by its own employees, including powder-coating, thereby ensuring complete quality control. Bidder must certify that no aspect of its production – including powder-coating – is contracted out to third parties.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.1 Related Documents

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

13 31 23.1-2 FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS

Pre-
Engineered Package: the proposed structure(s) by manufacturer or approved equal shall be modular and prefabricated, and include the structural steel frame, fabric roof, steel cables, all fasteners, and detailed installation instructions of structure(s) including foundations. The proposed structure(s) also need to include engineering drawings and calculations.

A. Acceptable Manufacturer:

Shade Systems, Inc.
4150 SW 19th Street
Ocala, FL 34474
www.shadesystemsinc.com
Contact:

Toll Free: 1-800-609-6066
Main: 352-237-0135
Fax: 352-237-2256
Email: [email protected]

B. The shade structure shall conform to the current adopted version of the International Building Code including local agency amendments and additions to the code

C. All shade structures shall be engineered and designed to meet a minimum. • 90 mph nominal wind speed with fabric attached
• 165 mph nominal wind speed without fabric (steel frame only)

2.2 MATERIALS

A. All materials shall be structurally sound and appropriate for safe use. Product durability shall be ensu
red by the use of corrosion-resistant metals such as stainless steel, and coatings such as zinc- plating, galvanizing, and powder-coating on steel parts, subject to the Project-Specific requirements below. Fabrics used shall include UV-stabilizers and fire retardants for longevity and safety.

B. WELDMENTS: All tubing members are factory-welded by Certified Welders to American Welding Society (AWS) specifications and to the highest standards of quality workmanship. Weldments are finished with a zinc-rich galvanized coating. No field welding is required in the assembly of Shade Systems products.

C. POSTS, STRUCTURAL FRAME TUBING, AND HARDWARE: All tubing used shall be cold-formed and milled per ASTM A-135 and ASTM A-500. Material testing is in accordance with ASTM E-8. Minimum yield is 40,000 psi with a minimum tensile strength of 45,000 psi on all posts. All tubing shall be pre-cut to appropriate lengths, and where applicable all outside surfaces shall be galvanized, with an interior corrosion-resistant zinc-rich coating. Where required, support pipes shall be schedule 40 hot-dip galvanized or powder-coated black steel. All fastening hardware shall be stainless steel.

2.3 ARCHITECTURAL POWDER-COATING PROCESS:

A. All powder-coated parts undergo a rigorous multi-step process to ensure colorfastness and durability per the specific sequential steps itemized below. All parts are completely sandblasted, pre-treated, and coated with coastal primer prior to powder coating.

Powder-coating is then electrostatically applied and oven-cured at 375 to 425 degrees Fahrenheit. Powders shall meet or exceed ASTM standards for Adhesion, Hardness,

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS 13 31 23.1-3
Impact, Flexibility, Overbake Resistance, and Salt Spray Resistance. Colors shall be spec
ified.

The
following seven (7) specific steps shall occur in sequence:

1. Sandblasting. All powder-coated parts shall be completely sandblasted with the use of 80 grit garnet abrasives.

2. Mechanical smoothing. A traditional mechanical method shall be used for removing remaining foreign matter for surface preparation by use of sanding, grinding, and rounding rough edges to smoothness.

3. Initial Surface Preparation. A heavy-duty liquid cleaner such as Calvary Industries Inc Cal Clean 675 shall be applied for initial surface preparation.

4. Corrosion resistant Coating. A liquid detergent iron phosphate, such as Calvary Industries Inc, Cal Prep 63, shall be applied, thereby resulting in a superior quality corrosion resistant coating.

5. Final Surface Preparation. All parts shall then be sealed using a reactive, non-chrome sealer product such as Calvary Industries, Advantech S1488E Sealer. The sealer enhances corrosion protection and increases paint adhesion, effectively increasing salt spray hours on all metal substrates.

6. Coastal Primer. Prior to powder-coating, a rust inhibiting coastal primer shall be applied on all parts, such as PPG EnvirocronTM. The coastal primer coating provides a comb
ination of good physical and chemical resistance properties, and is the ideal solution for smooth, low-bake durability and physical property requirements for the most demanding environments.

Primer attributes:

Gloss (ASTM D-523): 0-10 @ 60 o
Adhesion (ASTM D-3359): 100% (5B Pass)
Hard
ness (ASTM D-3363): 2H Pencil (Eagle)
Impact Resistance (ASTM D-2794): 80 In.-lbs. Direct
Conical Mandrel (ASTM D-522): 1∕8" - No Cracking
Salt Spray (ASTM B-117): 4000 Hours Pass
1000 Hours (degrease only)
Humidity (ASTM D-1735): 100F, 100% RH-2000+ Hours
Scab Corrosion (SAE-J2334): 120 Cycles - Pass
Film Properties (Thickness): 2 mils

7. Application of Powder-Coating. Las
tly, PPG EnvirocronTM Ultradurable powder
coat
ings shall be used to provide a combination of excellent physical and chemical resistance properties, outstanding resistance to outdoor weathering, and a durable and uniform final coat.

Powder Coat Characteristics:

Gloss (ASTM D-523): 80 Minimum @ 20 o
Gloss (ASTM D-523): 80 Minimum @ 60 o
Adhesion (ASTM D-3359): 100% (5B Pass)
Hard
ness (ASTM D-3363): 2H Pencil (Eagle)
Impact Resistance (ASTM D-2794): 40 In.-lbs. Direct

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

13 31 23.1-4 FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS
20 In.-lbs. Reverse
Coni
cal Mandrel (ASTM D-522): 1∕8" Mandrel - No Cracking
Salt Spray (ASTM B-117): 1000 Hours Pass
< 1∕8" Scribe Creep
No Blisters
Humidity (ASTM D-1735): 1000 Hours Pass
< 1∕16" Scribe Creep
No Blisters
Film Properties (Thickness): 3 mils

2.4 STANDARD FOOTINGS

A. Footings shall be designed per stringent International Building Code (IBC) for the specific structure. Columns will be provided as standard direct embedment or optional pier mount (anchoring hardware not supplied by Shade Systems). Other footing methods are available upon request.

2.5 ROOFING

A. Structural frames and/or fabric sails are designed by Shade Systems only for use with CoolNetTM polyethylene shade fabric. Fabric is attached to frame or columns using the Fastening Systems below in conjunction with vinyl covered stainless steel cables. Cable fasteners are zinc-plated copper for maximum corrosion resistance.

2.6 FASTENING SYSTEM (Frame Structure)

A. CoolnetTM Shade Fabric shall be delivered complete with independent cables pre-inserted in fabric hems.

Each cable shall be looped and clamped at each end. Fastening System to consist of the Turn-N-SlideTM fastening device which is factory installed at each roof rafter corner. The Turn-N-Slide features a concealed mechanism which allows the attachment hook and sleeve at each rafter corner to move along a track in the rafter. Cables are attached to hook which is welded to the moving sleeve, thereby distributing tension evenly over rafters and not directly onto the mechanism. Rafters are sealed with no penetrations on the top side, thereby preventing water from entering. Such moving sleeve with hook allows the looped ends of each cable to slide over the hook when the sleeve is at its upper position, and then by turning the concealed fastener within the rafter, moves the sleeve with hook outward (toward end of rafter), thereby tensioning the cables and securing the fabric at the proper tautness. A locking cap is secured at the end of each rafter with a vandal-resistant bolt (special wrench provided by the manufacturer) to prevent unauthorized access to the Turn-N-Slide mechanism. To remove the canopy, the cap is removed, and the mechanism rotated counter- clockwise. The sleeve with hook moves inward (toward peak of roof), thereby de-tensioning the cables, and allows fast removal of the canopy. Continuous one-piece cables, cables which are not independent per side and pre-looped and clamped at the factory, and/or cables which must be tensioned with the use of turnbuckles or tools not provided by the manufacturer are not acceptable. Structures which do not feature the Fastening Mechanism on each and every rafter, or fastening mechanisms which do not feature a sealed top rafter and moving outer sleeve such as the Turn-N-Slide, are not acceptable.

2.7 FASTENING SYSTEM INSTRUCTIONAL VIDEO

A. Product must be delivered complete with a minimum 5-minute instructional video on an USB Flash Drive.

Video must show the viewer the exact procedure for removing and re-attaching canopy using an actual shade structure in the field. Submittals which do not include the video on an USB Flash Drive are not acceptable.

2.8 FASTENING SYSTEM (Sail Structure)

A. CoolNetTM Shade Fabric shall be delivered complete with fastening system installed. Fastening System to consist of factory-formed stainless steel tensioning plates pre-attached to fabric canopies at each corner, and cables per the above hemmed into the fabric at the factory and terminating in the bracket. Posts shall be

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

FRAMED FABRIC STRUCTURES – SHADE SYSTEMS 13 31 23.1-5
equipped with an adjustable 360-degree swivel and pivot attachment mechanism to which the tensioning plat
e fastens. Tensioning plate includes a stainless steel adjustment bolt which, when turned, tensions the fabric for a taut fit. Fabrics, cables, and brackets which are not pre-assembled at the factory are not acceptable. Cables which attach to posts with u-bolts or ‘S’ hooks, and which do not use a stainless steel bracketing system similar to the above are not acceptable.

2.9 CoolNetTM SHADE FABRIC

A. Knitted of monofilament and tape construction high density polyethylene with Ultra-Violent (U.V.) stabilizers and flame retardant. CoolnetTM offers the ultimate combination of maximum sun protection, strength and durability to ensure maintenance free long-life performance. UV- Block Factor varies by standard color offered from 90% to 97%.

CoolnetTM Properties:

Nominal Fabric Mass: Min. 340 g/m2 // 10 oz/yd2
Fabric Thickness: ASTM D5199-12 .06 inch
Temperature Range: -50OF to 248OF
Roll Width: 9 ft. 10 in.

Roll Length: 131 ft.

Tensile Strength: ASTM D5034-09 Warp (189.1 lbf) / Weft (462.3 lbf) Elongation: ASTM D5034-09 Warp (88.7%) / Weft (49%) Tongue Tear: ASTM D2261-13 Warp (39.6 lbf) / Weft (43 lbf) Burst Strength: ASTM D6797-15 408.0 lbf
Flammability: ASTM E-84 Class A
Lead: PASS
Phthalate: PASS

2.10 INSURANCE

A. Manufacturer must show acceptable evidence of the following minimum insurance coverages, all writte
n on the Occurrence Form:
a. Commercial Product Liability/Completed Operations of $1,000,000 per claim and $2,000,000 aggregate;
b. Professional Liability (Errors & Omissions) of $2,000,000 per claim; c. And an additional $5,000,000 umbrella coverage.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.1 Preparation

A. Prepare surfaces according to the manufacturers’ guidelines.

B. Locate piers according to the plans provided by manufacturer.

3.2 Installation

A. Install in accordance with manufacturer’s guidelines.

B. Place on prepared concrete foundations or footings as specified.

C. Anchor securely in place.

D. Must apply silicone to all slip fit connections to avoid rust.

3.3 Protection

A. Protect installed products until project is completed.

B. Touch-up, repair or replace any products that might have been damaged during installation before substantial completion.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-1
SECTION 26 05 00

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work of this Section, complete, as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to, the following:

1. Examine all other Sections for work related to those other Contract Document Sections and required to be included as work under this Section and this Division.

2. Electrical General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.

3. Division-1; General Requirements; General Conditions.

B. Organization of the Specifications into Divisions, Sections and Articles, and arrangement of Drawings shall not control the Contractor in dividing the Contract Work among Sub-Contractors or in establishing the extent of work to be performed by any trade.

1.02 GENERAL SUMMARY OF ELECTRICAL WORK
A. The Specifications and Drawings are intended to cover a complete installation of systems.

The omission of expressed reference to any item of labor or material for the proper execution of the work in accordance with present practice of the trade shall not relieve the Contractor from providing such additional labor and materials.

1. The Contract Document terms “Provide”, “Provided”, “Providing”, are each defined to mean individually and collectively: Contractor shall furnish, and Contractor shall install, and Contractor shall connect.

B. Drawings and Shop Drawings: Refer to the Drawings and Shop Drawings of other trades for additional details, which affect the proper installation of this work. Diagrams and symbols showing electrical connections are diagrammatic only. Wiring diagrams do not necessarily show the exact physical arrangement of the equipment.

C. Before submitting a bid, become familiar with all features of the Building Drawings and Site Drawings, which may affect the execution of the work. No extra payment will be allowed for failure to obtain this information.

D. Omissions or Conflicts: If there are omissions or conflicts between the Drawings and Specifications, clarify these points with the Owner’s Representative before submitting bid and before commencing work.

E. Provide Work and Material in conformance with the Manufacturer’s published recommendations for respective equipment and systems.

1.03 LOCATIONS OF EQUIPMENT

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-2 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
A. The Drawings ind ic ate diagrammatically the desired locations or arrangements of conduit runs, outlets, equipment, etc., and are to be followed as closely as possible. Proper judgment shall be exercised in executing the work to secure the best possible installation in the available space and to overcome local difficulties due to space limitations or interference of structure conditions encountered.

B. Outlets: Where outlets are placed on a wall, locate symmetrically with respect to each other, furniture, cabinets, and other features or finishes on the wall.

C. Changes: In the event changes in the indicated locations or arrangements are necessary, due to developed conditions in the building construction or rearrangement of furnishings or equipment, such changes shall be made without cost to the Contract, providing the change is ordered before the conduit runs, etc., and work directly connected to same is installed and no extra materials are required.

D. Lighting Fixtures in mechanical spaces are shown in their approximate location only. Do not install light outlets or fixtures until mechanical piping and ductwork is installed; then installs lights in a location to provide best lighting.

E. Coordinate and Cooperate in every way with other trades to avoid interference and assure a satisfactory job.

F. The Location of the existing Utilities, Building, Equipment, and Conduit shown on the Drawings is approximate. Verify exact locations and routing of existing systems during pre-construction.

1. Pothole all trench routes prior to digging the trench. Pothole at least 100 feet ahead of the actual trenching to allow space to alter the new conduit routing to accommodate existing conditions.

2. In-buildings employ raceway/circuit tracers, x-ray visual detection, RF/ ultrasound, electromagnetic circuit detection to avoid damaging existing hidden conditions.

3. Repair/replace, without additional cost to the Contract, and to the satisfaction of the Owner any existing work damaged that was identified in the Record Drawings provided; Identified by the Owner’s Representative; Identified by In-Building Investigation; Identified by the Underground Detection Services performed; or any existing work damaged as a result of failure to comply with all the Referenced Requirements.

G. Underground Detection Services Existing Utility Structures

1. Detection/location services shall be provided utilizing the latest detection equipment available. Services shall be performed by a company regularly engaged in the business of existing Underground Utility Structure Detection for the past 5-years.

2. Prior to excavation and prior to directional boring the following work shall be performed:
a. Contractor to mark excavation, trenching and directional boring locations and indicate width and depth.
b. Locate, by way of vertical and horizontal control dimensions, existing subgrade petroleum product pipes, process piping, conduits, sewer, water, gas, storm drain, electrical, telephone, and irrigation lines in the affected areas of Contract construction work.
c. Arrange and meet with the Owner's Representative to review existing underground conditions.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-3
d. The proposed location and route of each excavation shall be continuously surv
eyed along the entire excavation path using Ground-Penetrating Radar (GPR) operating from the surface grade. The GPR shall detect and map existing underground metal and non-metal, both private and public utility lines, pipes, conduits, conductors, etc. The GPR shall identify the horizontal and vertical location of existing underground conditions located at a depth of up to 3-meters below finish grade and located with a vertical and horizontal accuracy within ±12- inches of actual condition. The Contractor shall add this information to the existing Conditions Site Plan.

3. Exercise extreme caution in directional boring, excavating and trenching on this site to avoid existing underground utilities and structures, and to prevent hazard to Personnel and/or damage to existing underground utilities or structures. The Contract Documents, Drawings and Specifications do not include necessary components for construction safety, which is the responsibility of the Contractor.

4. The Contractor shall contact Common Ground Alliance (CGA) telephone #811 “Know What’s Below-Call Before You Dig” and Underground Service Alert (USA), not less than 72-hours prior to excavation. Contractor shall not excavate until verification has been received from CGA and USA that existing underground utilities serving the site have been located, identified, and marked.

H. The Locations of existing in-building or underground utilities, where shown on Drawings, are shown diagrammatically and have not been independently verified by the Owner, the Owner’s Representative, Architect/Engineer. The Owner, Owner’s Representative, and the Owner’s Architect/Engineer are not responsible for the location of existing utilities or structures, whether or not shown or detailed and installed under this or any other Contracts. The Contractor shall identify each existing utility line prior to cutting on excavation and mark the locations on the building’s surfaces and ground surfaces of each existing circuit and utility line.

1.04 HVAC-AIR CONDITIONING, HEATING, PLUMBING EQUIPMENT WIRING Provide electrical work, materials, and control components required for proper operation of the air conditioning, heating and plumbing systems as indicated on the Electrical, Mechanical, and Plumbing Contract Documents and specified herein.

1.05 ELECTRICAL POWER SERVICE
A. Electrical Power Service and Metering Facilities shall conform to the Requirements of the serving Utility Companies. Contractor shall verify Service Locations and Requirements and shall pay all costs levied by the serving Utility Companies for rendering utility services to the Contract without additional cost to the Owner. Service information will be furnished by the serving utilities.

B. Conform to All Requirements of the serving Utility Company. Location of transformer pad and or manholes and pull boxes and routing of service conduits indicated on the Drawings are approximate and shall be verified with the serving Utility Company prior to installation. Installation of service shall not begin until approved Drawings have been received from the serving Utility Company.

C. Within 30-calendar days of receipt of notice that the Contract award has been made, the Contractor shall notify the New Business Departments of the District Office of the serving Utility Company

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-4 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
concerning the Project Contract and shall provide information as to the total Lighting, and Power Requ
irements of the Contract. The Contractor shall furnish at the same time information as to the estimated completion date of job or the date when the respective Utility Company circuits, will be ready for installation, energizing and activation of the respective services.

D. Contractor shall submit Electrical Utility Metering and Electrical Service Entrance Equipment Shop Drawings to the Electric Utility Company supplying the project for review and approval by the serving Utility Company. The submittal and acceptance by the Utility shall occur prior to submitting of Shop Drawings to the Owner’s Representative or A/E for review. Copies of the serving Electrical Utility approval of the service entrance equipment shall be included in the Shop Drawings submittals to the Owner’s Representative and A/E.

1.06 PERMITS
Take out and pay for all required permits, inspections, and examinations without additional cost to the Owner.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Work and Materials shall be in full accordance with the latest recommendations, Rules, and Regulations. The publications shall be included in the Contract Documents as Contract Requirements. If a conflict occurs between the following publications and any other part of the Contract Documents, the Requirements describing the more restrictive provisions shall become the applicable Contract Definition and Requirement:

1. American National Standards Institute – ANSI.

2. California Code of Regulations Title 24.

3. California Part 3 "California Electrical Code" CEC, Title 24 and Title 8 "Division of Industrial Safety".

4. California Building Code - CBC.

5. California Fire Code – CFC

6. The National Electrical Code – NEC/NFPA 70.

7. The Life Safety Code – NFPA 101.

8. Illuminating engineering Society of North America. IES and IESNA.

9. International Building Code – IBC.

10. National Fire Protection Agency - NFPA.

11. National Fire Alarm Code – NFAC/NFPA 72.

12. Underwriter’s Laboratory – UL.

13. Other applicable State and Local Government Agencies Laws and Regulations.

14. Electrical Installation Standards National Electrical Contractors Association (NECA) and National Electrical Installation Standards (NEIS):
a. NECA/NEIS-1: Standard of Practices for Good Workmanship in Electrical Construction.
b. NECA/NEIS-90: Standard for Commissioning Building Electrical Systems c. NECA/NEIS-101: Standard for Installing Steel Conduit (Rigid, IMC, EMT) (ANSI) d. NECA/AA-104: Recommended Practice for Installing Aluminum Building Wire and Cable (ANSI)
e. NECA -111: Standard for Installing Nonmetallic Raceways (RNC, ENT, L FNC) (ANSI)

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-5
f. NECA/NEIS-169: Standard for Installing and Maintaining Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupters.
g. NECA/NEIS-230: Standard for Installing and Maintaining Electric Motors and Motor Controllers
h. NECA/NEIS-305 Standard for Fire Alarm System Job Practice i. NECA/NEIS–331: Standards for Installing Building and Service Entrance Grounding j. NECA/NEIS-400: Standard for Installing and Maintaining Switchboards k. NECA/NEIS-407: Recommended Practice for Installing Panelboards l. NECA/NEIS-409: Standard for Installing and Maintaining Dry-Type Transformers m. NECA/NEIS-413: Standard for Installing and Maintaining Electrical Vehicle Supply Equipment
n. NECA/NEIS-420: Standard for Fuse Applications.
o. NEIS/NECA and IESNA-500: Standard for Installing Indoor Lighting Systems p. NEIS/NECA and IESNA-501: Standard for Installing Exterior Lighting Systems q. NECA/NEMA–605: Recommended Practice for Installing Under-ground Nonmetallic Utility Duct
r. NECA/NEIS and BICSI–607: Standard for Telecommunications Bonding and Grounding, Planning, and Installation Methods
s. NECA/NEIS-700: Standard for Installing Overcurrent Protection to Achieve Selective Coordination
t. NECA/NEMA–701: Standard for Energy Management, Demand Response and Energy Solutions.

B. All Material and Equipment shall be new and shall be delivered to the site in unbroken packages. All material and equipment shall be listed and labeled by Underwriters Laboratories or other recognized Testing Laboratories, where such listings are available. Comply with all Installation Requirements and restrictions pertaining to such listings.

C. Work and Material shown on the Drawings and in the Specifications are new and included in the Contract unless specifically indicated as existing or N.I.C. (not in Contract).

D. Codes and Standards: Keep a copy of all applicable Codes and Standards available at the job site at all times for reference while performing work under this Contract. Nothing in Plans or Specifications shall be construed to permit work not conforming to the most stringent of Building Codes.

E. Conflict or Variation: Where a conflict or variation occurs between applicable Codes, Standards and/or the Contract Documents, the provisions of the most restrictive provision shall become the Requirement of the Contract Documents.

1.08 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. General

1. Review of Contractor's submittals is for general conformance with the design concept of the Project and general compliance with the information given in the Contract Documents. Any action shown is subject to the Requirements of the Plans and Specifications. Contractor is responsible for quantities; dimensions which shall be confirmed and correlated at the job site; fabrication processes and techniques of

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-6 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
construction; coordination of work with that of all other trades and satisfactory perfo
rmance of their work.

2. The Contractor shall review each submittal in detail for compliance with the Requirements of the Contract Documents prior to submittal. The Contractor shall “Stamp" and sign each item of the submittal with a statement "CERTIFYING THE

SUBMITTAL HAS BEEN REVIEWED BY THE CONTRACTOR AND COMPLIES WITH ALL THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS". The Contractor shall clearly and specifically identify each individual proposed substitution, substitution of equal or proposed deviation from the Requirements of the Contract Documents with a statement "THIS ITEM IS A SUBSTITUTION".

The burden of research, preparation of calculations and the furnishing of adequate and complete Shop Drawings information to demonstrate the suitability of Contractor’s proposed substitutions and suitability of proposed deviations from the Contract Documents is the responsibility of the Contractor.

3. Departure from the submittal procedure will result in resubmittals and delays. Failure of the Contractor to comply with the Submittal Requirements shall render void any acceptance or any approval of the proposed variation. The Contractor shall then be required to provide the equipment or method without variation from the Contract Documents and without additional cost to the Contract.

4. The Contractor at no additional cost or delays to the Contract shall remove any work, material and correct any deficiencies resulting from deviations from the Requirements of the Contract Documents not approved in advance by the Owner prior to commencement of work.

5. Shop Drawings submitted by the Contractor, which are not specifically required for submittal by the Contract Documents, or Contractor Shop Drawings previously reviewed and resubmitted without a written resubmittal request to the Contractor, will not be reviewed, considered, or commented on. The respective Shop Drawing submittal/resubmittal will not be returned to the Contractor and will be destroyed without comment or response to the Contractor. The respective submittal shall be considered null and void as being not in compliance with the Requirements of the Contract Documents.

6. Refer to Division-1 for Additional Requirements.

B. Material Lists and Shop Drawings

1. Submit material list and Equipment Manufacturers for review within 35 days of Award of Contract. Give name of Manufacturer and where applicable, brand name, type and/or catalog number of each item. Listing of more than one Manufacturer for any one item of equipment, or listing items "as specified", without both make and model or type designation, is not acceptable. Shop Drawings shall not be submitted before review completion of Manufacturers list. The right is reserved to require submission of samples of any material whether or not particularly mentioned herein.

2. After completion of review of the Material and Equipment Manufacturers list, submit Shop Drawings for review. Shop Drawings shall be submitted in completed bound groups of materials (i.e., all lighting fixtures or all switchgear, etc.). The Contractor shall verify dimensions of equipment and be satisfied as to fit and that they comply with all Code Requirements relating to clear working space about electrical equipment prior to submitting Shop Drawings for review. Submittals, which are intended to be reviewed as

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-7
substitution or departure from the Contract Documents, must be specifically noted as such
. The Requirements of the Contract Documents shall prevail regardless of the acceptance of the submittal.

3. Shop Drawings shall include catalog data sheets, instruction manuals, Dimensioned Plans, elevations, details, wiring diagrams, and descriptive literature of component parts where applicable. Structural calculations and mounting details, signed by a Structural Engineer registered in good standing by the State of California, shall be submitted for all equipment weighing over 400-pounds, and shall be in compliance with Title 21 and Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations (CCR).

4. Each Shop Drawing item shall be identified with the Specification Section, applicable paragraph number(s), lighting fixture/equipment types and Drawing sheet numbers; the specific Shop Drawing is intended to represent. Shop Drawing pages/sheets submittals shall be sequentially numbered with unique alphanumeric numbering system to facilitate correspondence referencing identification of individual sheets.

5. The time required to review and comment on the Contractor’s submittals will not be less than 14 calendar days, or more than 21-calendar days after receipt of the submittals at the office of FBA Engineering. The review of Contractor submittals and return to Contractor of submittals with review comments will occur in a timely manner conditioned upon the Contractor complying with all the following:
a. The submittals contain complete and accurate information, complying with the Requirements of the Contract Documents.
b. Contractor’s submittals are each marked with Contractor’s approval “Stamp”, and with Contractor signatures.
c. The submittals are received in accordance with a written, Shop Drawing submittal schedule for each submittal. The Contractor distributes the schedule not less than 35-calendar days in advance of the Shop Drawing Submittals, and the schedule identifies the calendar dates, the Contractor will deliver the various submittals for review.

6. Shop Drawings shall include the Manufacturers’ projected days for shipment from the factory of completed equipment, after the Contractor releases the equipment for production. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to ensure that all material and equipment is ordered in time to provide an orderly progression of the work. The Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative of any changes in delivery, which would affect the project completion date.

7. Submittal Identification
a. Each submittal shall be dated: with submittal transmission date; sequentially numbered and titled with submittal contents identification and applicable Specification/Drawing references (i.e., Submittal dated: 05/12/19 Submittal #4 Contents: Branch Circuit Panelboards Sheet #E5.1 and Transformers Specification Section 260500 Paragraph 2.11, etc.).
b. Each resubmittal shall be dated: with original submittal date and resubmittal transmission dates; sequentially numbered with original submittal number and sequential resubmittal revision number and titled with submittal contents identification and applicable Specifications/Drawing references (i.e., Original Submittal Date: 05/12/19 Resubmittal Date: 10/09/19 Original Submittal #4

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-8 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
Resubmittal Revision R2 Contents: Transformer Resubmittal Specification Section - 26
0500 Paragraph 2.11, etc.).
c. Contractor shall provide a written response narrative with each resubmittal.

Describe each response action, resubmittal addition, change and deletion.

Correspond to each response to A/E specific review comment.

C. The Contractor shall be responsible for incidental, direct and indirect costs resulting from the Contractor’s substitution of; or changes to; the specified Contract Materials and Work.

D. The Contractor shall pay, upon request by the Owner’s Representative, a fee for the Owner’s Representative time involved in the review of substitution submittals and design changes resulting from the Contractor's requested substitutions. The fee shall be not less than $135.00 per hour but, in no case, less than stated in Division-1, whichever is greater.

E. Maintenance and Operating Manuals

1. The Contractor shall furnish three copies of type-written maintenance and operating manuals and electronic digital copy for all electrical equipment, fire alarm equipment, sound system equipment, etc., to the Owner.

2. Instruct Owner’s Personnel in correct operation of all equipment at completion of Project.

3. Maintenance and operating manuals shall be bound in three ring, hard-cover, plastic binders with table of contents. Manuals shall be delivered to the Owner’s Representative, with an itemized receipt.

F. Portable or Detachable Parts: The Contractor shall retain in his possession and shall be responsible for all port-able and detachable parts or portions of the installation such as fuses, keys, locks, adapters, locking clips, and inserts until final completion of Contract work. These parts shall then be delivered to the Owner’s Representative with an itemized receipt.

G. Record Drawings (Additional Requirements)

1. Provide and maintain in good order a complete set of Electrical Contract "Record" prints.

Changes to the Contract to be clearly recorded on this set of prints. At the end of the Project, transfer all changes to one set of transparencies to be delivered unfolded to the Owner’s Representative.

2. The actual location and elevation of all buried lines, boxes, monuments, vaults, stub-outs and other provisions for future connections shall be referenced to the building lines or other clearly established base lines and to approved benchmarks. If any necessary dimensions are omitted from the Record Drawings, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s own expense, do all excavation required to expose the buried work and to establish the correct locations.

3. The Contractor shall keep the "Record" prints up to date and current with all work performed.

4. Refer to Division-1 for Additional Requirements.

1.09 CLEANING EQUIPMENT, MATERIALS, PREMISES
All Parts of the Equipment shall be thoroughly cleaned of dirt, rust, cement, plaster, etc., and all cracks and corners scraped out clean. Surfaces to be painted shall be carefully cleaned of grease and oil spots and left smooth, clean and in proper condition to receive paint finish.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-9

1.10 JOB CONDITIONS - PROTECTION
Prot
ect all work, materials and equipment from damage from any cause whatever and provide adequate and proper storage facilities during the progress of the work. Provide for the safety and good condition of all the work until final acceptance of the work by the Owner and replace all damaged or defective work, materials and equipment before requesting final acceptance.

1.11 EXCAVATION, CUTTING, BACKFILL AND PATCHING ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS A. General

1. Perform excavation, cutting, backfill, core drilling, directional boring, and patching of the construction work required for the proper installation of the electrical work.

2. Patching shall be of the same material, thickness, workmanship, and finish as existing and accurately match-surrounding work to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative.

3. Prior to penetrating, coring, drilling or cutting existing building elements, concrete and/or masonry, provide imaging equipment examinations of each specific location. The imaging process shall identify existing internal embedded components and locations, including structural elements/ anchors, conduit, and piping that are present. Do not penetrate or damage the existing internal embedded elements. Imaging shall employ one of the following, with GPR methodology preferred:
a. Non-invasive imaging employing high frequency, Ground Penetrating Radar (GPR), single side echo reflection technology.
b. Non-invasive imaging employing x-ray radiography, through-and-through imaging technology.

B. Excavation Temporary Cover

1. Excavations for Contract Work occurring in streets, vehicular drive areas, parking lots, sidewalks; any paved surface; or any area accessible to the public; provide temporary steel plating and shoring support for the plates, to completely cover the excavations under one or more of the following conditions:
a. Excavation shall not remain "open" for more than 4-calendar days; provide temporary plating.
b. Excavation shall not be "open" over weekends (Saturday, Sunday) or Holidays; provide temporary plating.

2. The temporary plating shall be a minimum of 0.75-inch thickness steel, but in no case shall the thickness be less than required to support AASHO-H20 traffic loading.

3. Provide a minimum of two [one] 100% open lane(s) (12 feet lane width) for vehicular traffic at all times during construction, for vehicle access to all areas.

1.12 IDENTIFICATION
A. Equipment Nameplates

1. Panelboards, terminal cabinets, circuit breakers, disconnect switches, starters, relays, time switches, contactors, push-button control stations, and other apparatus used for the operation or control of feeders, circuits, appliances, or equipment shall be properly identified by means of descriptive nameplates or tags permanently attached to the apparatus and wiring.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-10 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

2. Provide nameplate label on electrical service entrance equipment describing available shor
t circuit information and Arc-Flash information calculated by the Contractor, including:
a. Calculation date, month-day-year.
b. Calculate maximum available short circuit fault current and Arc-Flash intensities. c. Description of parameters and changes affecting the Requirements for recalculation of the fault current information and Arc-Flash information.

3. Electrical equipment including switchgear, switchboards, electric panels and control panels, motor control centers, combination motor starters, transformers, disconnects, etc., shall each be labeled by the Manufacturer with “Electric-Arc-Flash” warning signs.

The signs shall explain a hazard to personnel may exist if the equipment is worked on while energized or operated by personnel while energized. The sign shall instruct personnel to wear the correct Protective Equipment/clothing (PPE) when working “Live” or operating “Live” electrical equipment and circuits.

4. Nameplates shall be engraved laminated phenolic, rated UV-resistant for wet locations and outdoor locations, fade resistant. Shop Drawings with dimensions and format shall be submitted before installation. Attachment to equipment shall be with escutcheon pins, rivets, self-tapping screws or machine screws. Self-adhering or adhesive backed nameplates shall not be used.

5. Provide black-on-white laminated plastic nameplates for normal power and white-on-red nameplates for emergency power, engraved in minimum ¼-inch high letters sized as required, to identify each piece of electrical distribution and control equipment and associated sections, compartments, and components.
a. Switchboards:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify ampere rating.
3) Identify voltage and phase.
4) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
5) Use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.
b. Motor Control Centers:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify ampere rating.
3) Identify voltage and phase.
4) Use identification nameplate to identify main overcurrent protective device. 5) Use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.
c. Panelboards:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify ampere rating.
3) Identify voltage and phase.
4) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
5) Identify main overcurrent protective device. Use identification label for panelboards with a door. For power distribution panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-11
6) Use typewritten circuit directory to identify load(s) served for panel-boards with
a door.
7) For power panelboards without a door, use identification nameplate to identify load(s) served for each branch device.
d. Transformers:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify kVA rating.
3) Identify voltage and phase for primary and secondary. e. Enclosed switches, circuit breakers, and motor controllers:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify voltage and phase.
3) Identify power source and circuit number. Include location when not within sight of equipment.
f. Time Switches:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify load(s) served and associated circuits controlled. Include location. g. Enclosed Contactors:
1) Equipment designations as shown on Drawings.
2) Identify ampere rating.
3) Identify voltage and phase.
4) Identify configuration, e.g., E.O.E.H. (electrically operated, electrically held) or E.O.M.H. (electrically operated, mechanically held). h. Transfer Switches:
1) Identify voltage and phase.
2) Identify power source and circuit number for both normal power source and standby power source. Include location when not within sight of equipment. 3) Identify short circuit current rating based on the specific overcurrent protective device type and settings protecting the transfer switch.

2. Service Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate to identify each service dis-connecting means. b. For buildings or structures supplied by more than one service, or any combination of branch circuits, feeders, and services, use identification nameplate or means of identification acceptable to authority having jurisdiction at each service disconnecting means to identify all other services, feeders, and branch circuits supplying that building or structure. Verify format and descriptions with authority having jurisdiction.

3. Emergency System Equipment:
a. Use identification nameplate or voltage marker to identify emergency system equipment in accordance with NFPA 70.
b. Use identification nameplate at each piece of service equipment to identify type and location of on-site emergency power sources.

B. Plates: All cover and device plates shall be furnished with engraved or etched designations under any one of the following conditions (minimum character size not less than 0.188 inch. Engraving shall indicate circuits and equipment controlled or connected):

1. More than two devices under a common coverplate.

2. Lock switches.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-12 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

3. Pilot switches.

4. S
witches in locations from which the equipment or circuits controlled cannot be readily seen.

5. Manual motor starting switches.

6. Where so indicated on the Drawings.

7. As required on all control circuit switches, such as heater controls, motor controls, etc.

8. Receptacles other than standard 15-amp 120-volt duplex receptacles; shall indicate circuit voltage, ampere, phase and source circuit number.

9. Where outlets or switches are connected to emergency power circuit; provide panelboard and circuit number engraved on plate.

10. Low voltage and signal system outlets.

C. For Equipment and Access Doors or Gates to equipment containing or operating on circuits of more than 100 volts AC or DC nominal. Provide red-on-white laminated warning signs engraved in ½- inch high letters to read: "DANGER - 480 (or applicable voltage) VOLTS KEEP OUT AUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ONLY".

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-13
D. Conduit Identification.

1. Adhesive Marking Labels for Raceway and Metal Clad Cable: Preprinted flexible, self- adhesive labels with legend indicating voltage and service (Emergency, Power, Lighting, Air-Conditioning, Control, Voice and data Communications, Fire Alarm and Detection, Public Address (Paging) Electronic Security). Manufacturer: Brady, Ideal, Waytech.

2. Label size as follows:
a. Raceways 1-inch and Smaller: ½-inch high by minimum 2¼-inch long. b. Raceways Larger than 1-inch: 1⅛-inch high by minimum 4¼-inch long.

E. Wire and Cable Identification

1. Provide identification on individual wire and cable including signal systems, fire alarm, electrical power systems (each individual phase, neutral and ground), empty conduit pull ropes, and controls circuit.

2. Permanent identification shall be provided at each termination location, splice location, pullbox, junction box and equipment enclosure.
a. Individual wire and cable larger than #6AWG or 0.25-inch diameter, shall be provided with polypropylene identification tag holders, with yellow polypropylene tags interchangeable black alphanumeric characters, character height 0.25 inch. Attach identification tags with plastic “tie” wraps, minimum of two for each tag. As manufactured by Almetek Industries- “EZTAG” Series; or TECH Products - “EVERLAST” Series.
b. Individual wire and cable #6AWG and smaller or smaller than 0.25-inch diameter, shall be provided with water and oil resistant, flexible, self-laminating pressure sensitive machine embossed plastic tags that wrap a minimum of 360 degrees around the wire/cable diameter. The entire tag shall then be covered with a clear flexible waterproof plastic cover wrapped a minimum of 540 degrees around the wire/cable diameter and completely covering the identification. As manufactured by: Brady Identification; or 3M; or Panduit. c. Each identification tag location shall indicate the following information: circuit number, circuit phase, source termination and destination termination equipment name (or outlet number as applicable).

3. Install permanent identification after installation /pulling of wire/cable is complete, to prevent loss or damage to the identification.

F. Cardholders and Cards shall be provided for circuit identification in panelboards. Cardholders shall consist of a metal frame retaining a clear plastic cover permanently attached to the inside of panel door. List of circuits shall be type-written on card. Circuit description shall include name or number of circuits, area, and connected load.

G. Junction and Pullboxes shall have covers stenciled with box number when shown on the Drawings, or circuit numbers according to panel schedule. Data shall be lettered in a conspicuous manner with a color contrasting to finish.

1.13 TESTING
A. Instrumentation and Perform Tests: The Contractor shall obtain an independent Testing Laboratory, provide all instrumentation and perform tests on the electrical system and equipment as

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-14 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
hereinafter described and further directed by the Owner’s Representative. The test shall be performed after
the completion of all electrical systems included in the Contract Scope of Work. All tests shall be recorded and documented and submitted to the Owner’s Representative for review, six copies.

1. All equipment and personnel required for set-up and testing shall be provided by the Contractor.

2. Return all equipment and circuits to corrected operational condition when test-and-pass is successfully completed.

B. Test for Phase to Ground and Neutral Condition:

1. Open main service disconnects.

2. Isolate the system neutral from ground by removing the neutral disconnects link located in the service switchboard.

3. Close all submain disconnects.

4. Close all branch feeder circuit breakers.

5. Turn all switches to “on” position, unplug all portable equipment from outlet receptacles.

6. Measure the resistance of each non-energized phase-to-phase, phase-to-ground and phase-to-neutral. A properly calibrated "megger" type test instrument shall be used. The test voltage shall be a nominal 500 volts.

7. Record all readings after one minute duration and document into a complete report.

8. Isolating Grounds and Phases: If low resistance phase and/or ground neutral connections are found in the system, they shall be isolated and located by testing each circuit individually as outlined above. Make proper corrections to restore the resistance values to an acceptable value.

C. Method of Obtaining Ground Resistance shall be in accordance with the latest edition of the James G. Biddle (Plymouth Meeting, Pennsylvania) manual published on this subject.

1. Perform "fall-of-potential" three-point tests on the main grounding electrode of system per IEEE Standard No. 81, Section 8.2.1.5. when suitable locations for test rods are not available, a low resistance dead earth or reference ground shall be utilized.

2. Perform the two-point method test per IEEE Standard No. 81, Section 8.2.1.1, to determine the ground resistance between the main grounding system and all major electrical equipment frames, system neutral, and/or derived neutral points.

D. The Testing, Calibrating and Setting of all ground and ground fault equipment, circuit breakers, circuit device protection relays, and meters adjustable settings shall be by an independent Testing Laboratory. Set as recommended by the respective Manufacturer and coordination and arc-flash studies, to be coordinated with other protection devices within the electrical design. Bound and tabulated copies of the test and settings shall be sent to the Owner’s Representative.

E. Ampere and Voltage Measurements

1. Measure and record ampere and line voltage measurements under full load on all panel feeders, switchboard, and switchgear feeders, motor control centers and motor circuits provided in the Contract. Record measurements at the equipment tested and submit to the Owner’s Representative for review.

2. Ampere and voltage measurements shall be:
a. Phase A-B, A-C, and B-C.
b. Phase A-Neutral, B-Neutral and C-Neutral.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-15

3. The ampere and voltage readings shall be not less than 20-minutes duration for each test.

Reco
rd and submit the measured minimum, maximum and 20-minute average for each ampere and voltage value and test location. Voltage and ampere measurements shall occur at the connected load end of each respective feeder, not at the source of supply end of each feeder.

4. Test equipment shall be accurate within plus or minus 1%.

5. Branch circuit devices 40-amp or less and motor loads ten horsepower or smaller are excluded from individual Ampere and Voltage Testing Requirement.

6. If, in the opinion of the Owner’s Representative, the voltages and regulations are not met within acceptable limits, make arrangements with the serving utility for proper electrical service. Retest feeder line voltages, and submit to Owner’s Representative for review, after the utility company has completed corrective actions. Reset "voltage taps" on transformers provided or modified as part of the Contract Work, to adjust line voltages to within acceptable values, as directed by the Owner’s Representative.

F. State of California Title-24 Compliance Testing

1. Mandatory California Title-24 Building Energy Code, Part-6 acceptance testing. Shall insure those respective systems properly installed and functioning, all in conformance with Title-24.

2. Refer to Process Guide to Acceptance Testing, published by the State of California, complete the testing and documentation.

3. Perform California Title-24 Testing and Certification. Submit the completed Certification of Acceptance documentation to the AHJ and Owner’s Representative.

G. Complete Work: Complete the following work before any electrical equipment is energized.

1. All equipment shall be permanently anchored.

2. All bus connections and conductor/wire connections shall be tightened per Manufacturer's instructions and witnessed by the Owner’s Representative.

3. All ground connections shall be completed and identified. Perform and successfully complete all required megger and ground resistance tests.

4. Low voltage/signal circuits, line voltage branch circuits and feeders shall be connected, tested and identified.

5. The interiors of all electrical enclosures including busbars and wiring terminals shall be cleaned of all loose material and debris, paint, plaster, cleaners or other abrasive's overspray removed, and equipment vacuumed clean. The Owner's Representative shall observe all interiors before covers are installed.

6. All wall, ceiling, and floor work and painting shall be completed within areas containing electrical equipment prior to installation of equipment. The equipment indoor rooms and spaces shall be weathertight, and weather protected from environmental incursions.

7. All doors for line voltage and low voltage/signal electrical equipment rooms shall be provided with locks to restrict access to energized equipment.

8. Electrical spaces and rooms shall not be used as storage rooms after power is energized.

9. Outdoor electrical equipment enclosures and housings shall be weather protected.

10. The electrical system time current coordination and Arc-Flash studies shall be complete for circuit breakers, ground relays set, and circuit relay sets, fuses; set-up, tested and calibrated accordingly. Protection settings for all devices shall be completed and tested.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-16 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

1.14 COMMISSIONING - CX
A. G
eneral

1. The Commissioning shall verify the electrical systems for the term of the Contract, by observation; and by calibration; and by testing. The Commissioning shall ensure the electrical systems perform interactively and correctly, according to the Contract and Operational Requirements.

2. Commissioning shall provide startup, testing and documented confirmation of the Contract constructed systems, materials and work, functions in compliance within the criteria set forth in the Contract Documents to the satisfaction of the Owner's needs. The Commissioning Scope shall encompass each system identified as requiring "Commissioning" by the Contract Documents, including but not limited to:
a. Electrical circuits’ protection, short circuit, overcurrent, ground fault devices and electrical grounding.
b. Electrical circuits monitoring and metering.
c. Light fixtures, lamps and ballasts.
d. Lighting control devices, equipment and lighting control systems. e. Standby and emergency electric power supply equipment and systems. f. Motor Control Equipment.
g. Fire alarm, equipment, devices, and fire alarm systems. h. Communications, low voltage and signal devices and systems. i. Additional systems described in the Contract Documents.

3. Commissioning process shall review all the Shop Drawing submittals, including:
a. Controls, Operation and Maintenance Requirements.
b. Facility performance testing compliance.
c. Project Contract Requirements compliance.
d. Compliance with basis for design and operational descriptions provided in the Contract.

4. Commissioning shall be the process of ensuring all the systems described in the Contract Documents comply with the Contract Document design; all systems are installed properly; all systems are functional, tested and capable of being operated and maintained to perform within the Contract Requirements and design intent.

5. Functional setup, recalibration, correcting deficiencies, retesting and the associated costs, for system(s) that fail Commissioning, shall be the responsibility of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall include all Commissioning costs in the Contract Scope of Work.

6. Complete all Commissioning functions prior to the occupancy of the facility by the Owner, unless directed otherwise by the Owner's Representative.

7. Submit six copies of Commissioning Documentation to Owner's Representative.

B. Commissioning Procedures

1. Prepare a Commissioning Matrix identifying components and systems included in the Commissioning Scope; the status; actions completed and actions to be completed.

2. Verify Contractor compliance with Contract Document Requirements Manufacturer's recommendations and approved Shop Drawings.

3. Perform startup, functional tests, reports, and document results.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-17

4. Evaluate and document the setup parameters, software, operating condition and perfo
rmance of each system at the time of functional test completion. Document and record each performance parameter and condition, in the Commissioning Report.

5. Schedule testing and prepare descriptions of testing.

6. Describe measures performed to correct deficiencies.

7. Verify that instructions to Owner's Representatives, operations and maintenance manuals comply with Contract Documents.

8. Prepare warranty matrix identifying the start dates, expiration dates, routine preventative maintenance dates and the Owner’s responsibility for performing preventative maintenance and keeping logs for each maintenance function and warranty claims.

9. Confirm completion of all punch list items that have been acceptably accomplished and a list of what has not been acceptably completed.

10. Describe uncorrected deficiencies accepted by the Owner.

C. Commissioning Phasing
The Commissioning Phases of work shall include the following activities:

1. SDQ - Shop Drawing Qualification shall verify complete and correct Shop Drawings have been submitted.

2. IQ – The Installation Qualification of Contract Work shall verify systems are correctly and properly installed.

3. OQ - Verify systems interfaces and software is correctly and properly operational.

4. ITM - Verify the Contract Inspection, Testing and procedures for Maintenance are complete.

5. PQ - Performance Qualification complete the functional performance testing to validate each building system.

1.15 POWER AND FIRE ALARM OUTAGES
A. All Electrical Services (line voltage, low voltage/signal and fire alarm) in all occupied facilities of the Contract work are to remain operational during the entire Contract period. Any interruption of the electrical services for the performance of this work shall be at the convenience of the Owner and performed only after consultation with the Owner’s Representative. Work involving circuit outages shall be only at such a time and of such a duration as approved in writing. Work involving circuit outages for the work required to connect new equipment and disconnect existing equipment shall be performed at the convenience of the Owner.

B. Contract Work involving outages or disruption of normal function in electrical power systems, telephone/communication systems, fire alarms, shall be performed during the following time periods. The Contract Work shall be phased to limit outages in the respective systems to the stated periods:

1. 11:30 p.m. Friday to 11:30 p.m. Sunday of the same weekend. Work shall occur on multiple weekend periods if a single weekend is not sufficient time to complete the work.

2. The Contract Work involving outages shall be phased in multiple work time units, to comply with the permitted outage limitations.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-18 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
C. Work involving system outages to the building fire alarm system shall be performed only after consultation with the Owner and shall be only at such a time and of such duration as approved in writing. Contractor shall provide continuous “Fire-Watch” during fire alarm system outages and comply with AHJ “Fire-Watch” Requirements.

D. Provide overtime work; double shift work; nighttime work; Saturday, Sunday, and holiday work to meet outages schedule.

E. Provide temporary electrical power to meet the Requirements of this Article.

F. Any added costs to Contractor due to necessity of complying with this Article shall be included in the Contract Scope of Work.

G. Power Disruptions: When electrical work involving power disruptions to existing areas is initiated, the work shall proceed on a continuous basis without stopping until electric system power is restored to the affected areas.

H. Request in writing to the Owner’s Representative a minimum of 3-weeks in advance, for scheduling proposed electrical systems outage.

1.16 TEMPORARY ELECTRICAL POWER
Provide temporary electrical power if work requiring power outages cannot be completed in time permitted and approved by the Owner’s Representative.

1.17 ASBESTOS, POLYCHLORINATED BIPHENYL (PCB) OR HAZARDOUS WASTE:

A. It is understood and agreed that this Contract does not contemplate the handling of asbestos, PCB or any hazardous waste material. If asbestos, PCB or any hazardous waste material is encountered, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. Do not disturb, handle or attempt to remove.

B. Lighting Fixture Demolition Hazardous Materials

1. The removal of existing lighting fixtures will generate Hazardous Material Waste Disposal Contract Documents.
a. The existing lighting fixture ballast contains PCB material. b. The existing lighting fixture lamps contain mercury. c. The existing lighting fixture internal wire insulation may contain asbestos.

2. Remove, handle, store, contain, dispose of and document the hazardous materials resulting from existing lighting fixtures work, as part of the Contract Requirements.

1.18 TIME/CURRENT COORDINATION, SHORT CIRCUIT, ARC-FLASH AND SERIES RATED

EQUIPMENT
A. Series Rated Equipment.

1. Circuit Protective Devices identified as "Series Rated" or "Current Limiting" (i.e., SR – Series Rated; CLCB - Current Limiting Circuit Breaker; CLF - current limiting fuse, etc.) shall be series rated and tested (UL 489, UL 67, and CSA5) by the Manufacturer with all equipment and circuit protective devices installed downstream of the identified series rated or current limiting device.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-19

2. Provide nameplates on all equipment located downstream, including the CLCB and CLF devic
es, to comply with CEC/NEC paragraphs 110-22 and 240-83 "CAUTION SERIES RATED

SYSTEM - NEW DEVICE INSTALLATIONS AND REPLACEMENTS SHALL BE THE SAME MANUFACTURER AND MODELS".

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-20 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
B. Short Circuit, Coordination and Arc-Flash

1. P
erform Engineering Analysis and submit engineered settings for each equipment location, fuse and circuit breaker device, showing the correct time and current settings to provide the selective coordination within the limits of the specified equipment. Shall comply with the latest application Standards of IEEE and ANSI. Provide electrical system short circuit worst case bolted-fault analysis, both 3-phase line-to-line and 1-phase line- to-ground calculations as part of the Coordination Analysis recommendations. Provide Electric Arc-Flash calculations as part of the Coordination Analysis recommendations.

Obtain the necessary information including the maximum fault current from the secondary side of the utility company transformer to complete the calculations from the serving Electrical Utility Company.

2. Obtain the short-circuit current ratings (SCCR) for all equipment with control panels or controllers (elevators, HVAC, plumbing equipment, etc.). Incorporate these items into the short circuit analysis and determine that the available fault current does not exceed the SCCR of the equipment.

3. The information shall be submitted in both tabular form and on time current log-log graph paper with an engineering narrative. Written narrative describing data, assumptions, analysis of results and prioritized recommendations, six copies.

4. The goal is to minimize an unexpected but necessary electrical system outage and personnel exposure to the smallest extent possible within the fault occurrence location, using the specified Contract equipment. Shall comply with, but not limited to:
a. IEEE-242, Recommended Practices for Protection and Coordination of Industrial and Commercial Distribution.
b. IEEE-399, Recommended Practices for Industrial and Commercial Power System Analysis.
c. IEEE-1584, Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Hazard Calculations Working Calculation.
d. CEC/NEC

5. Provide permanent warning labels on each equipment location. The labels shall describe Arc-Flash, Short-Circuit and Time/Current Coordination, including safety precautions and protective clothing. Also describe actions to be taken if any circuit changes or equipment modifications occur.

6. The analysis shall be submitted with the Shop Drawing submittals for the respective equipment.

7. The Contractor shall independently contact the serving utility company to obtain the current system short circuit amps or available fault current.

8. The Contractor shall independently obtain As-Built Drawings for the existing infrastructure to establish lengths. If As-Built Drawings are no available, the Contractor shall research existing conditions and make reasonable but conservative estimates of conductor length. Where existing conductors have been re-used, the Contractor shall confirm conductor quantity, size, and conduit type.

1.19 INDEPENDENT TESTING LABORATORY
A. Testing Laboratories Definition

1. The Testing Laboratory shall meet Federal OSHA Criteria for accreditation of Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratories (NRTL) Title 29 Part 1907 and 29 CFR-1910.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-21

2. Membership in the National Electrical Testing Association (NETA) shall also constitute accep
tance of meeting said criteria, for testing of electrical systems.

1.20 EQUIPMENT SEISMIC AND WIND LOAD REQUIREMENTS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS) A. General

1. Equipment supports and anchorages provided as part of the Contract shall be designed, constructed and installed in accordance with the Earthquake Regulations of the California Building Code (CBC), International Building Code (IBC).

2. Provide equipment anchorage details, coordinated with the equipment mounting provision, prepared, signed and "stamped" with PE registration in good standing, by a Civil or Structural Engineer Licensed as a Professional Engineer (PE) in the State of California.

3. Mounting recommendations shall be provided by the Manufacturer based upon approved shake-table tests used to verify the seismic design of that type of equipment.

4. The Equipment Manufacturer shall document the details necessary for proper wind-load and seismic mounting, anchorage, and bracing of the equipment for floor, ceiling, and wall/back installation location.

5. Seismic performance shall be based on actual install location of the respective equipment in the building and height above or below grade.

6. The Seismic Requirements are typical for each equipment item exceeding 100-pounds, including but not limited to the following:
a. Switchgear, switchboards, and motor control equipment b. Transformers
c. Equipment racks and terminal cabinets
d. Panels
e. Conduits with floor, ceiling or wall attachment support and conduits with suspension attachments.
f. Busway, wire way and cable tray
g. Uninterruptable power supplies (UPS)
h. Inverters
i. Generators and related equipment
j. Lighting equipment
k. Fire alarm equipment
C. Wall Mounted Electrical Equipment

1. Surface Mounted Equipment
a. Provide multiple horizontal sections of metal “C” channels for support and attaching wall mounted equipment to walls. Channels shall provide “turned lips” at longitudinal edges to hold “lock-in” fasteners and shall comply with ANSI-1008 and ASTM-A569 latest revision. The channels shall be steel hot dip zinc galvanized. As manufactured by Unistrut or Kindorf.
b. The “C” channels shall be positioned horizontally within 3-inches of the top and bottom of each, equipment section cabinet and located behind each equipment vertical section. Provide additional intermediate “C” channels at not less than 36- inches on center between the “top” and “bottom” “C” channel positions, located behind each equipment vertical section.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 00-22 ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS
c. The “C” channels shall be of sufficient length to provide connection to not less than
two vertical structural wall framing elements separated by not less than 16- inches; but in no case shall the “C” channel length be less than the width of the respective equipment section.
d. Attach the “C” channels to the wall structural elements after the wall, finish surface, installation (including painting) is complete. e. Attach the “C” channels with fasteners to the building wall framing structural elements as follows: welded to steel framing; bolted to wood framing; cast in place concrete inserts for masonry and concrete construction; drilled “afterset” expansion anchors for existing masonry and concrete construction. f. Attach the equipment to the “C” channels with threaded and bolted fasteners to “pre-locate” and lock into the channel “turned lips” and channel walls.

2. Flush mount equipment
a. Provide anchor attachment of equipment into adjacent wall structural elements.

D. Housekeeping Pad

1. Provide cast-in-place, steel re-enforced concrete raised “housekeeping” pads under all floor standing electrical equipment (except data network equipment racks).

2. Pad sizes
a. The raised housekeeping pad height shall extend 4-inches above the surrounding finished floor elevation for interior building locations. b. The pad shall extend 8-inches below finish grade plus 4-inches above finish grade for outdoor equipment location on grade.
c. The pads shall extend 7-inches past the “footprint” edge of the respective floor standing equipment.

3. Anchor equipment to pads. Anchor pads to the building structural floor. Equipment pad, equipment re-enforcing and equipment anchoring shall comply with Seismic Earthquake Requirements and Wind Load Requirements.

4. Unless shown otherwise on Drawings. The equipment housekeeping pad steel re- enforcing shall consist of two layers of Number-4 size steel-rebar laid horizontally and uniformly spaced 6-inches on center. Position rebar in two directions (90-degrees opposed) and centered inside the concrete house-keeping pad. Horizontal rebar shall extend to within 3-inches of the edge of the concrete pad in all directions. Metal wire “tie-wrap” shall be provided at each rebar crossing.

5. Equipment anchor attachments shall extend through the housekeeping pad and into the structural concrete below the pad a minimum of not less than 2-inches.

1.21 ELECTRICAL WORK CLOSEOUT
A. Prepare the following items and submit to the Owner’s Representative before final acceptance.

1. Two copies of all test results as required under this Section.

2. Two copies of Local and/or State Code Enforcing Authority’s Final Inspection Certificates.

3. Copies of Record Drawings as required under the General Conditions, pertinent Division One Sections and Electrical General Provisions.

4. Two copies of all receipts transferring portable or detachable parts to the Owner’s Representative when requested.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS 26 05 00-23

5. Notify the Owner’s Representative in writing when installation is complete and that a final inspe
ction of this work can be performed. In the event any defect or deficiencies are found during this final inspection they shall be corrected to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative before final acceptance can be issued.

6. Prior to energizing, retighten to the proper torque, each circuit conductor lug landing, each bus bar (phases, neutral and ground) and circuit protection device threaded connections in all switchboards, switchgear, motor control centers, transformers, busways, disconnect switches, motor starters, motor terminals and panelboards, after the equipment is installed/ connected and prior to energizing the equipment. The torque values shall comply with Manufacturer's recommendations.

B. Electrical Power Single Line Diagrams – SLD

1. Provide single line diagrams showing the Contract Document work complete electrical power system (normal and emergency). SLD shall show inter-connection circuits, electrical equipment, panels, and circuit protection devices, nominal 50% (½-size) approximately 18-inches by 24-inches. Show installed voltages and electrical capacity sizes.

2. SLD shall be mounted in metal (picture frame) rigid enclosure frame with rigid-backing (backer-board) and clear/transparent front, for hanging on wall. Provide clear transparent cover over SLD inside the frame.

3. Provide a wall-hung ( ±48-inches) SLD in each “main” and “sub” electrical equipment room. If wall space is limited, alternatively securely attach SLD frame to room door facing into the respective electrical room.

END O

F SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-1
SECTION 26 05 01

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Examine all other Sections for work related to those other Sections and required to be included as work under this Section.

2. General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.

1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Submit Product Data Sheets for all outlet boxes, floor boxes, wiring devices, device plates, relays, contactors, timeswitches, and disconnects fuses.

B. Submit Detailed Shop Drawings including Dimensioned Plans, elevations, details, schematic and point-to-point wiring diagrams and descriptive literature for all component parts for transformers, relays, time clocks and photocells.

C. Submit Transformer Test Reports.

D. Submit Material List for Outlet Boxes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. General:

1. Flush or concealed outlet boxes and junction boxes.
a. Non-masonry and/or non-concrete locations provide pressed steel boxes. Steel thickness not less than 0.062-inch, hot-dip galvanized. Knockout (KO) type with conduit entrances and quantities size to match conduits shown connecting to respective junction box and outlet box.
b. UL-514 listed and labeled.
c. Minimum required box depth is exclusive of extension-ring depth. d. Provide all boxes with matching cover plates. Cover plates shall be gasketed water-tight in wet and outdoor locations.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-2 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
e. Boxes installed in masonry or concrete shall be UL "concrete-tight" approved for installat
ion in concrete and shall allow the placing of conduit without displacing reinforcing bars.

2. Provide outlet boxes of proper Code size for the number of wiring devices, connecting conduits, and conductors/cables or conduits passing through or terminating therein. In no case shall outlet box be less than 4.0-inches square by 2.125-inches deep. Unless specified elsewhere or noted otherwise on the Drawings, 2.5-inches minimum depth for box width’s exceeding 2-gang.

3. Increase the minimum outlet box size to 4.69-inches square by not less than 2.125-inches deep, where one or more of the following conditions occurs:
a. More than two conduits connect to the outlet box.
b. Circuit “Homerun” or Conduit “Homerun” connects to outlet box.

4. Signal, Communication and Low Voltage Outlet Boxes:
a. Individual or duplex audio/visual, telephone, computer or data outlets: 4.69- inches square by 2.125-inches deep minimum with single gang wide extension ring.
b. Combination AV/signal/telephone/data or computer outlets: 4.69-inches square by 2.125-inches deep minimum with 2-gang wide extension ring.

5. Junction boxes shall be sized to comply with the following:
a. Code Requirements size based on the conduit quantities, conduit sizes and wire- fill connected to the junction box.
b. Junction box minimum size shall not be less than 4.69-inches square by 2.5-inches deep, but not less than size indicated on the Drawings or required by Code.

6. Provide extension rings on flush outlet boxes and flush junction boxes, to finish face of extension ring flush to (within ±0.63-inches) of finished building surfaces. Extension ring shall match outlet box materials/construction and contain "attachment mounting-tabs" for wiring devices. Extension rings shall be "screw-attached" to respective box and maintain "ground" bonding continuity.

7. Outlet boxes installed in outdoor locations, or in wet locations, or in concrete/ masonry, shall be cast-iron or cast-bronze, with threaded conduit hubs. UL rated for wet locations. a. Aluminum boxes shall NOT be in contact with concrete or masonry. Die-cast aluminum or cast aluminum water-tight electrical outlet boxes with threaded hubs may be provided as an alternate to cast-iron or cast-bronze outlet boxes, only where one or more of the following conditions occur:
1) Outdoor locations above finish grade.
2) Indoor wet locations surface or flush in walls or ceilings. 3) Not in contact with concrete or masonry.

8. Provide fixture-supporting device in outlet boxes for surface mounted fixtures as required.

9. Provide solid gang boxes for three or more devices, typical for line and low voltage switches, receptacles, low voltage/signal outlets, etc. for mounting devices behind a common device plate.

10. Provide isolation barriers in outlet boxes:
a. Between line voltage and low voltage devices.
b. Where more than one device is installed in an outlet box, between and separating each device.
c. Between 277-volt and 120-volt devices.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-3
d. Between devices connected to emergency and non-emergency circuits of all volt
ages.

11. Outlet boxes installed penetrating into fire rated walls, fire rated floors, fire rated ceilings and all fire rated construction. The outlet boxes shall be UL listed, classified and labeled, for fire rated and temperature rated penetration of the respective fire rated surface and fire rated construction. The outlet box fire rating and temperature rating shall equal or exceed the fire/temperature rating of the surface/construction being penetrated.

Provide UL listed and labeled supplemental fire and temperature protection to maintain ratings:
a. Wall and ceiling penetrations, supplemental tumescent fire wrap (external or internal of outlet box).
b. Floors provide subfloor supplemental fireproofing below floor box.

12. Outlet boxes installed in floors. The floor outlet boxes shall be UL listed and labeled for scrub water exclusion Requirements, including but not limited to tiles, carpeting and exposed wood and concrete floor fishes.

13. Outdoor flush in wall device outlet boxes:
a. Flush in wall outlet box with corrosion resistant gasketed watertight, hinged, key locking cast metal, self-closing cover. Tamper resistant and vandal resistant. b. UL-listed and labeled for installation in masonry, cast-in-place concrete, hollow- framed walls and wet locations.
c. Flush cast-iron or cast-bronze or brass, device back-box, nominal 4.68-inch square by 2.25-inches deep.
d. Internal metal adapter plate for wiring device types, in the box as indicated on the Drawings.
e. As manufactured by Legrand/Pass and Seymour #4600 Series: or C.W. Cole #310 Series.

14. Refer to Architectural and Structural Contract Documents and Details for additional Box and Install Requirements.

B. Surface Outlet Boxes

1. Surface mounted outlet boxes, cast iron Type FS or FD, with threaded hubs as required.

Box interior dimensions and interior volume capacity not less than required for “press steel boxes”, and “sheet steel boxes”. Provide plugs in all unused openings. Provide weatherproof gaskets for all exterior boxes.

C. Floor Boxes

1. General:
a. Outlet boxes installed in floors. The floor outlet boxes shall be UL listed and labeled for Scrub Water Exclusion Requirements, including but not limited to floor tiles, carpeting and exposed wood and concrete floor fishes. b. Electrical power receptacles in a floor box; shall be industrial grade wet location heavy-duty, high abuse rated devices, tamper resistant. Grounding type, 125 volts, 60Hz AC, 20-amp, NEMA 5-20R (duplex), or other NEMA configurations noted on the Drawings. Standard length receptacle mounting strap as required by the Manufacturer of floor box being furnished.
c. Tested, listed and labeled to comply with UL-514A and/or UL514C.

2. Pedestal Type Floor Outlets (Non-Poke-Thru Type)

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-4 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
a. Power (high potential) floor outlets pedestal shall be nominal 3-inches by 3- inche
s high by 4.5-inches long, die cast aluminum brushed finish with duplex grounding type convenience receptacles. Pedestal shall be mounted on 3-inches nominal depth metal, electrical flush in floor box, complete with proper adapter and nipple for mounting to floor box and attachment of conduits. 1) Back-to-back, two 20-amp 120 volt, 60Hz AC grounding duplex convenience receptacles.
b. Low voltage-signal (low potential) floor outlets pedestal shall be nominal 3-inches by 3-inches high by 4.5-inches long, die cast aluminum brushed finish. Pedestal shall be mounted on flush in floor 3-inches nominal depth metal, electrical floor box, complete with proper nipple and adapter for mounting to floor box and attachment of conduits. The Contractor shall provide the type of outlet(s) at each floor box location as required by the Low Voltage-Signal Contract Documents. c. The pedestal shall provide 0.25-inch or greater protective top-over-hang (drip-lip) shading the wiring device coverplates. Provide stainless steel device coverplates. d. Metal electrical floor boxes for pedestals shall be cast-iron, concrete pour rated or open framing rated as applicable. Not less than two 0.75-inch and two 1.0- inch conduit entrances. “Box Leveling” adjustable supports. e. Pedestal as manufactured by Hubbell LO-CON/SC Series pedestal with matching cast-iron floor boxes; or Wiremold/ Legrand series pedestal with matching cast- iron floor boxes.

3. Poke-Thru floor boxes for “After-Set” Floor Outlets. a. Through floor wiring for power and communication shall be UL listed with a fire and temperature rating of not less than 2-hours. The units shall include an internally divided floor fitting; a divided through-floor conduit/raceway, and a divided under floor junction “split-box” not less than 4.7-inches by 4.7-inches by

2.125-inches in size. Junction box shall be installed concealed in ceiling space of the floor below. The length of the floor “through-raceway” shall match the thickness of the finish floor and as recommended by the Manufacturer. Unit shall be self-supporting without the attachment of an above floor fitting. Internal isolation barriers between high potential and low potential circuits and sections.

The integral fire barrier shall incorporate a cold smoke barrier to prevent the passage of smoke when heat is not present.
b. Poke-Thru Floor boxes shall contain dual services for high potential and low potential devices and circuits.
c. Poke-Thru Floor pedestal type; (internally divided high potential and low potential sections) service fittings die cast, brushed aluminum, single piece device housing, with stainless steel device cover plates front and rear of the housing as follows:
1) Front side (high potential) one 20-amp, 120 volt, 60Hz, AC, grounding duplex convenience outlet plugs.
2) Rear side (low potential) shall contain “knockouts” or “keystones” as follows at locations shown on the Drawings:
a) Knockouts for signal cables one 1-inch diameter and two 0.5-inch diameter with rubber bushing grommets for each knockout. b) Four RJ-45 keystone, snap-in retainers for low potential plug-in signal connections.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-5
c) The Contractor shall provide the type of outlet(s) at each poke-thru locati
on as required by the low voltage-signal Contract Documents. 3) Alternately where specifically indicated on the Drawings, the front and rear cover plates shall be supplied with knockouts for 1.0-inch flexible conduit “Furniture” connection, one per cover plate.
4) The pedestal shall provide 0.25-inch or greater protective over-hang (drip-lip) of the device coverplates. Provide stainless steel device coverplates. d. Non-Pedestal Poke-Thru flush in floor type; (internal divided high potential and low potential sections) die cast, flush with finish floor, metal cover flip-open, locking, hinged access covers. Open-close die cast aluminum port-covers for plug- in portable cable connections. ADA compliant, wide trim matching flange. 1) Two 20-amp, 120-volt, 60Hz, AC, grounding duplex convenience receptacles for high potential power connections.
2) Four RJ-45 keystone, snap-in retainers for low potential plug-in signal connections. The Contractor shall provide the type of outlet(s) at each poke- thru location as required by the Low Voltage-Signal Contract Documents. 3) Cover shall close and lock after portable plug-in cables have been inserted into respective connections, under the cover.
4) UL wet mop, scrub water rated for carpeted and non-carpeted floors. e. Die cast aluminum cover, nominal 8-inch diameter metal housing flush in “core- hole”, outlet metal body size.
f. Flush with floor or pedestal type as indicated on Drawings. As manufactured by Wiremold/Legrand# Evolution Poke-Thru 8AT Series, Smoke and Fire Rated Poke- Through fittings; no known equal.

4. Floor Boxes for Flush Floor Outlets (non-pedestal) recessed concealed inside outlet box, plug-in receptacles.
a. Provide cast-in-floor with concrete pour pan, rated for on grade to prevent direct earth contact, cast-in-place concrete floors on-grade and above-grade; adjustable "leveling-feet" for box.
b. UL wet mop, scrub water rated for carpeted and non-carpeted floors. UL-File E171211 installation fire rating and/or UL-Fire Resistance Classified. c. Floor boxes shall contain dual services:
1) High potential with not less than two 120-volt 60Hz AC 20-amp grounding duplex convenience receptacles.
2) Low potential for low voltage system outlets and signal circuits with up to and including eight RJ-45 plug-in keystone snap-in retainer receptacles. The Contractor shall provide the type of outlet(s) at each poke-thru location as required by the Low Voltage-Signal Contract Documents.
3) Internal isolating barrier between high and low potential circuits and sections of box.
4) Also refer to Drawings for Additional Outlet Requirements. d. Conduit knockouts in bottom of box and in each side walls of box. Not less than one 1.25-inch and one 0.75-inch knockouts for both low potential and high potential conduits connections on each opposing box sides. Include the same configuration of knockouts on the bottom of the box, for high potential section and low potential sections.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-6 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
e. Floor box cover:
1) F
lush tamper resistant "lock-down” removable main cover. Independent hinged "flip-out" port in the removable cover, to allow main box cover to be in a fully closed position with "plug-in" cords connected into box when the lock-down cover is closed. Main cover "lock-down" to prevent non- authorized access into box interior.
2) Brass, removable recessed main cover, rated for carpet, or tile for floor finish, brass overlapping trim cover finish. Cover recess depth 0.25-inch, 0.5-inch or

0.75-inch as required to match respective floor covering thickness and type.

ADA compliant, wide trim matching flange.
f. Floor box with metal body, nominal box size 10-inches by 12-inches by depth to match floor, but not less than 3.0-inches deep box.
g. Floor box as manufactured by FSR #FL-500P Series; no known equal.

2.02 PULLBOXES
A. General

1. Sizes as indicated on the Drawings and in no case of less size or material thickness than required by the Governing Code and AHJ.

2. Exercise care in locating pullboxes to avoid installation in drain water flow areas and to clear existing condition interferences.

3. UL listed and labeled for electrical circuits.

B. General Purpose Sheet Metal Pullbox

1. General purpose sheet steel pullboxes: Install only in dry protected locations with removable screw attached covers. Manufacturer's standard rust proofing and baked enamel finishes.

2. Weatherproof sheet steel pullboxes: Fabricate of Code gauge steel. All surfaces interior and exterior hot-dip galvanized steel. Gasketed weather-tight cover of same material.

C. Concrete Pullboxes and Hand-Holes for Electrical

1. AASHTO H-20 traffic loading rated box and cover, pre-cast concrete, steel reinforced pullboxes and hand-holes. Provide complete with pulling irons, hot-dip galvanized metal traffic cover with hot-dip galvanized metal cover frame, pull-box concrete base with sump. Four cable full height wall racks with porcelain cable support blocks.

2. Boxes shall be “Intercept” type with multiple box sections. Extension cable-intercepts at both ends of box. Refer to Drawings for box size.

3. Covers shall be flush bolt down. Covers weighing more than 40-pounds shall be split cover type “Torsion-Sping” assist, hinged open-close.

4. Box covers shall comply with Federal ADA, UL, State and Local AHJ for slip resistance.

Provide cast-or-bead weld on cover of pull box to indicate services within pullbox (i.e., "480/277-VOLT, 3-PHASE, 4-WIRE ELECTRICAL" OR “SIGNAL/TEL/P.A./CLOCK/FIRE ALARM" etc.).

5. Shall be set on a machine-compacted pea gravel base 12-inches thick with gravel base extend 6-inches beyond box base on all sides. Provide a 0.75-inch by 10-feet copper clad ground rod through the box bottom with 9-inch projection into box, for grounding all metal parts and frames with continuous #10AWG copper bond wire.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-7

6. Seal all box joints and seal box between cover and frame with a mastic compound similar to P
armagum or Dukseal. After cables have been pulled, connected, tested and inspected, seal box cover and bolt-close cover.

7. As manufactured by Jensen Precast, or Oldcastle Precast.

2.03 SWITCHES, WIRING DEVICES
A. General

1. Provide wiring device circuit switches totally enclosed, electrical insulating Bakelite or electrical insulating composition base, manual operator type with 277-volt 60Hz AC rating for full capacity contacts rated for incandescent lamp loads, fluorescent lamp loads and motor loads. Switch mounting-ears for screw attachment to outlet box. Switches shall be UL listed and labeled; conform to NEMA-WD1 and WD6.

2. Switch controlling (on-off) rated for all lighting loads and all non-lighting loads; switch ratings shall be 20-amp, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.

3. Color as selected by Owner’s Representative. Switches and wiring devices controlling circuits connected to emergency power shall be red.

4. All switches shall be of the same Manufacturer.

5. Where switches are mounted in multiple gang assembly and are operating at 277 volts and/or 277 volts and 120 volts or emergency/non-emergency and mounted in same outlet box, there shall be an insulating barrier installed between each switch.

6. Devices shall additionally be listed and labeled as UL-All Weather-Resistant wet-location for the following install locations:
a. Devices indicated on Drawings as Weather-Proof (W.P.). b. Devices installed in outdoor locations
c. Installed in classified wet or damp area locations both indoor and outdoor.

7. Wiring devices shall be listed and labeled for connection of both “solid” and “stranded” copper circuit conductors.

8. Switches with ampere and voltage ratings different than described herein. The different rated switches shall have the same characteristics and performance as the respective described switches, except for differing ampere and voltage characteristics.

B. Switches Heavy Duty (Toggle – Type)

1. Single Pole Switches – 20-amp at 277V
Manufacturer Toggle Type Lock Type
Hubbell #HBL1221 #HBL1221-L
Legrand/P&S #20AC1 #20AC1-L
Leviton #1221 #1221-L
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH1221 #AH1221-L

2. Double Pole Switch – 20-amp at 277V
Manufacturer Toggle Type Lock Type
Hubbell #HBL1222 #HBL1222-L
Legrand/P&S #20AC2 #20AC2-L
Leviton #1222 #1222-L
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH1222 #AH1222-L

3. Three-Way Switches – 20-amp at 277V
Manufacturer Toggle Type Lock Type

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-8 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
Hubbell #HBL1223 #HBL1223
Legrand/P&S #20AC3 #20AC3-L
Leviton #1223 #1223-L
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH1223 #AH1223-L

4. Four-Way Switches – 20-amp at 277V
Manufacturer Toggle Type Lock Type
Hubbell #HBL1224 #HBL1224-L
Legrand/P&S #20AC4 #20AC4-L
Leviton #1224 #1224-L
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH1224 #AH1224-L

5. Momentary Contact Switches – 20-amp at 277V
Manufacturer 3-Position Regular 3-Position Lock
Hubbell #HBL1557 #HBL1557-L
Legrand/P&S #1251 #1251-L
Leviton #1251 #1251-L
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH (extra) #AH (extra)

6. Maintained Contact Switches (Double Throw, Center Off) – 20-amp at 277-volt Toggle Type
Lock Type
Manufacturer 1-Pole 2-Pole 1-Pole 2-Pole
Legrand/P&S #1225 #1226 #12250L #1226-L
Hubbell #HBL1385 #HBL1386-L #HBL1385-L #HBLM1386-L
Leviton #1385 #1386
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH (extra) #AH (extra) #AH (extra) #AH (extra)

7. Pilot lights used in conjunction with circuit switches shall be LED type with red jewel.

C. Weather-Proof (W.P.) Switches

1. Outdoor switches provide heavy-duty, tamper resistant gasketed weather- proof metal, hinged door cover for each switch.

2. Cover door shall be key locking-type or padlock-type.

D. Other Switches, Receptacles, Devices, and Outlets

1. Special devices outlets and outlet locations shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Modify device and outlet characteristics to accommodate the actual install location conditions for each outlet.

2.04 ELECTRIC RECEPTACLE WIRING DEVICES
A. General

1. All receptacle wiring devices in flush type outlet boxes shall be installed with a bonding jumper to connect the box to the receptacle ground terminal. Grounding through the receptacle mounting straps is not acceptable. The bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with the branch circuit protective device as tabulated herein under "Grounding". Bonding jumper shall be attached at each outlet to the back of the box using drilled and tapped holes and washer head screws 6-32 or larger (except isolated ground receptacles). For receptacles in surface mounted outlet boxes direct metal-to-metal contact between receptacle mounting strap (if it is connected to the grounding contacts)

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-9
and outlet box may be used. Receptacle mounting-ears for screw attachment to outlet box.

Receptacle shall be UL listed and labeled; conform to NEMA-WD1 and WD6.

2. All receptacles shall be a product of the same Manufacturer.

3. Receptacle color as selected by Owner’s Representative. Receptacles connected to emergency power circuits shall be red.

4. Wiring devices shall be listed and labeled for connection of both “solid” and “stranded” copper circuit conductors.

5. Duplex convenience receptacles and 120-volt single phase branch circuits. a. Duplex (convenience) receptacle, wiring device with two single receptacles with the same electrical rating, integrated into a single assembly by the Manufacturer. b. 20-amp branch circuits with a single duplex convenience receptacle connection on each circuit, receptacles shall be rated for 20-amp. c. 15-amp and 20-amp branch circuits with two or more duplex convenience receptacle connections each circuit, receptacle shall be rated 15-amp or 20-amp.

6. Devices shall additionally be listed and labeled as UL-All Weather-Resistant, provide weather resistant receptacles for the following install locations. Modify Manufacturer’s Catalog number descriptions, shall include all-weather-resistant UL listing and labeling:
a. Devices indicated on Drawings as Weather-Proof (W.P.). b. Devices installed in outdoor locations.
c. Devices installed in classified as damp or wet locations both indoor and outdoor. d. All GFCI (ground-fault) receptacles all locations.

7. Receptacles with ampere and voltage ratings different than described for duplex convenience receptacles. The different rated receptacles shall have the same characteristics and performance as the respective duplex convenience receptacles, except for differing ampere and voltage characteristics. Refer to “Floor Boxes” for additional Receptacle Requirements”.

8. Receptacles shall be GFCI type for the following locations:
a. located within 84-inches of a sink or hosebib shall be GFCI receptacles. b. Devices installed in outdoor locations.
c. Devices installed in classified as damp or wet locations both indoor and outdoor. d. Devices indicated on Drawings as GFCI or Weather-Proof (W.P.). 9 “Split-Wire” duplex convenience receptacles. Each split-wire receptacle plug connects on independent common circuit. Provide nameplate or graphic on face of receptacle describing the receptacle function and control source. Comply with California Title-24 and ASHRAE-90.1, latest revisions.

B. Duplex Convenience Receptacles.

1. Shall be grounding type, 120 volt and shall have two current carrying contacts and one grounding contact which are internally connected to the frame. Outlet shall accommodate standard parallel blade cap and shall be side wired. Receptacles shall be tamper-resistant–TR, UL-TR.

2. GFCI receptacles shall be all Weather-Resistant and wet location rated. Duplex rated 120- volt 60Hz AC, 20-amp, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings.

3. Heavy Duty Industrial Grade
Manufacturer NEMA 5-15R NEMA 5-20R NEMA 5-20R-GFCI
Legrand/P&S #5262 #5362 #2095HG
Leviton #5262 #5362 #W7899

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-10 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
Hubbell #CR5 252 #5362 #GFR8300
Cooper-Arrow/Hart #AH5262 #AH5362 #WRVGF20
C. Weatherproof (W.P.) Receptacle

1. Outdoor receptacles shall be duplex convenience GFCI type rated 20-amp 120-volt 60Hz AC weatherproof, GFCI, unless indicated otherwise on Drawings. Test-reset buttons and visual pilot.

2. GFCI receptacles shall be wet location and Weather-Resistant rated weatherproof, gasketed, key locking tamper resistant, wet location.

3. Outdoor, flush mount outlet with hinged, key-locking, weather-proof cover (CEC/NEC – 406.8 compliant). As manufactured by: Pass and Seymour/ Legrand #4600 Series; or C.W.

Cole #310 Series.

4. On exposed conduit runs, provide weatherproof ground fault circuit interrupter type GFCI receptacles installed in "FS" condulet watertight cast metal body, with weather-proof spring door type covers, gasket watertight. Door shall be key locking-type or padlock- type.

D. Other Switches, Receptacles, Devices, and Outlets.

1. Special devices, outlets and outlet locations shall be as indicated on the Drawings. Modify device and outlet characteristics to accommodate the actual install location conditions for each outlet.

2.05 PLATES
A. Cover Plates for Devices

1. Provide cover plates for every line voltage and low voltage switch, receptacle, telephone, computer, television, signal and other device out-lets. a. All cover plates shall be nylon or thermoplastic, color as selected by Architect.

2. Plates shall be as manufactured by P&S; or Hubbell; or Leviton; or General Electric.

2.06 STRUCTURAL AND MISCELLANEOUS STEEL
Structural and miscellaneous steel used in connection with electrical work and located out-of-doors or in damp locations, shall be hot dip galvanized unless otherwise specified. Included are underground pull box covers and similar electrical items. Galvanizing averages 2.0 ounce per square foot and conforms to ASTM A123.

2.07 FLASHING ASSEMBLIES
A. General

1. Flashing shall be compatible with the material being penetrated and with the pipe passing through the flashing. Coordinate with and comply with Manufacturer's recommendations, for both the flashing and the material being penetrated.

2. Provide lead metal flashing assemblies at all roof penetrations, unless recommended otherwise by Manufacturer.

3. Seal the joint between the flashing and pipe passing through the flashing with waterproofing compound.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-11

4. Lead flashing for roof penetrations, as manufactured by: Santa Rosa Lead Products; or Semc
o; or Flashco.

B. Storm Collars

1. In addition to penetration flashing, provide a storm-collar counterflashing for each roof penetration flashing. Shall attach to the structure of the penetration and form a water- tight “Umbrella” counter flashing over the roof penetration flashing.

2. As manufactured by: STD-Storm collars; or ASI-Storm collars.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-12 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

2.08 RELAYS, CONTACTORS, AND TIMESWITCHES
A. I
ndividual Control Relays (HVAC Plumbing of the Control Functions)

1. Individual control relays shall have convertible contacts rated a minimum of 10-amp, 600- volt regardless of usage voltage. Coil voltage, number and type of contacts shall be verified and supplied to suit the specific usage as shown in the wiring diagrams and/or schedules on the Electrical and Mechanical Drawings. Coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil. Relays shall be installed on prefabricated mounting strips. Each relay shall have a surge suppressor to limit coil transient voltages.

Furnished in the NEMA Type I enclosure unless indicated otherwise.

2. The following relays are approved:

Manufacturer Type
Cooper-Arrow/Hart IMP
General Electric Class CR 2811
Square D Co. Class 8501, Type A
Westinghouse Bul. 16-321, Type NH
Allen Bradley Approved Equal
B. Contactors and/or Relays

1. Contactors and/or relays for control of lighting shall be 600-volt AC, electrically operated, mechanically held units, open type for panel mounting with number of poles and of size as indicated on the Drawings. Provide auxiliary control relay for operation of each contactor and/or relay with a 2-wire control circuit.

2. Contactors and/or relays shall be mounted in panelboards in barriered section under separate hinged lockable doors or in contactor and/or relay cabinets as called for on the Drawings. Contactors and/or relays shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing rubber mounts.

3. Contactors and/or relays shall be Automatic Switch Co. Bulletin #920 Series for 2-pole and 3-pole, Automatic Switch Co. Bulletin 917 Series with poles as indicated on Drawings.

Coil control circuit shall be independently fused, sized to protect coil.

4. Contactors and/or relays shall be equipped with a switch, in the proper configuration, to disconnect the control circuit controlling the coil of the respective device. Control circuit disconnect switch shall be labeled showing function of device.

C. Timeswitches

1. All timeswitches shall have synchronous motor drive for operation on 120 or 277-volt, 60Hz, AC and shall be furnished with a 10-hour, spring-driven, reserve-power motor.

Contacts shall be rated 40-amp per pole.
a. Exterior lighting timeswitches for control of individual circuits or electrically operated relays shall have astronomic dial and shall be Tork 7000ZL Series or approved equal by Paragon or Intermatic.
b. Interior lighting timeswitches for control of individual circuits or electrically operated relays shall be Tork 7000 Series or approved equal by Paragon or Intermatic.
c. Timeswitches for control of air conditioning or plumbing equipment shall have 7- day dial and shall be Tork WL Series or approved equal by Paragon or Intermatic.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-13

2. All timeswitches shall be mounted in separate section in top of panelboards under separ
ate lockable door unless otherwise indicated on Drawings. Clear opening for time- switch shall be a minimum of 12-inches by 12-inches.

D. Contactors and/or Relays/Timeswitch Cabinet

1. Contactors, relays, and/or timeswitches not indicated to be mounted in electrical panels shall be mounted in a cabinet, size as required, with hinged lockable door keyed same as panelboards. Construction of cabinet shall be similar to terminal cabinets.

2. Each contactor, relay or time-switch mounted in the contactor cabinet shall be barriered in its own compartment and shall be installed on Lord sound absorbing mounts.

3. Contactor cabinets shall be of the same Manufacturer as the panelboards.

4. Where relays and/or contactors occupy the same enclosure as time-switches they shall have a clear acrylic shield installed over each relay or contactor to guard line exposed parts from accidental contact by nonauthorized personnel.

2.09 DISCONNECTS (SAFETY SWITCHES)
A. General

1. Disconnect switches shall all be rated:
a. 600-volt 60Hz AC for all disconnect safety switches. b. NEMA Type HD, quick-make, quick-break, H.P.-rated.
c. Fused Class "R", in NEMA Type I indoor location enclosure. Where enclosure is indicated outdoor or W.P. (Weather-Proof) switches shall be rain tight NEMA 3R enclosure. Lockable access door.
d. Number of poles horsepower rating and amperage as indicated on the Drawings.

2. Provide internal neutral bus, ground-lug and conductor landing lugs, size to match conductors shown on Drawings. Switch access door shall be interlocked with switch to prevent access inside switch when switch is “ON” closed position.

3. Maximum voltage, current and horsepower rating clearly marked on the switch enclosure and switches having dual element fuses shall have rating indicated on the nameplate.

4. Disconnect switch and fuses ampere rating shall also comply with Manufacturer’s recommendation for the connected load.

2.10 TRANSFORMERS (600 VOLTS AND BELOW)
A. General

1. Provide dry type transformers constructed to meet Underwriters' Laboratories Specification UL 506 and tested in accordance with ANSI and NEMA Standards.

Performance on transformers equal to or better than ANSI, NEMA, IEEE and CEC/NEC published criteria.
a. 60Hz AC line and load.

2. UL Class 220 °C insulation with maximum winding temperature rise of 150 °C in 40 °C ambient at 100% continuous rated capacity with overload capacity per ANSI C57.12 and C57.96 vacuum impregnated core and coil insulation.

3. Transformers shall be equipped with not less than a total of five 2.5% full capacity voltage taps; two taps above normal voltage; and three taps below normal voltage.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-14 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

4. Line and load terminals shall be accessible, located behind removable front cover plate.

Trans
former connects shall terminate in “Conductor-Lugs” to match line side incoming and outgoing secondary side conductors, shall occur on a common (same) side of transformer on insulated supports.

5. Provide wall mount and ceiling mount transformers support brackets, platforms and attachment structures for transformers.

6. Dry type transformers shall meet or exceed NEMA TP-1 (latest revision), Class-1 efficiency levels. Shall be marked as energy efficient for United States Department of Energy and Environmental Protection Agency DOE/ EPA “Energy Star” complaint.

7. Transformer windings shall be copper or aluminum.

8. Electrostatic Shield: Provide full width, copper, 100% electrostatic shield (Faraday Shield), between line and load transformer windings, on each transformer phase. Shield shall be low impedance grounded to the transformer metal frame and shall attenuate common mode electrical noise 120dB at 1-500MHz range and transverse mode electrical noise, 30dB at 1-500MHz range. Average effective coupling capacitance of thirty picofarads between line and load sides.

9. Connect transformers by one of the following methods:
a. Underfloor conduit resulting in no rigid connections to transformer (provide ground strap for equipment ground).
b. Liquid tight flexible metal conduit (provide ground wire for equipment ground). c. Pullbox or wireways from transformer which are isolated from transformer with an approved sound absorbing neoprene gasket (provide ground strap for equipment ground).

10. The physical dimensions of the transformer shall not exceed the size shown on the Drawings.

11. Transformer and transformer mounting shall be designed and tested and comply with install location seismic earthquake resistance seismic loads, typical for floor, wall and ceiling mount/suspended transformers. Bolt floor-mounted transformers to floor and mounting brackets or wall/ceiling brackets as applicable. Provide seismic rated isolation rubber mounts, on each attachment contact location.

B. Test Requirements:

1. The transformers shall be subjected to the following production tests:
a. Applied Potential
b. Induced Potential
c. No Load Loss.
d. Voltage Ratio.
e. Polarity
f. Continuity

2. The Manufacturer shall have performed the following additional tests on transformer units identical to the design type being supplied to this Specification. Proof of performance of these tests in the form of test data sheets shall be provided at the Time Shop Drawings are submitted for approval.
a. Sound Levels
b. Temperature
c. Full Load and 50% Load Losses for linear and nonlinear loads d. Voltage Regulation

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-15
e. Impedance
C. T
ransformer Housing

1. Metal, air cooled enclosure
a. Removable metal NEMA 1 enclosure, indoor location
b. Removable NEMA – 3R enclosures, outdoor locations, with vent shields and rodent shields.
c. Provide screen protected ventilation for all openings, including bottom of housing, to prevent accidental contact with internal components and prevent rodent/insect entrance.

2. Manufacture’s rust inhibitor primer and standard finish paint.

3. Removable lifting and skidding provisions.

4. Provide wall mount and ceiling mount transformers support brackets, platforms and attachment structures for transformers.

D. Sound Levels: Transformer sound levels, between no load to full load, shall be guaranteed by the Manufacturer not to exceed the following values:
9kVA and below 40dBa
10kVA to 50kVA 45dBa
51kVA to 150kVA 50dBa
151kVA to 300kVA 55dBa
301kVA to 500kVA 60dBa

2.11 CONCRETE WORK (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Portland Cement

1. ASTM C33- (latest revision), Type II, Low Alkali Cement. Composed of Portland cement, coarse aggregate, fine aggregate, and water.
a. Concrete for use as electrical equipment footings, lighting pole bases and equipment slabs on grade, concrete shall attain minimum 28-day compressive strength of 4000psi, using not less than 5.75 sacks of cement per cubic yard of wet concrete.
b. Concrete for underground duct/conduit encasement, the minimum 28-day compressive strength shall be 2000psi. Provide a minimum of 10-pounds of red oxide concrete coloring per yard of concrete.
c. Mix shall obtain a 6-inches slump, measured with standard slump cone per ASTM C143/C143M (latest revision).

2. Coarse Aggregate: Uniformly graded between maximum size not over 1½-inch and not less than 0.75-inch and minimum Size #4, crushed rock or washed gravel. For concrete encased conduit only, maximum aggregate size shall be ½-inch.

3. Fine Aggregate: Clean, natural washed sand of hard and durable particles varying from fine to particles passing ⅜-inch screen, of which at least 12% shall pass fifty mesh screens.

B. Water: Clean and free from deleterious quantities of acids, alkalis, salts, or organic materials.

C. Reinforcement

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-16 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

1. Bars: Intermediate Grade Steel conforming to ASTM A615/A615M grade 60, with pattern defor
mations.

2. Welded Wire Fabric: ASTM A185/A185M.

3. Bending: Conform to Requirements of ACI 318.

D. Form Material: For exposed work, use PS 1-66 "B-B Concrete Form" plywood forms, or equal.

Elsewhere, forms may be plywood, metal, or 1-inch by 6-inch boards. Forms for round lighting pole bases shall be Sono-tube.

2.12 WIREWAY
A. General:

1. Unobstructed lay in type, metal wireway, fittings and connectors UL listed for use as wireway and auxiliary gutter. Length, elbows and "T-S" as shown on Drawings. Minimum cross-section size 4-inches by 4-inches, but not less than shown on the Drawings. Suitable for mounting in any position orientation.

B. Construction:

1. Minimum metal gauge shall not be less than 14-gage.

2. Cover shall be hinged entire length of cover. Cover shall be held in the closed position with bolts and nuts.

3. Provide spring nuts on all hardware fastener penetrations into the interior of the wireway to protect against wire insulation damage.

4. The inside of 90-degree corners in the wireway shall be a 45-degree bevel.

5. Grounding continuity between wireway sections and fittings shall be continuous the entire length of the wireway.

C. Finish:

1. Indoor non-raintight, rust inhibitor phosphatizing base coating and baked enamel finish, Manufacturer's standard color.

2. Raintight outdoor-galvanized metal, with corrosion resistant phosphate primer and baked enamel finish, Manufacturer's standard color, NEMA 3R construction.

3. All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.01 GROUNDING (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Grounding shall be executed in accordance with all applicable Codes and Regulations, both State of California and Local Authorities Having Jurisdiction.

B. The Neutral of each Transformer and each Uninterruptable Power Supply - UPS and each inverter shall be grounded by individual separate ground conductors in individual conduits as follows:

1. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to building main ground bus.

2. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to respective room/closet ground bus, where occurs.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-17

3. Conductor and conduit shall be grounded to nearest available effectively grounded buildin
g structural steel member or grounded metal cold water pipe.

4. The neutral ground conductors for secondary side of each transformer each, inverter and each UPS unit shall be copper and shall be sized according to the following table:

Secondary Total Equivalent
Size Copper
Neutral Ground Wire
Size Copper
#2 or smaller #6-1-inch conduit
1 or 1/0 #4-1-inch conduit
2/0 or 3/0 #2-1¼-inch conduit
4/0 thru 350 MCM #1-1¼-inch conduit
Over 350 MCM thru 600 MCM 2/0-1½-inch conduit
Over 600 MCM thru 1100 MCM 3/0-1½-inch conduit
Over 1100 MCM 4/0-2-inch conduit
C. Each Pullbox or any other enclosure in which several ground wires are terminated shall be equipped with a ground bus secured to the interior of the enclosure. The bus shall have a separate lug for each ground conductor. No more than one conductor shall be installed per lug.

D. The Maximum Resistance to Ground shall not exceed 5 ohms.

3.02 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. General:

1. Accurately place boxes and securely fastens to structural members. Where outlets are shown at same location but at different mounting heights, install outlets in one vertical line. Where outlets are shown at same location and mounting height, mount outlets as close together in a horizontal row as possible. Where the outlet boxes for switches and receptacles are shown at the same location and mounting height, mount in common outlet box with barriers between devices. Provide single piece multi-gang cover plate for close mounted outlet boxes. Where switches are shown on wall adjacent to hinge side of doors, box shall be installed to clear door when door is fully opened.

2. Flush mounted boxes shall be attached to not less than two parallel studs or structure members by means of metal supports. The supports shall span between and attach to the structure members.

3. Boxes above accessible ceilings shall be attached to structural members. Where boxes are suspended, they shall be supported independently of conduit system by means of hanger rods and/or preformed steel channels. Boxes shall be supported independently of all piping, ductwork, equipment, ceiling hanger wires and suspended ceiling grid system.

4. Surface mounted outlets shall be attached to concrete or masonry walls by means of expansion shields.

5. Floor boxes shall be installed level with finish floor and within adjustable limits of floor ring. Where outlets are shown at same or adjacent location, use multi-gang boxes. a. Provide cut-outs in the sub-floor assembly, to accept the recess depth of each electrical floor box. Provide added “fire-proof” applications on the bottom of each floor box location extending through the sub-floor. The “fire-proof” application shall be equal to the floor fire-assembly withstand rating.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-18 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS
b. Poke-thru floor outlets, core drill floor for installation of poke-thru. Install “split- box”
in the ceiling space of the floor below. If the ceiling space of the floor below is not accessible ceiling type (lift-out), then provide 12-inches round removable fire-rated stainless steel access panel and trim-ring in the finish ceiling for hand- access to poke-thru “split-box” above the ceiling.

6. Outlet Box Horizontal and Vertical Separation: Outlet boxes and device outlet rings installed flush in walls shall be horizontally and vertically separated by not less than 24- inches (edge of box to edge of box) from device outlet boxes and rings in common wall surfaces located on the opposite (back) side of the same wall. a. Where the separation cannot be maintained, provide a solid backing behind and completely enclosing each outlet box.
b. The backing shall extend the width of the wall cavity (i.e., between "studs" or masonry cells) behind the box and 12-inches above and below the outlet box centerline, completely enclosing the outlet box.
c. The backing shall consist of the following:
1) ⅝-inch thick gypsum board anchored in place for "Stud" wall construction. 2) Solid "Mortar" to completely fill the outlet box "Cell" behind the box in masonry construction.

7. Provide metal outlet box for each device. Install devices in metal outlet boxes. Typical for all wiring devices including, switches, receptacles, line voltage devices, and low voltage/signal system devices.

B. Fire Wrap:

1. In fire rated walls and ceilings provide fire rated "Box-Wrap" around the outside of each outlet box placed in fire rated wall or ceiling. Install the fire wrap on exterior of box inside the wall or ceiling, to maintain the fire rating of wall or ceiling with the installed outlet boxes.

3.03 SWITCHES AND RECEPTACLES-DEVICES
A. General

1. Provide outlet boxes for all devices, switches, receptacles, both line-voltage and low- voltage.

2. Devices installed in wireways shall be installed flush in wireway assembly.

3. Install and screw attach devices into outlet boxes and wireways.

4. Provide ground circuit connections to all devices.

5. Provide branch circuit connections to all devices.

6. Provide testing and commissioning for proper operation and phase/ground connectors. a. Test each GFCI devices and Arc-Fault devices after installation and circuit connection is complete.
b. Test all devices for correct polarity and proper electrical energization. c. Test On-Off operation of automatically controlled outlets and receptacles.

7. Install and adjust all coverplates to be flush and level, with correct device and circuit identification.

8. Were one or more devices occurring at the proximity with other similar devices, all the devices shall be “Granged” under one common coverplate as follows:

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-19
a. Duplex convenience receptacles with other proximity (within 18-inches) duplex conv
enience receptacles.
b. Lighting control switches not exceeding 20-amp switch rating with other proximity (within 18-inches) similar switches.

B. Line-Voltage Plug-In Type Receptacle Installation Orientation:

1. The “Ground-Pin” shall face “UP” at the receptacle top location (double duplex) 4-plex, individual and vertically mounted individual duplex receptacles.

2. The “Neutral-Blade” shall face “UP” at the receptacle top location on horizontally mounted duplex receptacles.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 01-20 BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS

3.04 CONCRETE WORK
A. F
orm:

1. Space forms properly with spreaders and securely tie together. Do not use twisted wire form ties. Keep forms wet to prevent joints from opening up before concrete is placed.

Replace improper construction as directed. Do not use wood inside forms.

2. Build in and set all anchors, dowels, bolts, sleeves, iron frames, expansion joints and other materials required for the Electrical Work. Place all items carefully, true, straight, plumb, and even.

3. Carefully remove all exposed forms. Cut nails and tie wires below face of concrete and fill all holes. Rubbish will not be allowed to remain in, under, or around concrete.

B. Mixing: Use batch machine mixer of approved type. After ingredients are in mixer, mix for at least 1½-minutes.

C. Transit Mixing: In lieu of mixing at site, transit mixing may be used if rate of delivery, haul time, mixing time, and hopper capacity is such that concrete delivered will be placed in forms within 90- minutes from time of introduction of cement and water to mixer.

D. Placing of Concrete

1. Before placing concrete, remove wood, rubbish, vegetable matter and loose material from inside forms. Thoroughly wet down wood forms to close joints.

2. Clean reinforcement; remove paint, loose rust, scale and foreign material. Bars with bends not called for will be rejected. Hold securely in place to prevent displacement. Lap bar splices 24-diameters, min; lap fabric one mesh min. Tie intersections, corners, splices with 16-gallon annealed wire, or as otherwise called for.

3. Place concrete immediately after mixing. Do not use concrete that has begun to set; no tempering will be allowed. If chuting is used, avoid segregation. In placing new concrete against existing concrete, use bonding agent per Manufacturer's directions.

4. Give careful and thorough attention to curing of concrete. Keep concrete and forms wet for a minimum of 10-days, after placing concrete.

E. Concrete Finish

1. Finish of Exposed Concrete: Horizontal surfaces, steel troweled monolithic finish; vertical surfaces, smooth and free of fins, holes, projection, etc.

2. Exposed lighting pole bases shall be filled, and sack finished to a smooth finish.

3. Remove concrete pour-forms.

3.05 WIREWAY INSTALLATION
Wireway hangers shall provide clamp type, hanger rod type, direct bolted bracket type from ceiling or walls as indicated on the Drawings and required for field installation locations. Supports shall be installed a minimum of 5-feet on center.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

BASIC ELECTRICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 01-21

END OF SECTION

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-1
SECTION 26 05 33

CONDUIT AND WIRE

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.01 SCOPE
A. Work Included: All labor, materials, appliances, tools, equipment, facilities, transportation, and services necessary for and incidental to performing all operations in connection with furnishing, delivery, and installation of the work of this Section, complete as shown on the Drawings and/or specified herein. Work includes, but is not necessarily limited to the following:

1. Examine all other Sections for work related to those other Sections and required to be included as work under this Section.

2. General Provisions and Requirements for electrical work.

1.02 SUBMITTALS (ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS)
A. Submit Product Data Sheets for all wire, supports, conduit, raceways, ground rods, fittings, and splicing materials.

B. Submit material list for all conduit and conduit fittings.

C. Submit Details and Structural Engineer (PE) Calculations for conduit support systems.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 CONDUIT
A. General

1. The interior surfaces of conduits and fittings shall be continuous and smooth, with a constant interior diameter. Conduits and conduit fittings shall provide conductor raceways of fully enclosed circular cross section. The interior surfaces of conduits and fittings shall be without ridges, burrs irregularities or obstructions. Conduits and fittings of the same type shall be of the same uniform weight and thickness.

2. Type of conduit, type of conduit fittings and conduit supports shall be suitable for the conditions of use and the conditions of location of installation, based on the Manufacturer’s recommendations and based on applicable Codes.

3. All fittings for metal conduit shall be suitable for use as a grounding means, pursuant to the applicable Code Requirements. All metal conduit and metal conduit fittings shall provide 3-second duration ground fault current carrying ratings, when installed and connected to the respective conduit, as follows:
a. RMC and EMT conduit fittings.
1) 0.5-inch through 1.5-inch conduit/fitting size - 10,000-amp RMS.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-2 CONDUIT AND WIRE
2) 2.0-inches and larger conduit/fitting size - 20,000-amp RMS. b. F
MC and LTFMC Conduit Fittings
1) 0.5-inch through 1.25-inch conduit/fitting size - 1,000-amp RMS (without external bonding jumper).
2) 1.5-inch through 4.0-inch fitting size - 10,000-amp RMS with bonding jumper.

4. Protective corrosion resistant finish for metal conduit fabricated from steel and metal conduit fittings fabricated from steel, shall be as follows:
a. Clean all metal surfaces (including metal threads) with acid bath “Pickle” prior to coating, to remove dirt, oil and prepare surfaces for galvanizing. b. Hot-dip galvanized zinc coating on all interior and exterior steel surfaces.

Minimum finish zinc coating thickness shall not be less than 0.002 inches. c. Threads shall be hot-dip zinc coated after machine fabrication. d. Exterior metal surfaces shall be finished with clear organic polymer topcoat layer, after galvanizing.
e. The inner metal surfaces of conduit fittings shall be finished with a lubricating topcoat after galvanizing, to facilitate conductor pulling through the conduit/ fitting.

5. Threads for metal conduit and metal conduit fittings shall be taper-pipe-thread, National Pipe Standards (NPS) and shall comply with ANSI-B1.20.1.

6. Metal conduit termination connector fittings shall be provided with a Manufacturer installed, insulating throat bushing inside the fitting. The bushing shall protect the wire conductor insulation from cutting, nicks and abrasion during conductor installation and electrical load “Cycling” after installation is complete. The bushing shall comply with UL 94V-0 flammability.

7. Provide conduit bonding/grounding jumper from metal enclosures with “Concentric Ring” knockouts, to positively ground/bond each respective conduit(s) to the metal enclosure.

8. Metal conduit fittings connecting to PVC coated metal conduit shall be PVC coated to match the conduit.

9. The conduit and fittings shall be watertight and airtight without cracks and pinholes.

B. Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC)

1. Rigid metal, round tubing, machine threaded at both ends. a. The conduit and conduit fittings shall comply with the Requirements for an equipment grounding conductor, pursuant to applicable Codes.

2. RMC raceway types shall be as follows:
a. Rigid Galvanized Steel conduit (RGS), minimum yield strength shall be 35,000 PSI.

Shall comply with NEMA Standard 5-19 (latest revision); ANSI C80.1 and ANSI- C80.4 (latest revision); UL 514-B and UL 6 (latest revisions); National Pipe Standard Specification (latest revision).
b. Intermediate steel conduit (IMC). Shall comply with NEMA Standard 5-19 (latest revision) ANSI-C80.6 (latest revision); UL 2142 (latest revision).

3. RMC fittings:
a. Fittings shall be compatible with RGS and IMC.
b. Fittings shall be rated “Liquid Tight”.
c. Fittings imbedded in concrete shall be rated “Liquid Tight” and “concrete tight”. d. Connectors and couplings for terminating, connecting and coupling to RMC conduit shall be threaded metal.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-3
e. Fittings shall comply with ANSI C80.4 and ANSI C33-84 (latest revision); NEMA FB1 (lates
t revision); UL 514 (latest revision).
f. Conduit seal fittings:
1) Conduit seals shall prevent the passage of gasses, liquids and vapors past the location of the seal installation in the conduit.
2) Conduit seals shall be suitable for installation in both vertical and horizontal conduit locations.
3) Conduit seals shall be visible and accessible for inspection after installation is complete.
4) Conduit seals shall be rated for the following locations:
a) Wet locations
b) Classified hazardous location materials NEC Class 1 Division 1. c) Temperature ranges from minus 20 degrees centigrade through plus 90 degrees centigrade.
5) Conduit seals, sealing compound and sealing compound “dam” shall be the products of the same Manufacturer.

4. RMC fittings as manufactured by:
a. For threaded enclosure, termination connection.
1) Thomas & Betts - 106 Series bonding locknut, 5302 Series sealing ring with stainless steel retainer.
b. For non-threaded enclosure, termination connector.
1) Thomas & Betts - 370 Series watertight threaded sealing hub, 106 Series threaded bonding lock nut, Sta-Con Series enclosure bonding jumper and 3870 Series threaded ground bushing.
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-CHMT/CHT watertight threaded hub with bonding locknut and GH50G Series enclosure bonding jumper.
c. For RMC-to-RMC conduit-to-conduit coupling
1) Thomas & Betts/Erickson - 674 (threaded) Series
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney Type TPC (threaded) Series
3) Threaded RMC conduit couplings, product of the same Manufacturer as the RMC conduit.
d. For RMC Conduit Seals
1) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-EYA and EYAM (threaded) Series
2) Appleton-EYF and EYM (threaded) Series
C. Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT)

1. Rigid metal round tubing, “Thin Wall” steel construction, with non-threaded ends. a. The conduit and conduit fittings shall comply with the Requirements for an equipment grounding conductor pursuant to applicable Codes. b. The conduit shall be watertight and airtight without cracks and pinholes.

2. EMT shall be allowed for conduit size ranges from 0.5-inch through 4.0-inches.

3. Comply with ANSI C80.3, C80.4, and ANSI C33.98 (latest revisions); UL 594 and UL 797 (latest revisions); CEC Section 12500 (latest revision).

4. EMT fittings:
a. Connectors and couplings for terminating, connecting and coupling to EMT conduit shall be non-threaded steel fabrication.
b. EMT termination connector fittings shall be as follows:

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-4 CONDUIT AND WIRE
1) Set screw type “Concrete Tight” when installed in dry interior locations. 2) C
ompression types “Rain Tight” and “Concrete Tight” when installed in wet or damp locations, outdoors and in concrete or masonry construction. c. Fittings shall comply with ANSI C33.84 (latest revision); UL 514 (latest revision); NEMA FB-1.

5. EMT fittings as manufactured by:
a. For threaded and non-threaded enclosure, termination connector 1) Thomas & Betts-TC721A (set screw type) Series (with locknuts). 2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-TC500I (set screw type) Series (with locknuts). 3) Thomas & Betts-5123 (compression type) Series (with two locknuts). 4) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-TC600I (compression type) Series (with locknut). 5) Thomas & Betts-4240 (compression type) Series (90-degree angle with locknut).
6) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-TWL (compression type) Series (90-degree angle with locknut).
b. For EMT-to-EMT conduit-to-conduit coupling:
1) Thomas & Betts-TK121A (set screw type) Series (with locknut). 2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-5000 (set screw type) Series (with locknut). 3) Thomas & Betts-5120 (compression type) Series.
4) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-TC600 (compression type) Series.
c. For EMT to RMC conduit to conduit combination coupling:
1) Thomas & Betts-HT221 (set screw type) Series.
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-ESR (set screw type) Series.
3) Thomas & Betts-530 (compression type) Series.
4) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-ETR (compression type) Series.

D. Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC)

1. Round flexible conduit, fabricated from a single continuous steel strip. The steel shall be factory formed into continuous interlocking convolutions to form a complete lock between steel strips and provide raceway flexibility.

2. Metal to metal grounding contact shall be maintained throughout the length of the FMC conduit.

3. FMC shall be allowed for conduit size ranges from 0.5 inch through 4.0-inches.

4. FMC shall comply with ANSI-C.33.84 and ANSI C33.92; NEMA FB-1; CEC 12-1100.

5. FMC Fittings
a. FMC fittings shall be malleable iron construction or steel construction. b. Fitting shall automatically cause the FMC raceway throat opening to be centered with respect to the fitting throat opening.
c. Straight and angled connector termination fittings shall be threaded on one end and shall include a threaded locknut, suitable for connection to threaded and unthreaded enclosures.
d. The attachment of the fittings to FMC shall be angled saddle type, to engage and interlock with the FMC spiral groove, and shall be unaffected by vibration. Direct bearing screw type fittings shall not be used.
e. Direct FMC conduit-to-FMC conduit coupling of FMC shall not be permitted. f. Shall comply with ANSI C33.9, and ANSI C33.92 (latest revision); NEMA FB1 (latest revision); UL 514.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-5

6. FMC fittings as manufactured by:
a. S t
raight Termination Connectors
Thomas & Betts - 3110 Series (with locknut)
45- and 90-Degree Angle Connectors
Thomas & Betts - 3130 Series (with locknut)
b. FMC to EMT conduit combination coupling:

Thomas & Betts 503TB Series.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-6 CONDUIT AND WIRE
E. Liquid Tight Flexible Metal Conduit (LTFMC)

1. T
he metal conduit core of LTFMC shall comply with the same Requirements as FMC conduit, with the addition of a thermoplastic exterior flexible jacket over the metal core.

2. The exterior jacket shall be positively locked to the metal core to prevent jacket “sleeving”.

3. The LTFMC shall be rated for installation and operating service temperatures of between minus 20-degrees centigrade through plus 90-degrees centigrade.

4. The LTFMC jacket shall be suitable for continuous exposure to sunlight, rainwater, water vapor, mineral oils and liquid solvents, without penetrating into the conduit and without deteriorating the jacket.

5. LTFMC sizes from 0.5-inch through 1.25-inches shall include an additional internal ground conductor, fabricated by the Manufacturer, as an integral part of the conduit core.

6. Direct LTFMC conduit-to-LTFMC conduit coupling of LTFMC shall not be permitted.

7. LTFMC shall be allowed for conduit size ranges from 0.5-inch through 4.0-inches.

8. In addition to the Requirements for FMC conduit, LTFMC shall also comply with ANSI C-

33.84 (latest revision); NEMA-FB1 (latest revision); CEC 12-1400 (latest revision).

9. LTFMC fittings
a. Fittings shall include an external mechanical ground/bond wire connector. b. The attachment of the fitting to LTFMC shall be threaded compression type onto the conduit core with locknut and liquid tight jacket compression seal. The fitting shall automatically prevent “Sleeving” of the jacket.
c. Straight and angled termination connector fittings shall be threaded on one end and shall include locknut suitable for connection to threaded and unthreaded enclosures.

10. LTFMC fittings as manufactured by:
a. Termination connector fittings:

Straight
1) Thomas & Betts - 5331 GR Series.
2) Appleton-STB Series; STN-L Series for use with preformed “knockouts”. 3) Emerson- OZ/Gedney - 4Q Series.
45- and 90-Degree Angle Connectors
1) Thomas & Betts - 5341GR and 5351GR Series.
2) Appleton-STB-L Series; STN-L Series for use with preformed “knockouts”. 3) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-4Q Series
b. LTFMC to RMC conduit to conduit combination coupling fittings:
1) Thomas & Betts-5271 GR Series.
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-4Q Series
F. Rigid Non-Metallic Conduit (RNMC)

1. General
a. Fabricated from homogeneous material, free from visible cracks, holes or foreign inclusions, with integral “End-Bell”. The conduit and conduit fittings shall be watertight and airtight.
b. Conduit, conduit fittings and conduit fitting assembly “Solvent Cement” shall all be the product of the same Manufacturer. RNMC Conduit and fittings shall be solvent cement welded watertight.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-7
c. Conduit and fittings shall be identified with legible markings showing ratings, size and M
anufacturers name.
d. RNMC and fitting shall be corrosion resistant, watertight. e. Conduit and fittings shall be suitable for conductor and ambient operating temperatures from minus 20 degrees centigrade to plus 90 degrees centigrade. f. RNMC shall comply with NEMA TC-2 (PVC 40 conduit, latest revision) NEMA TC-6 (EB conduit latest revision) and NEMA TC-3 (fittings, latest revision); UL 514 and UL 651 (latest revision).

2. Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)-RNMC
a. PVC-Schedule 40 heavy wall construction.
b. PVC-Schedule 80 extra heavy wall construction.
c. PVC-Type EB, with concrete full encasement end-to-end.

3. RNMC fittings connecting to metallic raceways shall be provided with a ground/bond jumper connection.

G. Expansion Joint, Deflection Joint and Seismic Joint Conduit Fittings

1. Expansion Conduit Fitting - Fitting shall provide for a minimum of 2-inches straight line movement between two connecting conduits in each direction (total 4-inches conduit expansion and contraction) parallel to the respective conduit lengths. Fitting shall be watertight.

2. Deflection Conduit Fitting - Fitting shall provide for a minimum of 30 degrees angular deflection movement (“Shear” deflection) between two connecting conduits, in any direction perpendicular to the length of the respective conduits. Fitting shall be watertight.

3. Combination Expansion/Deflection Conduit Fitting - Fitting shall provide the combined “Expansion” and “Deflection” movement capacity between two connecting conduits as described for separate “expansion” and “Deflection” conduit fittings. Fitting shall be approved for installation concealed in both masonry/concrete construction; concealed inside hollow wall and in ceiling construction; and exposed non-masonry/ concrete construction. Fitting shall be watertight.

4. Fittings shall comply with UL.

5. Fittings as manufactured by:
a. Conduit expansion fittings exposed, or concealed locations as manufactured by:
1) Emerson-OZ/Gedney – AXB-8 Series for RMC conduit.
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney - TX Series for EMT conduit.
3) Appleton – AXB or XJ8 Series for RMC conduit and EMT conduits. Provide RMC to EMT combination conduit coupling fittings for each end of the expansion fitting.
b. Combination expansion/deflection conduit fittings exposed, or concealed conduit locations as manufactured by:
1) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-AXDX Series for RMC conduit.
2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney-AXDX Series for EMT conduit.
3) Appleton-DX Series for RMC conduit.
4) Provide RMC to EMT combination conduit coupling fittings for each end of the expansion/ deflection fitting.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-8 CONDUIT AND WIRE
c. Conduit expansion/deflection fittings for FMC and LTFMC conduit. 1) P
rovide a minimum of 12-inches of “Slack” LTFMC in each FMC or LTFMC conduit at building and structure seismic or expansion joint conduit crossings. 2) Note: Each FMC “Slack” expansion/deflection location, shall be considered as not less than a 90-degree conduit bend location, for compliance with the maximum quantity of conduit bends allowed in a raceway.

6. Conduit fitting bonding jumper:
a. The grounding/bonding path of metal conduit shall be maintained by the fitting. b. Provide a bonding jumper at each expansion, deflection and combination expansion deflection conduit fitting.
c. The jumper shall be a bare flexible copper “braid”. The copper braid electrical current carrying capacity shall be equal to the metal conduit. d. Provide a factory terminated ground clamp on each end of the braid with adjusting steel conduit grounding clamps and connect to each respective conduit end.
e. The jumper braid length shall be 8-inches longer than the respective conduit fitting.
f. Bonding jumper for FMC and EMT fittings as manufactured by:
1) Emerson-OZ/Gedney – BJ and BJE Series
2) Appleton – BJ/XJ Series
H. Conduit Bodies Conduit Fitting

1. Conduit bodies shall provide conductor access with a removable conduit body cover and wiring area enclosed in metal housing. The conduit body shall facilitate pulling conductors.

2. In-line form “C” conduit bodies shall be prohibited.

3. The interior space “Length” of 90 degree “Elbow” conduit bodies shall not be less than six times the diameter size of the largest conduit connecting to the conduit body.

4. Conduit body covers shall be removable, gasketed; watertight “Domed” metal covers “Mogul-Type” with threaded screw attachment to the conduit body.

5. Lubricated, reusable, wire roller guards inside the conduit body shall protect wire from insulation damage during wire “Pulling”.

6. Conduit body fittings shall comply with UL 514.

7. Conduit bodies as manufactured by:
a. For RMC Conduit
1) Hubbell/Killark – LB/Mogul (90-degree elbow) Series – threaded body. 2) Emerson-OZ/Gedney - LB 6X/Mogul (90-degree elbow) Series - threaded body.
3) Appleton – NEC6X-LB/Mogul (90-degree elbow) Series - threaded body. b. For EMT Conduit
1) Same as for RMC conduit. Provide EMT to RMC conduit combination coupling fitting for each outlet body connection.

2.02 PVC COATING
A. PVC Coatings shall be provided as described for specified metal products.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-9
B. PVC Coating shall be factory applied, to comply with NEMA-RN1 and 5-19.

C. The Adhesion of the PVC coating to the coated metal shall exceed the strength of the coating itself, based on 0.5-inch “Strip-Pull” test.

D. Uniform Coating Thickness shall be continuous without “Breaks” or “Pinholes” and shall not be less than the following:

1. Exterior metal surfaces, 40-millimeter coating thickness.

2. Interior metal surfaces, 10-millimeter PVC or urethane coating thickness (i.e., interior of conduits, interior of conduit fittings etc.).

2.03 CONDUIT SUPPORTS
A. General

1. Conduit Supports, hangers and fasteners for metal conduit shall be steel, hot dip zinc galvanized.

2. Conduit supports, hangers and fasteners for PVC coated conduit shall be PVC coated to match the conduit PVC coating.

3. Threaded hardware shall be continuous, free running threads.

4. Conduit support systems, including support channels, pipe clamps, braces, anchors, hardware, fasteners, shall be sized to support the full capacity circuit conductors’ weight, plus the installed conduit weight, plus the conduit fitting weight and support hardware weight, plus a 300% additional weight capacity safety factor.

5. Provide lock washer at each “Bolted”/threaded connection.

6. Conduit supports, fasteners, channels, braces, hardware, anchors, pipe clamps, and hangers as manufactured by Unistrut or Kindorf.

7. Supports shall be free of “BURRS” and sharp edges.

8. Metal supports cut in the field shall be zinc galvanized after cutting to prevent rust.

B. Conduit Hangers

1. Threaded steel hanger rods.
a. Hanger rods smaller than 0.375-inches in diameter shall not be used for support of individual conduits.
b. Hanger rods smaller than 0.5-inches in diameter shall not be used for support of multiple conduits.

2. Conduit hanger wires shall be not less than 12-gauge steel.

3. Conduit hangers shall attach to structure fasteners with steel “Clevis” or “Swing” hangers and shall provide a minimum of 45 degrees of angular movement in any direction at the point of the conduit hanger attachment to the structure fasteners.

4. Conduits individually suspended by conduit hangers shall fasten to the respective hangers with “Clevis” type pipe hangers. The pipe hangers shall be steel, adjustable to fit conduit size and shall completely enclose the conduit circumference.

C. Conduit Support Channels

1. “C” channels shall be factory preformed with a minimum 12-gauge thickness metal. The channel shall be factory “Punched” with regularly spaced slotted holes for fastener attachments along the length of the channel.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-10 CONDUIT AND WIRE

2. The “C” channel shall not deflect more than 0.1-inch between channel supports at maxim
um installed design load, including required safety factor.

3. Channels shall comply with ANSI-1008 (latest revision) and ASTM-A569 latest revision).

4. Channels shall provide “Turned Lips” at longitudinal edges to hold (lock-in) fasteners.

5. Conduit support channels suspended from conduit hangers shall attach to conduit hangers with treaded connections. Provide a minimum of two hangers (trapeze style) connected to each channel.

6. Non-suspended conduit support channels shall connect to structure fasteners with threaded connectors.

D. Fasteners, Seismic Earthquake Rated

1. Channel fasteners:
a. Channel fasteners shall “Pre-Locate” and lock into the channel “Turned Lips” and channel “Walls”.
b. A separate metal strap shall “Tie” each conduit to each channel with conduit channel fasteners.

2. Structure fasteners:
a. Structure fasteners for wall and floor mounted conduit attachments shall attach to existing masonry and concrete structures with structure fasteners using drilled, mechanical, expansion shield anchors.
b. Structure fasteners for wall and floor mounted conduit attachments shall attach to new masonry and concrete structures with structure fasteners using steel threaded inserts precast into the structures.
c. Structure fasteners shall center the support load above or below the beam flanges and reduce torsion-rotation forces exerted on the structural beam.

Attach to steel structural members with “Swing-Beam Clamps”, with set-locking screw structure fasteners.
1) Beam clamps shall include integral safety rod, strap or “J”-hook to secure the attachment clamp to the beam flanges on both sides of the beam, with integral hanger rod attachment.
2) Or double-ended beam clamp to secure the attachment clamp to the beam flanges on both sides of the beam, with integral hanger rod attachment. d. Structure fasteners for wall and floor mounted conduit attachments shall attach to wood structural members with flush “Through-Bolted” wood beam/ wood framing stud structure fasteners.
e. Structure fasteners for wall mounted conduit attachments shall attach to steel framing studs and steel structural elements with spot welded steel structure fasteners or drilled and bolted structure fasteners.

E. Brace Connectors

1. Provide lateral brace connectors to resist horizontal, lateral and vertical movement of suspended conduits during seismic earthquakes.

2. The braces shall connect from each conduit support, attach as close to the conduit support as possible, and attach to fixed rigid, non-suspended building “Main” structural elements with fixed anchoring.

3. Brace attachment connectors and fasteners shall be rigid preformed steel channels or flexible #10-gauge steel hanger wire.

City of Carlsbad
VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK 10/01/2025

CONDUIT AND WIRE 26 05 33-11

4. Connect and attach the brace connectors to fixed structural elements in the same manner as c o
nduit support hangers. The connection of braces to structural elements shall be independent of the conduit support hanger structure fasteners.

2.04 ELECTRICAL POWER WIRE AND CABLE (600 VOLT AND BELOW) A. General

1. All wire and cable shall be single-conductor, annealed copper, insulated 600-volt, #12AWG minimum unless specifically noted otherwise on the Drawings.

2. Conductors #10AWG and smaller shall be solid. Conductors #8AWG and larger shall be stranded.

3. Insulation of conductor connected to circuit protection devices required to be "100%" rated, shall be 90-degree centigrade rated insulation.

4. Insulation of conductors installed outdoors, on grade or underground, insulation shall be rated for wet locations.

5. Insulation of conductors installed outdoors, installed exposed to the sun, installed in exposed conduits, insulation shall be rated for high-temperature 90 degrees centigrade.

6. Insulation of branch circuit conductors installed internal of light fixtures; insulation shall be rated for not less than 90 degrees centigrade.

7. Conductor exposed to oil. The insulation and jacket shall be oil resistant, complying with “Oil Resistant-1” and “Oil Resistant-2” UL83.

B. Conductor Insulation

1. 600-volt AC and/or DC insulated conductors complying with UL83 installed entirely inside conduits, or enclosed inside wireways, or enclosed inside raceways, insulation shall be rated as follows.
a. Indoor above Grade locations either concealed or exposed. 1) Dual rated THHN and THWN
2) Individually rated THHN-2
3) Individually rated THWN-2
4) XHHW-2
b. Outdoor above Grade either concealed or exposed.
1) XHHW-2
2) THWN-2
3) THW-2
c. Outdoor below Grade or outdoor on Grade.
1) XHHW-2
2) THWN-2
3) THW-2
d. All other enclosed raceway locations not described above. 1) XHHW-2
2) THWN-2
3) THW-2

2. 600-volt AC and/or DC insulated conductors installed in open cable tray or open wireway or exposed; insulation also shall be additionally rated for the specific exposed install locations.

City of Carlsbad

VETERANS MEMORIAL PARK

26 05 33-12 CONDUIT AND WIRE
C. Insulation Color Coding and Identification

Carlsbad City CouncilOctober 21, 2025

Carlsbad City Council
October 21, 2025